WQ0012404_Approved OM Plan CFNitrogen Inc_20201214

Permit No. WQ0012404
Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U
PREPARED FOR:
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
c/o CF Industries Holdings, Inc.
4 Parkway North, Suite 400
Deerfield, IL: 60015-2590
PREPARED BY:
S&ME, Inc.
3201 Spring Forest Road
Raleigh, NC 27616
December 14, 2020

S&ME, Inc. | 3201 Spring Forest Road | Raleigh, NC 27616 | p 919.872.2660 | www.smeinc.com

December 14, 2020
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
c/o CF Industries Holdings, Inc.
4 Parkway North, Suite 400
Deerfield, IL: 60015-2590
Attention: Ms. Diane Diks, CHMM, CPEA sent by email: [e-mail]
Senior EHS Auditor, Corporate EHS Audit Team
Reference: Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U
Dear Ms. Diks:
S&ME, Inc. (S&ME) is submitting this approved, updated Operation and Maintenance Plan (O&M Plan) for the
permitted land application of nitrogen-enriched groundwater (Permit No. WQ0012404) generated from the CF
Nitrogen, Inc. site in Cofield (Hertford Co.), North Carolina. This copy of the Plan was updated with the current
personnel contact information for CF Nitrogen and S&ME. Maintenance of the approved O&M Plan is required by
Permit Condition III.2.
S&ME appreciates the opportunity to assist CF Nitrogen, Inc. with permitting requirements for this project.
Should you have any question, please do not hesitate to contact us.
Sincerely,
S&ME, Inc.
Jason Volker, LSS Tom Raymond, PE, PMP, RSM
Project Manager/ORC Principal Environmental Engineer / Vice President
C: 919-880-3137 C: 919-801-5359
[e-mail] [e-mail]

Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 ii

Table of Contents
1.0 Introduction and Purpose (Permit Condition III.1) ................................................... 1
2.0 Groundwater Recovery Operational Functions (Condition III.2.a) ........................ 1
2.1 Groundwater Recovery/Land Application Program Overview .............................................. 1
2.1.1 Groundwater Recovery System Major Components ......................................................................... 2
2.1.2 Land Application Equipment ............................................................................................................ 3
2.2 Groundwater Recovery System .................................................................................................... 3
3.0 Groundwater System Maintenance Schedule (Condition III.2.b) .......................... 4
4.0 Safety Measures (Condition III.2.c) ............................................................................... 5
4.1 Groundwater Recovery System .................................................................................................... 6
4.2 Land Application Safety ................................................................................................................ 6
5.0 Spill Response Plan (Condition III.2.d) ....................................................................... 6
6.0 Inspection Plan (Condition III.2.e) ................................................................................ 8
6.1 Groundwater Recovery System .................................................................................................... 8
6.2 Land Application Procedures and Equipment ........................................................................... 9
6.3 Inspections of Land Application Operations (Condition III.2.e.i e.ii and e.iii) .................... 10
7.0 Sampling and Monitoring Plan (Condition III.2.f) .................................................. 12

List of Tables
Table 2-1 Pump Models and Motor Sizes (Condition III.2.a) ............................................................... 3
Table 3-1 Groundwater Recovery System Maintenance Schedule (Conditions III.2.b & e) ............. 4
Table 3-2 Personnel / Subcontractor for Repairs and Maintenance Groundwater Recovery System
(Condition III.2.e.i) ...................................................................................................................................... 5
Table 6-1 Groundwater Recovery System Maintenance Schedule (Conditions III.2.b & e) ............. 8
Table 6-2 Inspectors of Groundwater Recovery System (Condition III.2.e.i) ..................................... 9
Table 6-3 Setbacks (Condition II.5) ......................................................................................................... 10
Table 6-4 Names and Titles of Inspection Personnel (Condition III.2.e.i) ......................................... 11
Table 7-1 Names and Titles of Inspection Personnel (Condition III.2.f.i) ......................................... 12
Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 iii

Appendices
Appendix I – Non-Discharge Permit
Appendix II – Groundwater Recovery System Construction Drawings
Appendix III – Equipment Manuals
Appendix IV – Safety Meeting Attendance Log
Appendix V – Inspection Forms and Logs
Appendix VI – Spreader Calibration Instructions

Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 1
1.0 Introduction and Purpose (Permit Condition III.1)
CF Nitrogen, Inc. (CFN), owned by CF Industries Holdings, Inc. (CFIH), owns and operates a groundwater
recovery system to prevent nitrogen-enriched groundwater from discharging to the Chowan River. The
property is located at 100 Farmers Chemical Road. Nitrogen -enriched groundwater is land applied at
agronomic rates to the local agricultural community under a non-discharge permit (Permit No.
WQ0012404), which was issued by the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality, Division of
Water Resources (Appendix I). The non-discharge permit requires an Operation and Maintenance (O&M)
Plan. The purpose of this O&M plan is to ensure the land application process (primarily equipment us e
and maintenance) is preventative of contravention of surface water or groundwater standards.
S&ME, Inc. (S&ME) is the engineering firm that designed the groundwater recovery system and developed
the land application program on behalf of CFIH in 1997-1998. S&ME has remained the engineer for
maintaining the groundwater recovery/land application program since 1998. Granville Farms, Inc.
(Granville Farms) is the land application contractor under contract with CFIH. Granville Farms is on -site on
a daily basis and responsible for regular inspections and reporting maintenance issues to S&ME in the
event of equipment failure or non-compliance issues should one occur (i.e., accidental release of nitrogen-
enriched groundwater). Both S&ME and Granville Farms are responsible for maintaining the CFN site and
the land application program.
This O&M Plan primarily pertains to the land application of nitrogen -enriched groundwater as well as the
maintenance, monitoring and upkeep of the groundwater recovery system at Site 11, the CFN site. The
groundwater recovery and land application program has been operating efficiently and has maintained
compliance with permit WQ0012404 since 1998.
2.0 Groundwater Recovery Operational Functions (Condition III.2.a)
The groundwater recovery system is automated for continual unmanned operation until the storage basin
is filled with an allowance of two feet of freeboard. The system was approved for construction in 1996 by
the Division of Water Quality (currently the Division of Water Reso urces) and construction was completed
in 1998. The land application program was fully operational in May 1998.
2.1 Groundwater Recovery/Land Application Program Overview
Groundwater at the CFN site (Site 11 listed in the permit) is recovered by nine recovery wells. The wells
pump groundwater through independent pipes to a transfer station identified as Transfer Pump Station
No. 1 (TPS#1). Each of the nine recovery wells discharge water to a 1,635-gallon polyethylene surge tank.
The surge tank has high and low switches that control flow from the well field to the surge tank. When the
surge tank is empty, the low switch is activated and power to the recovery wells is turned on. When the
high switch inside the surge tank is activated (i.e., the surge tank is nearly full), the system turns on one of
two 5-hp centrifugal pumps. Water is then pumped from the surge tank to a one million gallon HDPE
lined storage basin. A water sensor in the storage basin activates the recovery well system at TPS#1 when
water is below four feet deep. When the water level reaches 4.1 feet, the water sensor turns off the
recovery well system at TPS#1.
Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 2
To transport the nitrogen-enriched groundwater to the land application fields, tanker trucks pull up to the
loading station, open the top cover to the truck and lower a large hose into the tanker. The truck
operator then turns on a 600-gallon per minute (gpm) centrifugal pump, which pumps water from the
storage basin to the loading basin via 6-inch pipes. After approximately 15 minutes, the tank trailer is
filled with approximately 6,500 gallons of nitrogen-enriched groundwater. The truck operator turns off
the pump, and the driver takes the water to the application field. Groundwater is then transferred to the
land application equipment and is land applied at established agronomic rates.
Construction drawings of the groundwater recovery system are included in Appendix II.
2.1.1 Groundwater Recovery System Major Components
The major components of the groundwater recovery equipment includ e the following:
• Nine 6-inch groundwater recover wells made of 25 feet of Schedule 40 PVC 0.010-inch wire
wrapped screen with Schedule 40 PVC well risers.
• Control panel for automated on-off well pumps and surge tank levels and surge tank pumps
• Nine 4-Inch Grundfos Redi-Flow submersible pumps and submersible Franklin or Grundfos Redi-
Flow motors (ranging in power from 3/4 hp to 1 1/2 hp) delivering a combined flow of all nine
wells of up to ~180 gallons per minute
• Transfer Pump Station No. 1 (TPS#1), houses the following components:
 End terminus of each of the nine recovery well transfer pipes
 1,635-gallon polyethylene surge tank, which receives water from all nine recovery wells
 Totalizer meter installed for each recovery well transfer line with flow rat e indicator
 Control panel with hour meters and amp meters for each recover w ell pump
 Control switches for surge tank water level cut-off/on.
 Two 5-hp centrifugal pumps set in alternating transfer mode. (~240 gallons per minute each
pump).
 Flow rate totalizer meter monitoring flow from TPS#1 to the storage basin
• Single ~1,800 foot, eight-inch transfer line from surge tank to storage basin (below grade)
• A one million gallon storage basin lined with 40-Mil single sided textured HDPE Geomembrane
Originally constructed in 1998 and modified / re-lined with HDPE in 2014.
• Ultrasonic water level indicator installed over the storage basin
• 6-inch transfer line from storage basin to a second transfer pump station
• Transfer Pump Station No. 2(TPS#2) houses the following components:
 Gorman-Rupp semi-open impeller self-priming centrifugal 600-gallon per minute pump
 Control panel connected to the ultrasonic water level indicator for automated on -off control
of the entire groundwater recovery system
• Six-inch below grade transfer line from Transfer Pump Station No. 2 to the loading station
• Loading Station with a remote on-off pump switch and an overflow recovery sump with an
overflow sound alarm.

Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 3
2.1.2 Land Application Equipment
The major components of the land application equipm ent include the following:
• 6,500-gallon tractor trailer tankers to haul nitrogen-enriched groundwater to land application
sites.
• Case Tractor
• Houle Self-Loading Liquid Tandem Series Spreader
• Wide Body 3250 Series Cadman Traveler
• 18,000-gallon frac tank
• Terragator Model 903

Equipment manuals are included in Appendix III of this O&M Plan.
2.2 Groundwater Recovery System
There are nine 6-inch recovery wells installed along the northern portion of the CFN site. Each recovery
well is installed to approximately 35 feet below the ground surface and is fitted with a 4-inch submersible
pump and motor. Changing pumps and motors in the wells are conducted on an as-need basis. Care is
required when removing and re-installing the motors as the PVC wire wrapped well screen is delicate and
can be easily damaged.
The horsepower of each motor is dependent on the distance between the well and a surge tank (Table 2-
1)
Table 2-1
Pump Models and Motor Sizes (Condition III.2.a)
Recovery
Well
Pump Model Motor Size (hp)
RW-1 Grundfos Redi-Flo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E7 ¾ hp
RW-2 Grundfos Redi-Flo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E7 ¾ hp
RW-3 Grundfos Redi-Flo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E7 ¾ hp
RW-4 Grundfos Redi-Flo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E7 ¾ hp
RW-5 Grundfos Redi-Flo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E7 ¾ hp
RW-6 Grundfos Redi-Flo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E9 or 25E6 1 hp
RW-7 Grundfos Redi-Flo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E9 or 25E6 1 hp
RW-8 Grundfos Redi-Flo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E9 or 25E6 1 hp
RW-9 Grundfos Redi-Flo4 Submersible Pump Model 25E8 1 ½ hp
Note: the 16E# vs the 25E# models have different fitting sizes. All motors are Single Phase 230V three
wire units with a capacitor (Grundfos or Franklin manufactures).

Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 4
At TPS#1, inspections are conducted on the recovery well system on a weekly basis. Each pump’s function
is monitored with a flow/totalizer meter located on the transfer line before discharge to the surge tank.
The hourly operations meter is located on the control panel inside TPS#1. Each recovery well’s motor
functions are monitored by a dedicated amp meter. Pumps beginning to fail have less output, which is
indicated by lower flow rates compared to the flow rates from previous meter rea dings at the
flow/totalizer meter. Pumps that begin to fail will also draw higher amps compared to previously
recorded amp values.
Other components of the groundwater recovery system include two 5 -hp centrifugal pumps that alternate
the transfer of recovered groundwater from the surge tank to the storage basin via an eight-inch schedule
40 PVC line installed two feet below the ground surface. The distance from TPS#1 to the storage basin is
approximately 1,800 linear feet. That storage basin has a total capacity of 1,035,100 gallons. However,
two feet of freeboard is maintained, giving an operational storage capacity of approximately 625,000
gallons. An ultrasonic water level sensor will automatically turn on the groundwater recovery components
at TPS#1 when the water level drops below four feet (below an elevation of approximately 43 feet mean
sea level [ft-MSL]). When the water level in the storage basin rises to 43 ft-MSL, the recovery well system
is powered off as to prevent overfilling the storage basin.
Groundwater in the storage basin is pumped from the basin to a loading station where the 6,500 -gallon
tankers are filled. The truck operator will position the tanker below a platform and then lower a hose from
the loading station to the fill port on top of the tanker. The operator will turn on a 600 gallon per minute
centrifugal pump and the tanker will be filled with groundwater within 15 minutes. The pump is turned
off by the operator, the volume of water is recorded onto a load sheet as read from a totalizer meter in
TPS#2. The nitrogen-enriched groundwater is then trucked to a land application field.
3.0 Groundwater System Maintenance Schedule (Condition III.2.b)
The schedule for maintenance of system components is presented in Table 3-1.
Table 3-1
Groundwater Recovery System Maintenance Schedule (Conditions III.2.b & e)
Component Maintenance Schedule
Recovery Well Submersible Pumps and Motors As Needed
Control Systems at TPS#1 As Needed
5 hp Transfer Pumps in TPS#1 As Needed
Surge Tank Not Applicable
Transfer Lines As Needed
Control Systems at TPS#2 As Needed
Storage Basin Water Level Sensor As Needed
600 gpm Transfer Pump in TPS #1 Change Oil 1X / year
Loading Station Swing Arms Grease 1X/Month
Loading Station Overfill Sump and Alarm As Needed
Flow and Totalizer Meters Replace as Needed

Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 5
The groundwater recovery system is inspected weekly (refer to Section 6, Inspection Plan). If a
component of the system fails, or is malfunctioning, it will be repaired in a timely manner. The following
S&ME and Granville Farms personnel and subcontractors are qualified to perform maintenance on the
groundwater recovery system.
Table 3-2
Personnel / Subcontractor for Repairs and Maintenance
Groundwater Recovery System (Condition III.2.e.i)
Component Maintenance/Repairs Title
Recovery Well Submersible Pumps and
Motors
White & Woodley
Mechanical Contractors, Inc.

S&ME, Inc.
Licensed Electrician #6993
Licensed Plumber #29378

NC Engineering License
F-0176
Control Systems at TPS#1
5 hp Transfer Pumps in TPS#1
Surge Tank
Transfer Lines
Control Systems at TPS#2
Storage Basin Water Level Sensor
600 gpm Transfer Pump in TPS #1 – Oil
Change Only
Jay Bryant (oil change only)

White & Woodley
Mechanical Contractors, Inc.
Forman - Granville Farms

Licensed Electrician #6993
Licensed Plumber #29378
Loading Station Swing Arms
White & Woodley
Mechanical Contractors, Inc.
Licensed Electrician #6993
Licensed Plumber #29378
Loading Station Overfill Sump and Alarm
Flow and Totalizer Meters
Loading Station

4.0 Safety Measures (Condition III.2.c)
This O&M plan is not intended to be a comprehensive safety document. All personnel working at the
CFN site must comply with all applicable OSHA safety standards and safety rules. A worker safety
meeting orientation sheet is presented and must be signed by personnel who are first-time visitors to the
CFN site.

Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 6
4.1 Groundwater Recovery System
The primary hazards associated with the maintenance and servicing of the groundwater recovery system
are electrical. The electricity should be disconnected at the main breaker when servicing components
inside TPS#1 and inside TPS#2. Electrical disconnects are located at each recovery well’s wellhead. The
electrical disconnect must be removed before servicing the well head components.
The Gorman-Rupp pump located inside TPS#2, which contains an electric motor and d rive belt, has the
potential for mechanical hazards. The belt shield must remain in place at all times, except when servicing
the pump or motor.
The one-million-gallon storage basin poses a drowning hazard. Personnel who work within three feet of
the edge of the basin must don a U.S. Coast Guard approved personal flotation device.
Additional safety concerns at the site are biological hazards, including fire ants, poisonous snakes,
poisonous spiders, and other wildlife (i.e., bears, coyotes, and foxes). Personnel at the site need to be
aware of their surroundings.
4.2 Land Application Safety
Drivers for Granville Farms must comply with all North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT)
and North Carolina Department of Motor Vehicles rules for commercial drivers. Granville Farms also
conducts weekly driver safety meetings when land application events take place. These safety meetings
will be recorded in the attached Safety Meeting Attendance log (Appendix IV).
The spill prevention plan requires that all equipment used to transport nitrogen-enriched groundwater be
subject to periodic safety inspections. Tires, brakes, lights, and turn signals will be inspected for proper
working order. Each truck will be equipped with safety flares and appropriate signs to be used in the
event of a breakdown. Any deficiencies observed during the safety inspections will result in the vehicle
being removed from service and the field superintendent will be notified so that these deficiencies can be
corrected and documented. Routes leading from the CFN site to the application sites will be inspected for
road hazards. The road hazards will be documented and the drivers will be informed of the hazards.
Alternate routes will be investigated and routes which minimize road hazards will be selected. Hazardous
situations resulting from rush-hour traffic will be avoided during hauling.
5.0 Spill Response Plan (Condition III.2.d)
Drivers and management personnel associated with the hauling of nitrogen-enriched groundwater will be
instructed in the spill prevention plan and will be required to attend training sessions. Drivers will be
trained in defensive driving techniques in order to minimize road hazards. A driver who observes a road
hazard will be required to report the hazard to the field superintendent who, in turn, will warn other
drivers. As part of the spill prevention plan, drivers will be required to inspect the safety equipment of
their vehicles on a daily basis. Any deficiency in safety equipment will be noted for corrective action.
Drivers will be trained in the procedures to be taken in the event of a spill that occurs during the hauling
of nitrogen-enriched groundwater. These procedures are discussed below. A COPY OF THIS SPILL AND
CLEANUP PLAN MUST BE IN EVERY VEHICLE INVOLVED IN LAND APPLICATION
Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 7
THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS MUST BE TAKEN IN THE EVENT OF A SPILL
1. Halt the source of the spill: Ruptured line or valve, or damaged tank unit.

2. Contain spill: Use straw bales to form a barrier. Straw or hay bales can be obtai ned from several
sources for this purpose. Soil near the site can also be used to form a barrier for containment.

3. Clean up: Use application equipment to recover as much of the material as possible. After the
application equipment has recovered as much material as possible, it will be land applied as per
the management plan. A temporary sump pit may be dug in the containment area and spilled
material washed into it to enhance recovery.

4. Final Clean up: Any unrecoverable material will be washed from road surfaces and incorporated
into an adjacent tillable area.

5. Notification: As soon as possible after a spill occurs notify:

Granville Farms – Jay Bryant [phone] Site 11
[phone] Cell

S&ME – Jason Volker [phone] ext. 10297
(919) 880 -3139 Cell

CF Industries – Diane Diks [phone]

Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Washington Regional Office [phone]

Fire Department if assistance is required for wash down “911”

Highway Patrol if accident is on a public road “911”

6. Management of cleanup efforts: The field superintendent will take immediate charge of the
cleanup activities. Additional labor will be requested from the groundwater recovery site and
other departments as needed.

7. Reporting: Within 24 hours of a spill, the field superintendent will present a written report to
S&ME or CFI detailing the cause of the spill and all actions taken in response to the spill. The
report will be sent by S&ME or CFI to the NCDEQ Regional office having j urisdiction at the
location in which the release occurred.
Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 8
6.0 Inspection Plan (Condition III.2.e)
Granville Farms is the land application contractor responsible for the management of Site 11 (CFN’s
property/groundwater recovery system), loading, hauling and applying nitrogen-enriched groundwater to
permitted agricultural fields. Granville Farms is also responsible for the inspection and maintenance of
land application equipment. S&ME is the engineering firm responsible for system changes, re-design, and
gives authorization for repairs of the groundwater recovery system. The following personnel have the
experience and qualifications to perform inspections on the groundwater recovery system:
6.1 Groundwater Recovery System
The groundwater recovery system is inspected on the following schedule:
Table 6-1
Groundwater Recovery System Maintenance Schedule (Conditions III.2.b & e)
Component Inspection Schedule
Recovery Well Submersible Pumps and Motors Weekly
Control Systems at TPS#1 Weekly
5 hp Transfer Pumps in TPS#1 Weekly
Surge Tank Weekly
Transfer Lines Weekly
Control Systems at TPS#2 Weekly
Storage Basin Water Level Sensor Weekly
600 gpm Transfer Pump in TPS #1 Weekly
Loading Station Swing Arms Weekly
Loading Station Overfill Sump and Alarm Annually
Flow and Totalizer Meters Weekly

The weekly inspection form for the groundwater recovery system is in Appendix V. Weekly inspection
forms are reviewed by S&ME and saved electronically.

Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 9
The following individuals have been approved to inspect the groundwater recovery system.
Table 6-2
Inspectors of Groundwater Recovery System (Condition III.2.e.i)
Component Authorized Personnel Title
Recovery Well Submersible Pumps and
Motors

Jason Volker – S&ME, Inc.

Jay Bryant – Granville Farms

Ernie Powell – Granville Farms

Bob Bryant – S&ME, Inc.

Jason Smith – Granville Farms

Project Mgr./ORC

Project Supervisor/
Backup ORC

Field Operator

Senior Technician

Project Supervisor

Control Systems at TPS#1
5 hp Transfer Pumps in TPS#1
Surge Tank
Transfer Lines
Control Systems at TPS#2
Storage Basin Water Level Sensor
600 gpm Transfer Pump in TPS #2
Loading Station Swing Arms
Loading Station Overfill Sump and Alarm
Flow and Totalizer Meters
Loading Station

Other personnel will be trained to inspect the system and added to the list as deemed necessary by
S&ME.
6.2 Land Application Procedures and Equipment
Granville Farms transports the nitrogen-enriched groundwater to permitted fields. A list of the fields are
provided in permit WQ0012404. Fields added subsequent to the issuance of the permit are also allowed
to receive the nitrogen-enriched groundwater given the owner and/or land lessee have singed CF
Industries forms LOAA 01072016 and LAA 01072016.
S&ME created site maps for each field in the program. The maps show property boundaries and buffer
zones. Pertinent structures such as dwellings, wells, surface water features and ditches are also shown on
the maps so that setbacks can be made in the field. In addition, a duplicate map of each field shows the
soil types for each land application field. Granville Farms uses these map s to mark buffer zones and
setback boundaries in the field using pin flags. The setbacks are as follows:
Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 10
Table 6-3
Setbacks (Condition II.5)
Setback Description Setback (feet)
Private or public water supply 100
Surface waters (streams – intermittent and perennial, perennial
waterbodies, and wetlands) 100
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches) 25
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch
intersects the SHWT) 25
Wells with exception to monitoring wells 100
Bedrock outcrops 25

The ORC provides the field operator with the loading rates for plant available nitrogen (PAN) for the field
and crop being grown or already planted in the fields following the performance standards of Permit
WQ0012404 Condition II.7. Upon arrival to a land application field, Granville Farms Field Operator will
complete a Field Operator Log (Appendix V). Granville Farms will use one or more of the following
application vehicles to apply the nitrogen-enriched groundwater: a pull behind spreader; Terragator; or
reel sprayer connected to frac tank. The discharge rate of groundwater from the application vehicle is
fixed. The speed of the equipment can be adjusted to maintain the flow rate needed to achieve the
specified application rates. The calibration procedures for the spreaders are presented in Appendix VI.
At each application site, Granville Farms will establish a staging area where groundwater is transferred
from 6,500-gallon tankers to the application vehicle.
Once the pin flags are placed to mark setbacks and buffer zones on the application site, the Field
Operator will fill the application equipment tanks (pull behind spreader, Terragator, or reel sprayer) from
the 6,500-gallon tankers pulled by standard tractors arriving from the CFN site.
6.3 Inspections of Land Application Operations (Condition III.2.e.i e.ii and e.iii)
Granville Farms Project Supervisor will be in direct charge of the field operations, controlling the amount
of groundwater delivered to each field, and conducting daily inspections. Field inspections will include
ensuring that pin flags are in place, groundwater is applied uniformly at the designated application rate,
setbacks are observed, trucks are unloading at accessible locations, and that land application equipment
is maintained in working condition. The names and titles of the inspection personnel are listed in Table
6-4.

Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 11
Table 6-4
Names and Titles of Inspection Personnel (Condition III.2.e.i)
Name Title
Jason Volker (S&ME) Program Manager/ORC
Jason Smith (Granville Farms) Backup ORC
Jay Bryant (Granville Farms) Project Supervisor
Ernie Powell (Granville Farms) Field Operator

Inspections will be conducted unannounced on a quarterly basis by inspection personnel and
documented on the field land application inspection form (Appendix V). The location of the inspection
will be conducted at one of the permitted fields being land applied at the time of the inspection.
The inspection procedures will address the following:
• The field is permitted and suitable for the application of nitrogen-enriched groundwater
• Pre-application requirements are met:
 Appropriate loading rates for the crop and soil have been provided by the ORC
 The land owner and/or lessee agreements are current
 Crop to be grown is verified
 Current concentration of total nitrogen was used for calculating loading rates
• The field is flagged to prevent applications in buffer zones and setbacks
• The appropriate application rate and field capacity is calculated
• Weather is appropriate for application
• Document that water is not flowing off the application field
In the event that the inspection identifies a violation of the conditions of Permit WQ0012404, the
inspector will perform the following:
• Immediately stop the application of nitrogen-enriched groundwater
• Document the permit condition that was not in compliance on the inspection form
• Corrective action will be implemented immediately in the field before additional land application
takes place
• Notify S&ME and/or CF Nitrogen
• S&ME and/or CF Nitrogen will notify the Division of Water Resources of the non-compliance
action by telephone and then issue a letter to the Division

Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ0012404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044U

December 14, 2020 12
7.0 Sampling and Monitoring Plan (Condition III.2.f)
The monitoring requirements specified in the non-discharge permit WQ0012404 will be adhered too. For
the groundwater at the CFN site (Site 11), groundwater levels will be measured in nine monitor wells and
four piezometers as listed in Attachment C of the permit (Appendix I). The levels will be collected using
an electronic water level indicator. The depth to water will be measured from the top of the
well’s/piezometer’s casing. The elevation of the groundwater will be calculated by subtracting the height
of the above-ground casing (riser) with a resolution of one hundredth of a foot mean sea level. These
measurements will be collected quarterly. These data will be filed electronically by S&ME.
Groundwater contour maps of the CFN site will be drawn using the calculated groundwater elevation
data. The maps will depict access to the field and monitoring points and include cross-sectional views that
depict water levels across the slurry wall.
Groundwater samples will be analyzed prior to permit renewal for hazardous or toxic waste under 40 CFR
Part 261. The analyses [corrosivity, ignitability, reactivity, and toxicity characteristic leaching procedure
(TCLP)] will be performed at the end of the permit cycle (Appendix I, Permit Conditions II.2).
Quarterly (every 90-day cycle) samples will be collected for laboratory analysis. The water sample will be
collected from the discharge point at the loading station. Sample jars will be filled, la beled with the date,
time and sampler’s name. The samples will then be placed on ice and shipped to Waypoint Analytical in
Richmond Virginia under standard chain of custody protocols. Quarterly samples will be analyzed for
permit required parameters (aluminum, ammonia nitrogen, nitrate-nitrite nitrogen, calcium, magnesium,
pH, phosphorus, potassium and sodium) as listed in permit condition II.3 (Appendix I). Plant available
nitrogen will be calculated using the results of the laboratory analyses by the ORC or Backup ORC.
The following personnel will be responsible for collection of samples and groundwater levels:
Table 7-1
Names and Titles of Inspection Personnel (Condition III.2.f.i)
Name Title
Jason Volker (S&ME) Program Manager/ORC
Jason Smith (Granville Farms) Backup ORC
Jay Bryant (Granville Farms) Project Supervisor
Ernie Powell (Granville Farms) Field Operator

All data will be filed electronically by S&ME for a perio d of at least five years.

Appendices

Appendix I – Non-Discharge Permit
ROY COOPER
Governor
MICHAEL S. REGAN
Secretary
S. DANIEL SMITH
Director
Kelvin Roth, VP
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
4 Parkway North
Suite 400
Deerfield, IL 60015
NORTH CAROLINA
Environmental Quality
October 13, 2020
Re: Non -Discharge Injection Permit WQ0012404
CF Nitrogen Site
Hertford County, NC
Sent electronically and via U.S. Postal Service
Dear Mr. Roth:
In accordance with your permit renewal application received June 29, 2020, and additional information
received July 6, 2020, and October 7, 2020, we are forwarding this permit to continue to apply nitrogen
enriched groundwater at the CF Nitrogen Site located 100 Farmers Chemical Road, Cofield, NC 27922.
This permit shall be effective, unless revoked, from January 1, 2021 (day after expiration date of current
permit) until December 31, 2025, and shall be subject to the conditions and limitations stated therein.
Please pay particular attention to the monitoring requirements in this permit. Failure to establish an
adequate system for collecting and maintaining the required operational information will result in future
compliance problems.
If any parts, requirements or limitations contained in this permit are unacceptable, the Permittee has the
right to request an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within 30 days following receipt of this
permit. This request shall be in the form of a written petition, conforming to Chapter 150B of the North
Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of Administrative Hearings at 1711 New Hope
Church Road (mailing address and physical address) Raleigh NC, 27609. Unless such demands are
made, this permit shall be final and binding.
E
n%MrM4K � Iwel�ennyNN Dnebl�
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality I Division of Water Resources
512 North Salisbury Street 11636 Mail Service Center I Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1636
919.707.9000

NCDEQ Division of Water Resources
Groundwater Resources Section
10/13/2020
Page 2 of 2
If you need any additional information concerning this matter, please contact Michael Rogers at 919-
707-3668 or [e-mail].
Best Regards,
Rick Bolich, L.G., Chief
Groundwater Resources Section
Division of Water Resources
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality
cc: Hertford County Environmental Health Department
Washington Regional Office, WQROS (sent electronically)
Jason Volker, S&ME, Inc. (sent electronically)
WQ0012404 Permit File

NORTH CAROLINA
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
RALEIGH
LAND APPLICATION OF NITROGEN -ENRICHED GROUND WATER
In accordance with the provisions of Article 21 of Chapter 143, General Statutes of North Carolina as
amended, and other applicable Laws, Rules, and Regulations
PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED TO
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Hertford County
FOR THE
continued operation of a nitrogen -enriched groundwater recovery system for CF Nitrogen, Inc. arid
consisting of: nine recovery wells with a transfer pump station and a one million gallon storage basin with
a groundwater transfer and loading system with dual loading bays for the tanker trucks; the operation of a
nitrogen -enriched ground water land application program consisting of the application of up to 20,000,000
gallons per year of nitrogen -enriched ground water from the CF Nitrogen site in Tunis, NC; and all
associated piping, valves, control and appurtenances to the approved sites listed in Attachment B in nearby
counties with no discharge of wastes to surface waters, pursuant to the application for permit renewal
received June 29, 2020, and subsequent additional information received by the Division of Water Resources
on July 6, 2020, and October 7, 2020, and in conformity with other supporting data subsequently filed and
approved by the Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ) and considered a part of this permit.
Additional land can be included into the program upon execution of the Landowner Agreement and Lessee
Agreement attached to this permit. This permit does not exempt the Permittee from complying with the
federal regulations.
This permit shall be effective from January 1, 2021 (day after expiration date of current permit) until
December 31, 2025, and shall be subject to the following specified conditions and limitations:
I. SCHEDULES
1. The nine monitoring wells and four piezometers listed in Attachment C (Site 11), shall be properly
maintained. Well abandonment, if necessary, shall be coordinated through the Division of Waste
Management's Inactive Sites Branch. Within 30 days of abandonment, a copy of Well Abandonment
Record (Form GW-30) listing this permit number and the appropriate monitoring well identification
number shall be completed for each well abandoned and mailed to the Division of Water Resources,
UIC Program, 1636 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1617. A North Carolina Certified Well
Contractor shall abandon the monitoring wells according to the North Carolina Well Construction
Standards (15A NCAC 02C .0113) and local county rules. [15A NCAC 02C .0113, 02T
.0108(b)(1)(B)].
WQ0012404 Version 4.0 Shell Version 200911 Page 1 of 9

2. No later than six months prior to the expiration of this permit, the Permittee shall request renewal of
this permit on official Division forms. Upon receipt of the request, the Division will review the
adequacy of the facilities described therein, and if warranted, will renew the permit for such period of
time and under such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate. Please note Rule 15A
NCAC 02T .0105(d) requires an updated site map to be submitted with the permit renewal application.
[15A NCAC 02T .0108(1)(B), 02T .105(d), 02T .0109]
3. The Permittee shall submit the Operation and Maintenance (O&M) plan as required in Condition III.4.
to the Division within 90 days of the effective date of this permit. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(1)(B)]
II. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
1. The subject nitrogen -enriched ground water land application program shall be effectively maintained
and operated at all times so there is no discharge to surface waters, nor any contravention of
groundwater or surface water standards. In the event the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily,
including the creation of nuisance conditions due to improper operation and maintenance, the Permittee
shall immediately cease land applying nitrogen -enriched ground water to the approved application area,
contact the appropriate regional office supervisor, and take any immediate corrective actions. [G.S.
143-215.1]
2. The nine monitoring wells (C-22, C-23, C-28, C-29, C-32, C-33, MWI-3, MWI-4, and MWI-6) and
four piezometers (PI-2, PI-11, PO-12 and PO-236) listed in Attachment C (Site 11), shall be properly
maintained. Well abandonment, if necessary, shall be coordinated through the Division of Waste
Management's Inactive Sites Branch. Within 30 days of abandonment, a Well Abandonment Record
(Form GW-30) listing this permit number and the appropriate monitoring well identification number
shall be completed for each well abandoned and mailed to the Division of Water Resources, UIC
Program, 1636 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1636. A North Carolina Certified Well
Contractor shall abandon the monitoring wells according to the North Carolina Well Construction
Standards (15A NCAC 02C .0113) and local county rules. Replacement monitor wells shall be
coordinated through the Division of Waste Management's Inactive Sites Branch and approved by the
Washington Regional Office, telephone number [phone], prior to their installation. The regional
office shall be notified at least 48 hours prior to the construction of any monitoring well, and such
notification to the Water Quality Regional Operations Section's regional supervisor shall be made from
8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, excluding State Holidays. The monitoring wells
shall be constructed such that the water level in the monitoring well is never above or below the
screened (open) portion of the well at any time during the year, and in accordance with 15A NCAC
02C .0108. [15ANCAC 02C .0113, .0108]
3. This permit shall not relieve the Permittee of responsibility for damages to groundwater or surface
water resulting from the operation of this program. [15A NCAC 02B .0200, 02L .0100]
4. Only the land application sites owned by individuals or corporations who have signed a completed
Landowner Agreement Attachment and, if applicable, a Lessee Agreement Attachment, are approved
to receive nitrogen -enriched ground water as a nitrogen amendment for crop growth. A completed
Landowner Agreement and Lessee Agreement (see Attachments D and E) must be kept on file by the
Permittee and available for inspection. The appropriate Attachments (FORM: CF Industries LOAA
01072016 for landowners and FORM: CF Industries LAA 01072016 for lessees) will be signed and
submitted to the Division as part of the residuals annual report. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
WQ0012404 Version 4.0 Shell Version 200911 Page 2 of 9

5. Setbacks for the application areas shall be as follows:
Setback Description
Setback
(feet)
Private or public water supply
100
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and
wetlands)
100
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
25
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the
SHWT)
25
Wells with exception to monitoring wells
100
Bedrock outcrops
25
[15A NCAC 02T .1108]
6. Land application areas shall be clearly marked on each site prior to and during any nitrogen -enriched
ground water application event. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
7. Nitrogen -enriched ground water and other sources of Plant Available Nitrogen (PAN) shall not be
applied in exceedance of agronomic rates. Appropriate agronomic rates shall be calculated using
expected nitrogen requirements based on the determined Realistic Yield Expectations (RYE) using any
of the following methods:
a. Division's pre -approved site -specific historical data for specific crop or soil types by calculating
the mean of the best three yields of the last five consecutive crop harvests for each field.
b. North Carolina Historical Data for specific crop and soil types as provided by North Carolina State
University Department of Soil Science. A copy shall be kept on file and reprinted every five years.
c. If the RYE cannot be determined using methods (a) or (b) above, the Permittee may use the RYE
and appropriate nutrient application rates reported in any of the following documents:
i. Crop management plan as outlined by the local Cooperative Extension 'Office, the North
Carolina Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, the Natural Resource
Conservation Service, or other agronomist.
ii. Waste Utilization Plan as outlined by the Senate Bill 1217 Interagency Group - Guidance
Document: Chapter 1
Ilttp://www.neagr.gov/SWC/tech/1217committee.html
iii. Certified Nutrient Management Plan as outlined by the Natural Resources Conservation
Services (NRCS).
d. If the RYE and appropriate nutrient application rates cannot be determined, the Permittee shall
contact the Division to determine necessary action.
[15A NCAC 02T .1109(a)(1)(K)]
8. If land application sites are to be over -seeded or double -cropped (e.g., Bermuda grass in the summer
and rye grass in the winter with both crops to receive nitrogen -enriched ground water), then the second
crop can receive an application of PAN at a rate not to exceed 50 pounds per acre per year (lbs/ac/yr).
This practice may be allowed as long as the second crop is to be harvested or grazed. If the second
crop is to be planted for erosion control only and is to be tilled into the soil, then no additional PAN
shall be applied. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
WQ0012404 Version 4.0 Shell Version 200911 Page 3 of 9

9. The use of spray irrigation equipment for application of the nitrogen -enriched ground water is approved
by this permit, provided all permit restrictions are met and appropriate backflow prevention, as
approved by the North Carolina Public Water Supply Division, is in place to protect the potable water
supply. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
10. These nitrogen -enriched ground water application sites were individually permitted on or after
December 30, 1983; therefore, the compliance boundary is established at either 250 feet from the
residual land application area, or 50 feet within the property boundary, whichever is closest to the
nitrogen -enriched ground water application area. An exceedance of groundwater standards at or
beyond the compliance boundary is subject to remediation action according to 15A NCAC 02L .0106as
well as enforcement actions in accordance with North Carolina General Statute 143-215.6A through
143-215.6C. Any approved relocation of the COMPLIANCE BOUNDARY will be noted in
Attachment B. [15A NCAC 02L .0107]
11. The review boundary shall be established midway between the compliance boundary and the nitrogen -
enriched ground water application area. Any exceedance of groundwater standards at the review
boundary shall require action in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0106. [15A NCAC 02L .0108]
III. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE REOUIREMENTS
1. The land application program shall be properly maintained and operated at all times. The program shall
be effectively maintained and operated as a non -discharge system to prevent any contravention of
surface water or groundwater standards. [15A NCAC 02T .1110]
2. The Permittee shall maintain an approved Operation and Maintenance Plan (O&M Plan). Modifications
to the O&M Plan shall be approved by the Division prior to utilization of the new plan. The O&M Plan,
which pertains primarily to the land application equipment used at land application fields will, at a
minimum, include:
a. Operational functions that include the replacement or rehabilitation of recovery well components;
b. Maintenance schedules;
c. Safety measures;
d. Spill response plan;
e. Inspection plan including the following information:
i. Names and/or titles of personnel responsible for conducting the inspections;
ii. Frequency and location of inspections, including those to be conducted by the ORC, and
procedures to assure that the selected location(s) and inspection frequency are representative
of the residuals management program;
iii. Detailed description of inspection procedures including record keeping and actions to be taken
by the inspector in the event that noncompliance is observed pursuant to the noncompliance
notification requirements under the monitoring and reporting section of the permit;
f. Sampling and monitoring plan including the following information:
i. Names and/or titles of personnel responsible for conducting the sampling and monitoring;
ii. Detailed description of monitoring procedures including parameters to be monitored;
iii. Sampling frequency and procedures to assure that representative samples are being collected.
[15A NCAC 02T .1100]
3. Upon the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission's (WPCSOCC)
classification of the facility, the Permittee shall designate and employ a certified operator in responsible
charge (ORC) and one or more certified operators as back-up ORCs in accordance with 15A NCAC
08G .0201. The ORC or his back-up shall visit the land application sites in accordance with 15A NCAC
08G. 0204, or as specified in the most recently approved O&M plan (i.e., see Condition III. 2.), and
shall comply with all other conditions of 15A NCAC 08G. 0204. [15A NCAC 02T .0117]
WQ0012404 Version 4.0 Shell Version 200911 Page 4 of 9

4. When the Permittee land applies nitrogen -enriched ground water, a copy of this permit and a copy of
O&M Plan shall be maintained at the land application sites during land application activities. [15A
NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
5. Adequate provisions shall be taken to prevent wind erosion and surface runoff from conveying
nitrogen -enriched ground water from the surface disposal sites or storage sites onto adjacent properties
or into surface waters. [15A NCAC 02T .1109(d)(2)(C)]
6. With the exception of Site 11, no nitrogen -enriched ground water shall be stored at any land application
site, unless written approval has been requested and received from the Division. [G.S. 143-215.1]
Temporary storage in a 12,000-gallon tanker trailer at a specific land application site may be maintained
only during the application process. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
7. Nitrogen -enriched ground water shall not be land applied under the following conditions:
a. If the nitrogen -enriched ground water is likely to adversely affect a threatened or endangered
species listed under section 4 of the Endangered Species Act or its designated critical habitat;
b. If the application causes prolonged nuisance conditions;
c. If the land fails to assimilate the nitrogen -enriched ground water or the application causes the
contravention of surface water or groundwater standards;
d. If the land is flooded, frozen or snow-covered, or is otherwise in a condition such that runoff of the
nitrogen -enriched ground water would occur;
e. Within the 100-year flood elevation, unless the nitrogen -enriched ground water is injected or
incorporated within a 24-hour period following a residuals land application event;
f. During a measurable precipitation event (i.e., greater than 0.01 inch per hour), or within 24 hours
following a rainfall event of 0.5 inches or greater in a 24-hour period;
If the slope is greater than 10% for surface applied nitrogen -enriched ground water, or if the slope
is greater than 18% for injected or incorporated nitrogen -enriched ground water;
h. If the land does not have an established vegetative cover unless the nitrogen -enriched ground water
is incorporated or injected within a 24-hour period following a nitrogen -enriched ground water
application event. Any field that is in a USDA no -till program shall be exempted from meeting this
vegetative cover requirement;
i. If the vertical separation between the seasonal high water table and the depth of residuals
application is less than one foot;
j. If the vertical separation of bedrock and the depth of residuals application is less than one foot;
k. Application exceeds agronomic rates.
[15A NCAC 02T .1109]
g•
8. Only the land application sites owned by individuals who have signed a completed Landowner
Agreement Attachment and, if applicable, a Lessee Agreement Attachment, are approved for nitrogen -
enriched ground water land application. A completed Landowner Agreement Attachment and Lessee
Agreement Attachment (see Attachments D and E) must be kept on file by the Permittee and available
for inspection. The appropriate Attachments (FORM: CF Industries LOAA 01072016 for landowners
and FORM: CF Industries LAA 01072016 for lessees) will be signed and submitted to the Division as
part of the residuals annual report. [15A NCAC 02T .1104(c)(4)]
WQ0012404 Version 4.0 Shell Version 200911 Page 5 of 9

9. The Permittee shall not land apply nitrogen -enriched ground water to a land application site owned by
others unless the agreement between the Permittee and the landowner/lessee or operators (see attached
forms) is in full force and effect. The Landowner Agreement Attachment (FORM: LOAA 01072016)
shall be considered renewed at the same time the permit is renewed. Should a landowner or lessee
terminate its agreement with the Permittee, the Permittee shall inform the Washington Regional Office,
Water Quality Regional Operations Section, to remove all of the sites associated with that owner or
lessee from the list of sites on Attachment B. If the Lessee has changed during a given permit cycle,
the Lessee Agreement Attachment (FORM: LAA 01072016). [15A NCAC 02T .1104(c)(4)]
IV. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
1. Any Division required monitoring (including groundwater, plant tissue, soil and surface water analyses)
necessary to ensure groundwater and surface water protection shall be established, and an acceptable
sample reporting schedule shall be followed. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
2. The nitrogen -enriched ground water shall be analyzed to demonstrate they are non -hazardous under the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Nitrogen -enriched ground water that tests or is
classified as a hazardous or toxic waste under 40 CFR Part 261 shall not be used or disposed under this
permit. The analyses [corrosivity, ignitability, reactivity, and toxicity characteristic leaching
procedure (TCLP)] shall be performed at the frequency specified in Attachment A, and the Permittee
shall maintain these results for a minimum of five years. Any exceptions from the requirements in this
condition shall be specified in Attachment A.
The TCLP analysis shall include the following parameters (the regulatory level in milligrams per liter
is in parentheses):
Arsenic (5.0)
1,4-Dichlorobenzene (7.5)
Nitrobenzene (2.0)
Barium (100.0)
1,2-Dichloroethane (0.5)
Pentachlorophenol (100.0)
Benzene (0.5)
1,1-Dichloroethylene (0.7)
Pyridine (5.0)
Cadmium (1.0)
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (0.13)
Selenium (1.0)
Carbon tetrachloride (0.5)
Endrin (0.02)
Silver (5.0)
Chlordane (0.03)
Hexachlorobenzene (0.13)
Tetrachloroethylene (0.7)
Chlorobenzene (100.0)
Heptachlor (and its hydroxide)
(0.008)
Toxaphene (0.5)
Chloroform (6.0)
Hexachloro-1,3-butadiene (0.5)
Trichloroethylene (0.5)
Chromium (5.0)
Hexachloroethane (3.0)
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol (400.0)
m-Cresol (200.0)
Lead (5.0)
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol (2.0)
o-Cresol (200.0)
Lindane (0.4)
2,4,5-TP (Silvex) (1.0)
p-Cresol (200.0)
Mercury (0.2)
Vinyl chloride (0.2)
Cresol (200.0)
Methoxychlor (10.0)
2,4-D (10.0)
Methyl ethyl ketone (200.0)
[15A NCAC 13A .0102, 02T .1101, 02T .1105]
3. An analysis shall be conducted on the nitrogen -enriched groundwater every 90 days, and the Permittee
shall report the results of this groundwater monitoring in the Annual Report specified in Section IV.8
of this permit. The sample location for this analysis shall be at the truck loading station. The analysis
shall include the following parameters:
WQ0012404 Version 4.0 Shell Version 200911 Page 6 of 9

Aluminum
Nitrate -Nitrite Nitrogen
Plant Available Nitrogen
(by calculation)
Ammonia -Nitrogen
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
Potassium
Calcium
pH
Sodium
Magnesium
Phosphorus
[15A NCAC 02T .1101]
4. Analytical determinations made pursuant to the monitoring and reporting requirements of this permit
shall be made by a laboratory certified by the Division for the required parameters under 15A NCAC
2H .0800 or 15A NCAC 2H .1100. Field analyses are exempted from this requirement. [15A NCAC
02H .0800 or .1100]
5. Monitoring wells shall be sampled at the frequencies and for the parameters specified in Attachment
C. The Permittee shall develop groundwater contour maps of the system and map this data as
groundwater contours. This is to be sufficient in aerial extent and density to describe the general pattern
of the water level elevation. The maps shall include access to the field and monitoring points, and cross -
sectional view maps that depict water levels across the slurry wall. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(m)]
6. Proper records shall be maintained by the Permittee tracking all application events. These records shall
include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following information:
a. Date of nitrogen -enriched ground water application;
b. Location of nitrogen -enriched ground water application (site, field, or zone #);
c. Type of crop or crops to be grown on land application site;
d. Volume of nitrogen -enriched ground water applied in gallons per acre;
e. Continuous weekly, monthly, and year-to-date hydraulic (inches/acre) loadings for each land
application site; and
f. Annual totals, for each land application site, of plant available nitrogen (PAN) from the nitrogen -
enriched ground water (lbs/acre); annual totals, for each land application site, of phosphorous
applied from all sources (lbs/acre), fertilizers applied (other than from the nitrogen -enriched ground
water) (lbs. of PAN/acre); and annual totals, for each field, of PAN from all sources.
[15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
WQ0012404 Version 4.0 Shell Version 200911 Page 7 of 9

7. One copy of an annual report along with attached CD or flash drive shall be submitted on or before
March 1st. The annual report shall be submitted to the following address:
Division of Water Resources
UIC Program
1636 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
[15A NCAC 02T .1111]
8. Noncompliance Notification
The Permittee shall report by telephone to the Washington Regional Office, telephone number (252)
946-6481, as soon as possible, but in no case more than 24 hours or on the next working day following
the occurrence or first knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following:
a. Any failure of the nitrogen -enriched ground water application program resulting in a release of
material to surface waters.
b. Any time self -monitoring indicates the facility has gone out of compliance with its permit
limitations.
c. Any process unit failure, due to known or unknown reasons rendering the facility incapable of
adequate residual treatment.
d. Any spill or discharge from a vehicle or piping system during nitrogen -enriched ground water
transportation.
Any emergency requiring immediate reporting (e.g., discharges to surface waters, imminent failure of
a storage structure, etc.) outside normal business hours shall be reported to the Division's Emergency
Response personnel at telephone number [phone] (NC Highway Patrol), [phone]
(Division of Emergency Management), or [phone] (Division of Emergency Management).
Persons reporting such occurrences by telephone shall also file a written report in letter from within
five days following first knowledge of the occurrence. This report shall outline the actions taken or
proposed to be taken to ensure that the problem does not recur. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(1), 02T .0108(b)
(1)(A)]
V. INSPECTIONS
1. The Permittee shall provide adequate inspection and maintenance to ensure proper operation of the
groundwater recovery, storage and transfer system and shall be in accordance with the approved O&M
Plan. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)]
2. Prior to each nitrogen -enriched ground water application event, the Permittee or his designee shall
inspect the nitrogen -enriched ground water storage, transport and application facilities to prevent
malfunctions, facility deterioration and operator errors resulting in discharges, which may cause the
release of wastes to the environment, a threat to human health or a public nuisance. The Permittee shall
maintain an inspection log that includes, at a minimum, the date and time of inspection, observations
made, and any maintenance, repairs, or corrective actions taken. The Permittee shall maintain this
inspection log for a period of five years from the date of inspection, and this log shall be made available
to the Division upon request. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)]
3. Any duly authorized Division representative may, upon presentation of credentials, enter and inspect
any property, premises or place on or related to the land application sites or groundwater remediation
facilities permitted herein at any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with this
permit; may inspect or copy any records required to be maintained under the terms and conditions of
this permit; and may collect groundwater, surface water or leachate samples. [G.S. 143-215.3(a)(2)]
WQ0012404 Version 4.0 Shell Version 200911 Page 8 of 9

VI. GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Failure to comply with the conditions and limitations contained herein may subject the Permittee to an
enforcement action by the Division in accordance with North Carolina General Statutes 143-215.6A to
143-215.6C. [G.S. 143-215.6A to 143-215.6C]
2. This permit shall become voidable if the nitrogen -enriched ground water application events are not
carried out in accordance with the conditions of this permit. [15A NCAC 02T .0110]
3. This permit is effective only with respect to the nature and volume of the nitrogen -enriched ground
water described in the permit application and other supporting documentation. [G.S. 143-215.1]
4. The issuance of this permit does not exempt the Permittee from complying with any and all statutes,
rules, regulations, or ordinances, which may be imposed by other jurisdictional government agencies
(e.g., local, state, and federal).
5. This permit is subject to revocation or unilateral modification upon 60 days' notice from the Division
Director, in whole or part for the requirements listed in 15A NCAC 02T .0110. [15A NCAC 02T .0110]
6. Unless the Division Director grants a variance, expansion of the permitted residuals program contained
herein shall not be granted if the Permittee exemplifies any of the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0120.
[15A NCAC 02T .0120]
7. The Permittee shall pay the annual fee within 30 days after being billed by the Division. Failure to pay
the annual fee accordingly shall be cause for the Division to revoke this permit. [15A NCAC 02T
.0110(4)]
Permit issued this the f3k day of October 2020
NORTH CAROLIN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
for S. Danie " , Director
Division of Water Resources
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Permit Number WQ0012404
WQ0012404 Version 4.0 Shell Version 200911 Page 9 of 9

THIS PAGE BLANK

ATTACHMENT A - Approved Residual Sources
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Nitrogen -Enriched Ground Water Source -Generating Facility
Owner
Facility Name
County
Permit
Number
Biological
Residuals
Maximum
Gallons
Per Year 1
Monitoring
Frequency for
Non -hazardous
Characteristics
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
CF Nitrogen in Tunis, NC
Hertford
WQ0012404
No
20,000,000
Monitoring
Frequency for
Metals and
Nutrients 3
1 X Permit Cycle
4 X year
Total
20,000,000
Monitoring
Frequency for
Pathogen &
Vector Attraction
Reductions
Approved
Mineralization
Rate
[Raw = 0.4;
Aerobic = 0.3;
Anaerobic = 0.2;
Com.ost = 0.1]
N/A
N/A
1. Maximum Gallons per Year is the amount of nitrogen -enriched ground water approved for land application from each permitted facility.
2. Analyses to demonstrate that residuals are non -hazardous (i.e., TCLP, ignitability, reactivity, and corrosivity) as stipulated under permit Condition IV.2.
3. Testing of metals and nutrients as stipulated under permit Condition IV.3.
If no land application events occur during a required sampling period (e.g. no land application occur during an entire year when annual monitoring is required), then no
sampling data is required during the period of inactivity. The annual report shall include an explanation for missing sampling data. Those required to submit the annual
report to EPA may be required to make up the missed sampling, contact the EPA for additional information and clarification.
WQ0012404 Version 4.0 Attachment A Page 1 of 1

THIS PAGE BLANK

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Feld/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
29-1
Ronald Byrd
Bertie
36°09'30"
-76°57'54"
6.7
Leaf— Lf
29-2
Ronald Byrd
Bertie
36°09'31"
-76°58'02"
2.4
Leaf — Lf
29-3
Ronald Byrd
Bertie
36°09'31"
-76°58'09"
6.2
Exum — ExA
29-4
Ronald Byrd
Bertie
36°09'27"
-76°58'09"
9.8
Exum — ExA
29-5
Ronald Byrd
Bertie
36°09'27"
-76°58'20"
11.1
Exum — ExA
29-6
Ronald Byrd
Bertie
36°09'25"
-76°58'34"
3.1
Leaf— Lf
29-7
Ronald Byrd
Bertie
36°09'24"
-76°58' 10"
4.6
Granthum — Gt
29-8
Ronald Byrd
Bertie
36°09'21"
-76°58'05"
9.9
Granthum — Gt
29-9
Ronald Byrd
Bertie
36°09'24"
-76°58'00"
0.5
Exum — ExA
29-10
Ronald Byrd
Bertie
36°09'24"
-76°57'56"
4.0
Exum — ExB
30-1
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°08'15"
-76°57'12"
15.4
Exum — ExA
30-2
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°08'22"
-76°57'13"
6.1
Exum — ExA
30-3
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'47"
-76°56'35"
1.3
Craven — CrA
30-4
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'45"
-76°56'22"
26.3
Norfolk — NoB
30-5
Kendred C. Williams, Jr,
Bertie
36°12'43"
-76°56'07"
32.4
Craven — CrB
30-6
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'31"
-76°56'09"
9.0
Craven — CrB
30-7
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'38"
-76°56'25"
12.9
Craven — CrB
30-8
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'40"
-76°56'34"
6.5
Craven — CrB
30-9
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'41"
-76°56'49"
16.4
Norfolk — NoA
30-10
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'45"
-76°56'47"
3.7
Norfolk—NoA
30-11
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'48"
-76°56'45"
1.4
Norfolk—NoB
30-12
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'48"
-76°56'39"
1.5
Norfolk—NoA
30-13
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'51"
-76°56'41"
5.1
Lenoir—Ln
ersion 4.
Attachment B
Page 1 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Field/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
30-14
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'56"
-76°56'38"
0.5
Lenoir— Ln
30-15
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°13'03"
-76°56'36"
8.9
Leaf— Lf
30-16
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°13'09"
-76°56'31"
4.5
Craven — CrA
30-17
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°13'06"
-76°57'03"
28.1
Craven—CrA
30-18
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'55"
-76°57'00"
20.9
Craven — CrA
30-19
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'54"
-76°56'48"
9.3
Goldsboro — GoA
30-20
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'13"
-76°56'51"
10.7
Craven — CrA
30-21
C.S. Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'23"
-76°56'48"
7.0
Lenoir — Ln
30-22
C.S. Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36° 12' 16"
-76°56'53"
7.5
Craven — CrA
30-23
C.S. Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36° 12' 16"
-76°56'59"
9.2
Craven — CrA
30-24
C.S. Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'18"
-76°57'02"
3.8
Craven — CrA
30-25
C.S. Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'19"
-76°57'05"
1.5
Craven— CrA
30-26
C.S. Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'26"
-76°57'12"
4.3
Craven — CrA
30-27
C.S. Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'16"
-76°57'08"
4.0
Craven — CrA
30-28
C.S. Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'13"
-76°57'09"
5.1
Craven — CrA
30-29
C.S. Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'08"
-76°57'07"
13.3
Craven — CrA
30-30
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°10'35"
-76°57'25"
4.5
Nahunta—Na
30-31
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°10'28"
-76°57'24"
20.8
Exum — ExA
30-32
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°10'24"
-76°57'15"
7.5
Goldsboro — GoA
30-33
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°10'18"
-76°57'19"
17.8
Goldsboro — GoA
30-34
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36° 10' 18"
-76°57'18"
24.1
Goldsboro — GoA
30-35
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°10'20"
-76°57'37"
0.9
Exum — ExA
30-36
David C. Powell
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°13'13"
-76°54'33"
19.9
Exum — ExA
30-37
E.M. Powell & Sons, Inc.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°13'07"
-76°54'26"
21.2
Exum — ExA
30-38
E.M. Powell & Sons, Inc.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'49"
-76°54'30"
23.4
Exum—ExA
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 2 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Field/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
30-39
E.M. Powell & Sons, Inc.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°12'42"
-76°54'24"
25.4
Exum — ExA
30-40
T.E. Ruffin
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°09'22"
-76°57'24"
19.9
Exum — ExA
30-41
T.E. Ruffin
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°09'23"
-76°57'37"
7.0
Exum—ExA
30-42
T.E. Ruffin
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°09'26"
-76°57'43"
4.7
Exum — ExA
30-43
T.E. Ruffin
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°09'23"
-76°57'46"
7.0
Exum — ExA
30-44
James C. Askew
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°11' 18"
-76°57'21"
2.8
Exum — ExB
30-45
James C. Askew
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36° 11' 18"
-76°57'17"
6.3
Exum — ExB
30-46
James C. Askew
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°11' 17"
-76°57' 10"
12.0
Gritney — Gt
30-47
Oliver B. Balance
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36°11' 12"
-76°57'08"
11.6
Exum — ExA
33-17
Leonard L. Godwin
William Ward
Bertie
36°13'38"
-77°00'05"
11.2
Norfolk—NoA
33-18
Leonard L. Godwin
William Ward
Bertie
36°13'31"
-76°59'55"
11.2
Goldsboro — GoA
33-19
Ola Sanders
William Ward
Bertie
36°12'15"
-76°56'09"
16.8
Goldsboro — GoA
33-20
Ruth H. Metcalf
William Ward
Bertie
36°14' 16"
-76°54'30"
3.3
Exum — ExA
33-21
Ruth H. Metcalf, et al
William Ward
Bertie
36°14'02"
-76°54'24"
12.9
Exum — ExA
33-22
Mildred Harris
William Ward
Bertie
36°13'53"
-76°54' 12"
17.0
Exum — ExA
33-23
Agnes O. Moore, et al
William Ward
Bertie
36°13'42"
-76°54'09"
9.5
Goldsboro — GoA
County Total
Bertie
653.6
Goldsboro — GoA
3-1
Wiley B. Gillam III
Hertford
36°19'51"
-76°50'39"
19.6
Lynchburg - Ly
3-2
Wiley B. Gillam III
Hertford
36°19'44"
-76°50'43"
37.2
Lynchburg - Ly
3-3
Wiley B. Gillam III
Hertford
36°19'45"
-76°50'28"
19.9
Norfolk — NoA
3-4
Wiley B. Gillam III
Hertford
36°19'27"
-76°48'06"
18.6
Wickham— WkB
3-5
Wiley B. Gillam III
Hertford
36°19'02"
-76°48'02"
31.9
Tarboro — TaB
6-1
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Hertford
36°16'06"
-76°56'20"
17.0
Craven — CrA
6-2
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Hertford
36° 16' 18"
-76°56'20"
67.4
Caroline — CaA
6-3
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Hertford
36°16'09"
-76°55'58"
7.9
Caroline — CaA
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 3 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Field/
Site
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-9
6-10
6-11A
6-11B
6-11C
6-11D
6-11E
6-12
6-13
6-14
Owner
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
6-23
6-24
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
AcNet
reage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
Hertford
36° 15' 54"
-76°56'16"
10.9
Caroline — CaA
Hertford
36°15'47"
-76°56'56"
54.0
Caroline—CaA
Hertford
36°15'36"
-76°56'34"
23.3
Craven — CrB
Hertford
36°15'27"
-76°56'11"
42.2
Craven — CrB
Hertford
36°16'O1"
-76°57'17"
38.9
Craven—CrA
Hertford
36°16'43"
-76°55'34"
107.0
Caroline - CaA
Hertford
36°15'52"
-77°00'07"
41.0
Craven — CrB
Hertford
36°15'41"
-76°59'53"
72.2
Craven — CrB
Hertford
36°15'37"
-76°59'40"
29.4
Craven — CrB
Hertford
36°15'24"
-76°59'45"
41.2
Craven — CrB
Hertford
36°15'36"
-76°59'37"
47.7
Craven — CrA
Hertford
36°18'30"
-77°01'47"
40.4
Caroline—CaA
Hertford
36°18'27"
-76°54'52"
41.4
Craven — CrA
Hertford
36°18' 10"
-76°54'59"
30.9
Craven — CrA
Hertford
36° 18' 14"
-76°55'18"
48.8
Craven — CrB
Hertford
36°16'51"
-76°45'06"
46.1
Bonneau—BoB
Hertford
36°16'44"
-76°45'38"
41.9
Bonneau—BoB
Hertford
36°17'04"
-76°45'33"
21.0
Bonneau—BoB
Hertford
36°16'33"
-76°43'56"
46.3
Goldsboro — GoA
Hertford
36°16'06"
-76°44' 18"
21.4
Goldsboro — GoA
Hertford
36°17'50"
-76°43' 10"
70.8
Bonneau — BoB
Hertford
36°16'19"
-77°02'38"
56.4
Craven - CrA
Hertford
36°16'32"
-77°02'41"
94.9
Craven - CrA
Hertford
36°16'20"
-77°02'23"
41.6
Lenoir — Ln
Attachment B
Page 4 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Field/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Arc eage
1
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
9-2
Gray Pierce, et al
Hertford
36°18'20"
-76°51'10"
18.5
Norfolk - NoA
9-3
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36° 18' 14"
-76°51'20"
8.5
Norfolk - NoA
9-5
Carlyle Archer, et alGray
Pierce
Hertford•
•
Norfolk — NoA
'-6
Hertford
36°18'15".'
Goldsboro — GoA
'-7
Hertford
•' 1
.'
Norfolk — NoA
'-8
Hertford
.' 1
.'
Norfolk — NoA
' '
Hertford
•'
•• 1
Craven — CrB
` 1
Hertford
36°17'59"1
Craven — CrB
'-11
Hertford
36°17'45"
-76°51'19"
10.6
Craven — CrB
'-12
Hertford
36°17'48"•'
1
Conetoe — CoB
'-14
Hertford
• 1
. • 1
Tarboro — TaB
9-15
Hertford
.'
• 1 1
Tarboro — TaB
' •
Hertford
•'
Craven — CrB
'-17
Hertford
• ; 1
•
Craven — CrB
'
Gray Pierce
Hertford
1
.'
Wickham — WkA
' '
Gray Pierce
Hertford
•'
• • 1
Tarboro — TaB
• 1
Gray Pierce
Hertford
1 .
Bonneau — BoB
'
Gray Pierce
Hertford
•
•
• 1
Craven — CrA
'
Gray Pierce
Hertford
.'
•'
• •
Lenoir— Ln
'
Gray Pierce
Hertford
.'
•'
Craven — CrA
'
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°18'34".'
1
Craven — CrA
'
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°19'12"
-76°51'48"
24.9
Tarboro — TaB
• '
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°18'51"
-76°52'01"
15.0
Wickham— WkA
9-29
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°18'47"
-76°51'57"
5.7
Wickham — WkA
9-30
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°18'44"
-76°51'53"
11.9
Wickham — WkA
WQ00 12404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 5 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Field/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
9-31
Gray Pierce, Merle Jones
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°17'48"
-76°52'45"
11.4
Craven — CrA
9-32
Merle Jones
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°17'34"
-76°52'36"
17.6
Lenoir— Ln
9-33
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°17'37"
-76°52'10"
16.7
Craven — CrA
9-34
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°17'52"
-76°53'00"
7.6
Craven — CrA
9-35
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°17'58"
-76°52'55"
13.4
Craven — CrA
9-37
R.C. Kennington
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°18'33"
-76°52'45"
15.8
Craven—CrB
9-38
R.C. Kennington
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°18'27"
-76°52'32"
7.6
Craven — CrB
9-40
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°19'21"
-76°53'33"
11.2
Wickham— WkB
9-41
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°19'33"
-76°53'28"
12.4
Wickham — WkA
9-42
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°19'23"
-77°01'20"
26.4
Caroline — CaA
9-43
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°19' 16"
-77°00'38"
39.4
Caroline — CaA
9-45
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°19' 11"
-77°06'56"
73.7
Craven — CrA
9-46A
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°19'19"
-77°07'49"
36.7
Craven — CrA
9-46B
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36° 19' 15"
-77°07'27"
42.5
Craven — CrA
9-47
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°19'33"
-77°08'09"
18.8
Craven — CrA
9-48
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°18'32"
-77°06'31"
45.1
Craven — CrA
9-50
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°18'53"
-77°06'43"
63.8
Craven — CrA
9-52
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°18'57"
-77°07'03"
27.4
Craven — CrA
9-53
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36°19'06"
-77°07'13"
26.7
Craven — CrB
10-1
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36°32'36"
-77°09'01"
7.8
Tarboro — TaB
10-2
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36°32'30"
-77°08'36"
34.1
Wickham — WkA
10-3
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36°32'17"
-77°08'33"
67.7
Autryville — AuB
10-4
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36°32'35"
-77°08'16"
6.9
Lynchburg — nLy
10-5
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36°32'58"
-77°08'17"
20.0
Norfolk—NoA
10-6
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36°52'21"
-77°07'56"
35.0
Craven — CrA
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 6 of 16

ATTACIIMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Field/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
10-7
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36°32'17"
-77°08'07"
35.4
Norfolk —NoA
10-8
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36°32'15"
-77°08'18"
42.3
Norfolk —NoA
10-9
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36°32'24"
-77°07'46"
12.3
Autryville — AuB
10-10
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36°32'27"
-77°07'41"
26.3
Bonneau—BoB
10-11
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36°32'O1"
-77°07'07"
4.9
Norfolk—NoA
11-1
CF Industries, Inc.
Granville Farms, Inc.
Hertford
36°22' 19"
-76°52' 10"
40.4
Craven — CrA
11-2
CF Industries, Inc.
Granville Farms, Inc.
Hertford
36°22' 17"
-76°51'47"
67.2
Craven — CrA
11-3
CF Industries, Inc.
Granville Farms, Inc.
Hertford
36°22'O1"
-76°51'54"
41.4
Craven — CrA
12-1
Douglas R. White
Tuscarora Greens
Hertford
36°23'03"
-76°54'59"
8.3
Lenoir — Ln
12-2
Douglas R. White
Tuscarora Greens
Hertford
36°22'57"
-76°55' 11"
8.8
Lenoir — Ln
12-3
Douglas R. White
Tuscarora Greens
Hertford
36°22'40"
-76°54'57"
6.3
Craven — CrB
12-4
Douglas R. White
Tuscarora Greens
Hertford
36°22'43"
-76°54'46"
30.0
Craven — CrA
12-5
Douglas R. White
Tuscarora Greens
Hertford
36°22'33"
-76°54'51"
5.0
Craven — CrA
12-6
Douglas R. White
Tuscarora Greens
Hertford
36°22'55
-76°54'52"
18.0
Craven — CrA
23-1
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°17'O1"
-76°44'02"
24.9
Norfolk — NoA
23-2
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36° 16'42"
-76°45'12"
13.1
Norfolk — NoA
23-3
Thaddeus F. Scott
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°17'46"
-76°45'44"
39.1
Norfolk—NoA
23-4
Thaddeus F. Scott
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°17'55"
-76°45'44"
22.0
Norfolk — NoA
23-5
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36° 18' 19"
-76°47'17"
27.7
Norfolk — NoB
23-6
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°18'02"
-76°50'25"
19.9
Conetoe — CoB
23-7A
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°17'42"
-76°49'32"
33.5
Craven — CrA
23-7B
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36° 18'03"
-76°49' 10"
13.2
Bonneau — BoB
23-8
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36° 17' 12"
-76°53'00"
29.8
Caroline — CaA
23-9
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°19'50"
-76°51'05"
19.8
Craven — CrA
23-10
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°20'26"
-76°49'47"
15.8
Craven — CrA
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 7 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Field/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
23-12
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°22'27"
-76°54'50"
26.3
Craven — CrA
23-13
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°21'38"
-76°54'02"
20.5
Craven — CrA
23-14
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°21'46"
-76°54'23"
11.7
Craven — CrA
23-15
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°22'38"
-76°56'02"
19.0
Norfolk—NoA
23-16
Johnny Powell
Hertford
36°18'35"
-76°55'42"
45.0
Craven — CrB
24-2
Chester Powell
Hertford
36° 19' 15"
-76°50'40"
14.6
Norfolk — NoA
24-3
Chester Powell
Hertford
36°19'28"
-76°50'34"
11.6
Wickham — WkB
24-4
Chester Powell
Hertford
36°18'56"
-76°48'52"
10.8
Goldsboro — GoA
24-5
Chester Powell
Hertford
36°18'43"
-76°48'52"
13.0
Bonneau — BoB
24-6
Chester Powell
Hertford
36°20'24"
-76°51'54"
13.5
Craven — CrA
24-7
Chester Powell
Hertford
36°20' 17"
-76°51'46"
3.6
Craven — CrA
24-8
Chester Powell
Hertford
36°15'50"
-76°56'33"
6.3
Lenoir — Ln
24-9
Chester Powell
Hertford
36°15'50"
-76°53'54"
12.7
Craven — CrA
24-10
•Shirley Deramus
Chester Powell
Hertford
36°18'04"
-76°43'20"
6.1
Bonneau — BoB
24-11
Shirley Deramus
Chester Powell
Hertford
36°18'09"
-76°43'13"
10.5
Goldsboro — GoA
24-13
Chester Powell
Hertford
36°15'23"
-76°49'06"
14.8
Craven — CrA
25-1
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°21'58"
-76°53'54"
39.8
Caroline — CaA
25-2
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°19'46"
-76°49'06"
9.3
Norfolk — NoA
25-3
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°20'02"
-76°49'03"
32.2
Norfolk — NoA
25-4
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°20' 17"
-76°49'02"
30.2
Craven — CrA
25-5
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°20'09"
-76°48'42"
25.6
Craven — CrA
25-6
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°20'00"
-76°47'36"
27.2
Craven — CrA
25-7
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°21' 16"
-76°47'38"
12.3
Craven — CrA
25-8
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°20'43"
-76°54'05"
16.6
Craven — CrA
25-9
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°20'37"
-76°54'O1"
34.7
Craven — CrA
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 8 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Field/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
25-10
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°20'26"
-76°54'07"
11.3
Craven — CrA
25-11
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°20'25"
—76°54' 13"
4.8
Craven — CrA
25-12
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36°20'O1"
-76°54'28"
32.0
Craven — CrA
26-1
Beechwood Country Club
Hertford
36°21'58"
-77°00'38"
7.9
Caroline — CaA
26-2
Beechwood Country Club
Hertford
36°21'53"
-77°00'47"
10.5
Craven — CrB
26-3
Beechwood Country Club
Hertford
36°21'37"
-77°00'37"
8.3
Craven — CrB
26-4
Beechwood Country Club
Hertford
36°21'43"
-77°00'O1"
18.2
Caroline — CaB
27-52
Lori S. Burgess
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36°25'02"
-77°06'O1"
44.7
Norfolk — NoA
27-53
Lori S. Burgess
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36°24'42"
-77°05'55"
10.0
Norfolk — NoA
27-54
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36°24'36"
-77°06'06"
42.7
Norfolk — NoA
27-55
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36°21' 18"
-77°07'40"
6.6
Craven — CrA
27-56
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36°21' 19"
-77°07'31"
9.8
Craven — CrA
27-57
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36°21'22"
-77°07'21"
11.7
Craven — CrA
27-58
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36°21' 11"
-77°07'17"
4.5
Lenoir — Ln
27-59
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36°21'08"
-77°07'23"
9.0
Lenoir — Ln
27-60
Steven Burgess
36°21'03"
-77°07'07"
2.3
Lenoir — Ln
Hertford
27-61
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36°21'04"
-77°06'59"
14.9
Craven—CrA
27-62
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36°20'55"
-77°07'02"
3.1
Craven — CrA
27-63
Adam & Wendy Burgess
Steven Burgess
36°21' 14"
-77°06'55"
14.7
Craven — CrA
Hertford
27-64
Adam & Wendy Burgess
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36°21'24"
-77°06'50"
29.5
Craven — CrA
28-1
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36°19'31"
-77°50'15"
17.6
Norfolk — NoA
28-2
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36° 19'27"
-76°50'05"
17.5
Norfolk — NoA
28-3
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36° 19'48"
-76°50' 10"
25.1
Norfolk — NoA
28-4
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36°19'21"
-76°49'51"
10.8
Wickham— WkA
28-5
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36°19'10"
-76°49'34"
9.4
Conetoe — CoB
WQ00 12404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 9 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Field/e
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
28-6
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36°19'24"
-76°50'24"
20.4
Norfolk — NoA
28-7
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36°19'50"
-76°51'03"
16.0
Norfolk—NoA
28-8
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36°19'42"
-76°51'06"
9.2
Goldsboro — GoA
28-9
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36°19'42"
-76°51' 13"
9.9
Goldsboro — GoA
28-10
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36°19'44"
-76°51'18"
1.7
Goldsboro — GoA
28-11
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36°19'48"
-76°51' 15"
3.7
Craven — CrB
28-12
Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36°19'47"
-76°51' 11"
3.6
Craven — CrB
28-13
John Lock Mitchell
Walter Perry
Hertford
36°17'42"
-76°49'37"
8.7
Bonneau — BoB
28-14
John Lock Mitchell
Walter Perry
Hertford
36°17'36"
-76°49'45"
7.0
Bonneau — BoB
28-15
Betty Perry, John Mitchell, Eleanor Lane, Penny
Beasley, & Ken Mitchell
Walter Perry
Hertford
36°17'19"
-76°50' 11"
17.4
Craven — CrA
28-16Walter
John Mitchell, Eleanor Lane, Penny Beasley, Ken
Mitchell, & Wiccacon Properties, LLC
Perry
Hertford
36°18'02"
-76°50'23"
18.9
Conetoe — CoB
28-17
Margaret Hall
Walter Perry
Hertford
36°23'O1"
-76°56'51"
16.9
Craven — CrA
28-18
Betty Everette Perry
Walter Perry
Hertford
36°17'30"
-76°49'53"
7.4
Craven — CrA
31-1
Ray & Linda Chamblee
Hertford
36°20'42"
-76°55'26"
8.8
Craven — CrA
31-2
Jackie Chamblee
Ray Chamblee
Hertford
36°20'40"
-76°55'20"
9.6
Craven — CrB
31-3
Jackie Chamblee
Ray Chamblee
Hertford
36°20'47"
-76°55'13"
15.9
Craven — CrA
31-4
Ray & Linda Chamblee
Hertford
36°20'43"
-76°55'04"
8.8
Craven — CrA
31-5
Ray & Linda Chamblee
Hertford
36°17'31"
-76°55' 16"
5.9
Goldsboro — GoA
32-1
Janice Simmons Sessoms
William H. Sessoms
Hertford
36°17'55"
-76°48'53"
7.0
Wakulla WaB
32-2
William H. Sessoms
Hertford
36°17'55"
-76°48'42"
30.6
Lynchburg — Ly
32-3
William H. Sessoms
Hertford
36°17'27"
-76°48'38"
5.0
Craven — CrB
32-4
Joyce Ann Sessoms
William H. Sessoms
Hertford
36°18'07"
-76°48'45"
5.0
Bonneau — BoB
32-5
Joyce Ann Sessoms
William H. Sessoms
Hertford
36°17'43"
-76°49'16"
5.5
Lynchburg — Ly
32-6
William H. Sessoms
Hertford
36°17'42"
-76°49'27"
2.7
Lynchburg — Ly
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 10 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Feld/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
32-7
William H. & Joyce Ann Sessoms
Hertford
36°17'24"
-76°47'58"
28.9
Goldsboro
32-8
William H. & Delores Sessoms
Hertford
36°17'33"
-76°47'23"
23.2
Norfolk—NoB
32-9
William H. & Delores Sessoms
Hertford
36°17'36"
-76°47'36"
13.3
Norfolk—NoB
32-10
William H. & Delores Sessoms
Hertford
36°17'42"
-76°47'34"
7.3
Norfolk — NoB
32-11
Wiccacon Properties, LLC
William H. Sessoms
Hertford
36° 17'47"
-76°49'32"
4.3
Craven — CrA
32-12
Ernest Chamblee
William H. Sessoms
Hertford
36°15'23"
-76°49'08"
14.0
Craven — CrA
33-1
William W & Nellie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
36°14'36"
-76°56'23"
3.0
Caroline — CaB
33-2
William W & Nellie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
36°14'51"
-76°56'23"
11.9
Craven — CrC2
33-3
William W & Nellie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
36°14'47"
-76°56'21"
15.1
Norfolk — NoB
33-4
William W & Nellie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
36°14'48"
-76°56' 12"
13.6
Norfolk — NoB
33-5
William W & Nellie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
36° 15' 10"
-76°56'08"
14.2
Tarboro — TaB
33-6
William W & Nellie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
36° 14'43"
-76°56' 10"
14.6
Norfolk — NoB
33-7
William W & Nellie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
36°14'37"
-76°56'08"
5.9
Craven — CrB
33-8
William W & Nellie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
36°14'35"
-76°56'14"
3.0
Craven — CrB
33-9
Michael A. & Deborah Spalding
William Ward
Hertford
36°14'23"
-76°58'28"
14.2
Craven — CrA
33-10
Michael A. & Deborah Spalding
William Ward
Hertford
36°14'28"
-76°58'27"
8.0
Craven — CrB
33-11
Michael A. & Deborah Spalding
William Ward
Hertford
36°14'26"
-76°58'17"
3.7
Craven — CrB
33-12
Michael A. & Deborah Spalding
William Ward
Hertford
36°14'21"
-76°58'17"
2.4
Craven — CrA
33-13
Rosa H. Sessoms
William Ward
Hertford
36°15'09"
-77°00'47"
25.0
Craven — CrA
33-14
Rosa H. Sessoms
William Ward
Hertford
36°15'12"
-77°00'36"
6.3
Leaf— Lf
33-15
Rosa H. Sessoms
William Ward
Hertford
36°15'15"
-77°00'29"
2.8
Craven — CrA
33-16
Rosa H. Sessoms
William Ward
Hertford
36°15'20"
-76°00'31"
4.2
Craven — CrA
County Total
Hertford
4,230.4
15-1
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°28'42"
-77°26'06"
19.2
Lynchburg — Ly
15-2
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°28'31"
-77°25'43"
27.3
Craven — CrA
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 11 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
FS�t�
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
15-3
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°28'19"
-77°26'06"
38.0
Caroline — CrB
15-4
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°25'47"
-77°25'26"
41.3
Norfolk—NoA
15-5
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°26'06"
-77°25'40"
71.3
Gritney — GxB
15-6
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°26' 17"
-77°25'44"
37.1
Gritney — GxB
15-7
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°26' 12"
-77°24'48"
13.1
Norfolk — NoA
15-8
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°26'19"
-77°28'39"
35.6
Goldsboro — GoA
15-9
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°26'49"
-77°26'39"
15.1
Gritney — GxB
15-10
J. Bentley Stephenson
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°51'21"
-77°26'21"
14.2
Gritney — GxB
15-11
J. Bentley Stephenson
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°26'44"
-77°26'25"
14.5
Gritney — GxB
15-12
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°26'09"
-77°26'36"
9.2
Gritney—GxB
15-13
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°26'03"
-77°26'25"
17.2
Gritney — GxB
15-14
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°26'21"
-77°26'07"
19.9
Gritney — GxB
15-15
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°28'18"
-77°25'54"
24.3
Bonneau—BoB
15-16
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°28'24"
-77°25'41"
22.8
Bonneau — BoB
15-17
J. Elliot Stephenson
Northampton
36°28'09"
-77°25'52"
33.7
Craven—CrA
18-1
Thomas Williams
Northampton
36°29'41"
-77°07'55"
12.0
Craven — CrB
18-2
Thomas Williams
Northampton
36°29'52"
-77°08'03"
15.0
Craven — CrA
19-1 W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°30'46"
-77°20'27"
31.7
Norfolk —NoB
19-2W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°40'47"
-77°20'48"
21.4
Norfolk — NoB
19-3W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°30'36"
-77°20'56"
69.7
Norfolk—NoB
19-4W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°30'27"
-77°20'45"
76.7
Norfolk—NoB
19-5W
Cecil Whitehead
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°30'18"
-77°20'50"
12.8
Norfolk — NoB
19-6W
Amanda Cooke, et al
Cecil Whitehead
Northampton
36°30'32"
-77°20'33"
18.6
Norfolk—NoB
19-7W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°30'18"
-77°20'10"
85.6
Norfolk—NoA
19-8W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°30'15"
-77°20'29"
10.9
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 12 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Feld/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
19-9W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°30'35"
-77°20'21"
15.7
Norfolk—NoB
19-10W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°31'25"
-77°20'54"
3.9
Bonneau - BoB
19-11 W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°31'28"
-77°20'44"
29.5
Bonneau - BoB
19-12W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°31'43"
-77°20'25"
4.6
Bonneau - BoB
19-13W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°31'12"
-77°20' 10"
7.9
Norfolk — NoB
19-14W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°31'19"
-77°20'10"
9.3
Norfolk—NoB
19-15W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°31'26"
-77°20'10"
11.2
Norfolk—NoB
19-1G
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°32'09"
-77°21'07"
48.6
Altavista - AtA
19-2G
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°32'17"
-77°21'22"
13.6
Tarboro - TaB
19-3G
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°32'26"
-77°21'03"
36.2
Altavista - AtA
19-4G
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°32'43"
-77°20'57"
42.5
Wickham - WkA
19-5G
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°32'39"
-77°21'13"
20.7
Roanoke - Ro
21-1
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°25'48"
-77°20'07"
19.6
Norfolk—NoB
21-2
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°25'39"
-77°20'45"
29.2
Caroline - CaB
21-3
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°25'38"
-77°20' 17"
11.2
Caroline - CaB
21-4
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°25'29"
-77°20'34"
3.3
Norfolk - NoA
21-5
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°25'31"
-77°20'37"
9.3
Norfolk—NoB
21-6
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°25'26"
-77°20'31"
4.0
Norfolk—NoB
21-7
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°25'25"
-77°20'25"
6.2
Norfolk—NoB
21-8
Robert Jones
Robert Jones
Northampton
36°25'12"
-77°20'28"
50.4
Norfolk — NoA
21-10
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°23'41"
-77°24'16"
44.3
Norfolk — NoB
21-11
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°27'57"
-77°25'57"
33.7
1
Craven - CrA
21-13
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°27'40"
-77°25'35"
15.4
Norfolk - NoA
21-14A
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°27'28"
-77°25'40"
13.8
Goldsboro - GoA
21-14B
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°27'34"
-77°25'39"
18.0
Goldsboro - GoA
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 13 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Field/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
21-15
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°27'34"
-77°25'16"
17.5
Goldsboro - GoA
21-16
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°27'28"
-77°25'16"
5.7
Goldsboro - GoA
21-17
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°25'40"
-77°21'08"
4.5
Norfolk - NoA
21-18
Robert Jones
Robert Jones
Northampton
36°25'28"
-77°21'13"
6.7
Norfolk - NoA
21-20
Robert Jones
Robert Jones
Northampton
36°25'23"
-77°21'12"
3.7
Norfolk - NoA
21-21
Robert Jones
Robert Jones
Northampton
36°25'34"
-77°21'02"
31.4
Norfolk - NoA
21-22
Robert Jones
Robert Jones
Northampton
36°25'25"
-77°21'02"
5.7
Goldsboro - GoA
22-1
Charles J. Stephenson
Northampton
36°27'24"
-77°24'58"
23.7
Goldsboro - GoA
22-2
Charles J. Stephenson
Northampton
36°27'21"
-77°24'49"
19.6
Goldsboro - GoA
22-3
Charles J. Stephenson
Northampton
36°27'17"
-77°24'38"
11.4
Goldsboro - GoA
22-4
Charles J. Stephenson
Northampton
36°26'56"
-77°24'31"
9.8
Goldsboro - GoA
22-5
Charles J. Stephenson
Northampton
36°25'44"
-77°23'58"
6.9
Goldsboro - GoA
27-1
Neil Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°20'00"
-77°12'50"
47.8
Norfolk — NoA
27-2
Neil Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°26'00"
-77°12'36"
56.4
Norfolk - NoA
27-3
Neil Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°25'54"
-77°12'27"
25.5
Rains — Ra
27-4
Neil Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°25'41"
-77°12'41"
27.5
Norfolk—NoA
27-5
Neil Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°25'18"
-77°12'39"
16.0
Norfolk - NoA
27-6
Stephen Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°26'07"
-77°11'22"
53.4
Bonneau - BoB
27-7
Judi B. Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°24'20"
-77°13'28"
13.9
Craven - CrA
27-8
Judi B. Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°23' 59"
-77° 14' 10"
17.7
Norfolk — NoB
27-9
Lori S. Burgess
Northampton
36°23'56"
-77°13'57"
18.6
Caroline - CaA
27-10
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°23'52"
-77°13'51"
20.3
Craven - CrA
27-11
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°23'42"
-77°13'50"
23.4
Craven - CrA
27-12
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°23'39"
-77°13'40"
16.7
Craven - CrA
27-13
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°23'34"
-77°13'13"
5.2
Craven - CrA
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 14 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Field/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
27-14
Lori S. Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°24'34"
-77°16'04"
14.7
Goldsboro - GoA
27-15
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°26'31"
-77°17'10"
6.5
Norfolk—NoB
27-16
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°26'27"
-77°17'02"
5.1
Norfolk—NoB
27-17
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°26'32"
-77°16'52"
21,9
Norfolk—NoB
27-18
Lori S. Burgess
Northampton
36°26'10"
-77°14'39"
11.1
Goldsboro - GoA
27-19
Lori S. Burgess
Northampton
36°26'18"
-77°14'24"
18.4
Goldsboro - GoA
27-20
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen BurgessNorthampton
36°26'20"
-77°14'17"
12.9
Goldsboro - GoA
27-21
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°26'19"
-77°14'13"
3.8
Goldsboro - GoA
27-22
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°26'34"
-77°14'15"
6.7
Goldsboro - GoA
27-23
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen BurgessNorthampton
36°27'49"
-77°15'27"
32.5
Bonneau - BoB
27-24
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen BurgessNorthampton
36°28'07"
-77°15'16"
21.5
Bonneau - BoB
27-25
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°28'04"
-77°14'45"
35.2
Bonneau - BoB
27-26
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen BurgessNorthampton
36°27'53"
-77°14'41"
11.5
Norfolk -NoB
27-27
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°28'02"
-77°14'34"
14.4
Norfolk—NoB
27-28
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen BurgessNorthampton
36°27'52"
-77°14'25"
25.3
Norfolk —NoB
27-29
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'45"
-77°14'17"
60.5
Norfolk—NoB
27-30
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°28' 11"
-77°14'51"
5.7
Autryville - AuA
27-31
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°28' 16"
-77°14'52"
10.5
Norfolk — NoA
27-32
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°28'21"
-77°14'52"
26.0
Bonneau — BoB
27-33
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°28'21"
-77°14'42"
9.9
Norfolk — NoA
27-34
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°28'26"
-77°14'30"
17.6
Bonneau — BoB
27-35
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°28'30"
-77°14' 18"
9.1
Goldsboro — GoA
27-36
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°28'24"
-77°13'57"
9.3
Autryville — AuA
27-37
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°28'23"
-77°14' 12"
17.2
Autryville — AuA
27-38
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°28' 10"
-77°14'09"
3.0
Norfolk - NoA
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 15 of 16

ATTACHMENT B — Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: October 9, 2020
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
Feld/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
27-39
Kevin B. Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°26'40"
-77°12'40"
20.6
Norfolk - NoB
27-40
Kevin B. Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°26'33"
-77°12'35"
21.0
Norfolk - NoB
27-41
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'33"
-77°11'45"
9.8
Norfolk - NoB
27-42
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'43"
-77°11'32"
93.5
Bonneau — BoB
27-43
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'35"
-77°11'21"
17.7
Norfolk—NoB
27-44
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'43"
-77°11' 11"
29.2
Bonneau — BoB
27-45
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'49"
-77°11'04"
17.5
Norfolk — NoB
27-46
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'27"
-77°11' 18"
13.9
Bonneau — BoB
27-47
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'36"
-77°11'06"
20.8
Bonneau — BoB
27-48
Kevin B. Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'31"
-77°10' 15"
14.8
State — StA
27-49
Kevin B. Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'27"
-77°10'07"
6.1
Tarboro — TaB
27-50
Kevin B. Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'38"
-77°09'59"
17.9
Altavista — AtA
27-51
Kevin B. Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36°27'38"
-77°09'40"
52.7
Tarboro — TaB
27-65
Bobby Bridges
Neil Bridges
Northampton
36°25'50"
-77°15'O1"
67.3
Bonneau — BoB
27-66 '
Neil & Donna B. Burgess
Northampton
36°24'50"
-77°15' 10"
18.1
Norfolk — NoB
County Total
Northampton
2,630.5
Permit Total
7,514.5
WQ0012404 Version 4.0
Attachment B
Page 16 of 16

ATTACHMENT C — Groundwater Monitoring and Limitations Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 4.0
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
ATTACHMENT C - GROUNDWATER LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REOUIREMENTS
Permit No. WQ0012404 Version 4.0
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Site 11 Monitor Wells C-22, C-23, C-28, C-29, C-32, C-33, MWI-3, MWI-4 and MWI-6
Site 11 Piezometers PI-11, PO-12, PI-2 and PO-236
Parameter
Daily Maximum
Limits Monitoring Requirements
Daily Units Frequency
Minimum
Water level, distance from
measuring point - 82546
feet
4 x Year
1. 4 x Year monitoring shall be in January, April, July, and October,
Measurement
Footnotes
Calculated
1
WQ0012404 Version 4.0 Attachment C Page 1 of 1

^_
^_
^_PROJECT LOC ATION
SCALE:
DATE:
PROJECT NUMBER
FIGURE NO.
11 " = 2,000 '
10-2-20
1040-98-044UCF NITROGEN INC.COFIELD, NORTH CAROLINADrawing Path: Q:\1040\CF Industries\Closure\1_sitelocation.mxd plotted by DHomans 10-02-20200 2,000 4,000
(FEE T)
SITE VICINITY
³
RE FERENCE: USGS TOPO USA STREAMING DATASETGIS BASE LAYERS WERE OBTAINED FROM THE NATIONAL MAP. THIS M AP I S FORINFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. ALL FEATURE LOCATIONS DISPL AYED ARE APPROXIM ATED.THEY ARE NOT BASED ON CIVIL SURVEY INFORMATION, UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE.
Service Layer Credits: Sources: Esri, HERE, Garmin, USGS,Intermap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, Esri Japan, METI, EsriChina (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), NGCC, (c)
1 inch = 10 miles
Ð!G
Ð!G
Ð!G
Ð!G
Ð!G
Ð!G Ð!G
Ð!G
Ð!G
#0#0
#0 #0
#0 #0
#0 #0
#0
#0
#0
#0#0
#0
#0
#0
#0
#0 #0
#0
#0
#0#0
#0
#0
!A$
!A$
!A$!A$
!A$
!A$
!A$
!A$
!A$
!A$
!A$
!A$
!A$
!A$
!A$¦STORAGE BASIN¦LOADINGSTATION
¦
TRAILER /TRANSFER PUMPSTATION TPS#2 ¦TRANSFER PUMPSTATION TPS#1
FARMERS CHEMICAL RDRW-1
RW-2
RW-3
RW-4
RW-5
RW-6 RW-7
RW-8
RW-9
MWI-7
MWI-6
C33 C32
C28
C29
C22C23
MWI-1
MWI-2
MWI-3
MWO-8
C4
MWI-4
MWO-5
PI-4PO-3
PO-235 PI-1
PI-11 PO-12
PI-14 PO-15
PI-24
PI-17PO-16
PI-23
PO-237PO-26
PI-13R
PO-25 PI-22
PI-9 PI-10
PO-6
PI-7
PO-236 PI-2
PI-5
PI-8
LEGEND
!A$MONITOR WELL
#0 PIEZOMETER
Ð!G RECOVERY WELL
SLURRY WALL
5-FOOT CONTOURS
1-FOOT CONTOURS
PARCELS
SCALE:
DATE:
PROJECT NUMBER
FIGURE NO.2
1 " = 400 '
10-2-20
1040-98-044UCF NITROGEN INC.COFIELD, NORTH CAROLINADrawing Path: Q:\1040\CF Industries\Closure\2_monitorwell.mxd plotted by DHomans 10-02-20200 400 800
(FEET)MONITOR WELL LOCATION MAP³
Service Laye r Credits: NC OneMap, NCCenter fo r Geogr aph ic Info rma tion andAnalysis, NC 911 Bo ard
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
LANDOWNER AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT FOR
CF NITROGEN, INC.
Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater is generated by a groundwater recovery system located at the former
Farmers Chemical site in Coticld, NC.. The groundwater recovery system is composed of nine recovery wells
with a transfer pump station and a one million gallon storage basin with a groundwater transfer and loading
system with dual loading bays for tanker trucks. The recovered Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater contains a
nitrogen value for application as a nitrogen fertilizer, and is permitted by the Division of Water Resources
(Permit WQ0012404) for bulk distribution. This agreement is to allow the distribution of Nitrogen Enriched
Groundwater onto properties whose owner is herein giving written consent for the responsible application of
this resource.
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT:
A. Prepare a separate attachment form for each landowner other than the applicant.
✓ A copy of the completed and appropriately executed attachment fornn must be provided to the landowner and
the lessee//operator.
B. If the landowner wishes to exclude certain fields from use, a list of excluded fields along with a description
of the excluded areas, shall be attached to this Agreement.
AGREEMENT FOR THE I,ANI) APPLICATION OF NITROGEN ENRICHED GROUND WATER
TO LAND APPLICATION SITES NOT OWNED BY THE PERMITTEE
The undersigned landowner or his representative hereby permits:
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
c/o CF Industries, Inc.
4 Parkway North, Suite 400
Deerfield, Illinois 60015-2590
Telephone [phone]
F-mail [e-mail]
hereinafter referred to as the Permittee, to land apply nitrogen -enriched ground water, as defined above, to be
applied onto sites owned by the undersigned landowner in the following counties:
in accordance with the stipulations and restrictions
as given in this Agreement, provided the Permittee and the lessee (if required) of the site agree to meet the
requirements of, and follow, the Lessee Agreement Attachment prepared by the Division of Water Resources.
The following fields shall be excluded from this agreement (List fields by parcel #, specific location, or other
identifying manner, as well as County name. Indicate "not applicable" if there are no fields to exclude. Attach
separate list if provided space in insufficient):
The lessee, the landowner or his representative receives, in consideration, full use of the nutrient value of the
applied nitrogen enriched ground water while the Permittee receives, in consideration, the use of the land
application site(s) described below for the beneficial use of the nitrogen enriched ground water. This Agreement
shall remain in effect for the length of the Division's permit for the nitrogen enriched ground water land
application program and shall be automatically renewed each time this permit is renewed.
FORM: CF Industries LOAA 01072016
Page 1 of 3 Attachment i)

1. STIPt1LATIONS:
I 'This Agreement shall be binding on the grantees, the successors, and assigns of the parties hereto with
reference to the subject matter of this Agreement.
2 Notification of cancellation of this Agreement for any or all approved sites shall be immediately forwarded
to DEQ-DWR, Land Application Unit, 1636 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1636. Telephone
[phone].
3 Any duly authori?ed officer, employee, or representative of the Division may, upon presentation of
credentials, enter and inspect any property, premises, or place on or related to the land application sites) at
any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with the Division's nitrogen enriched ground
water land application program permit; may inspect or copy any records that roust be kept under the terms
and conditions of this permit; or may obtain samples of groundwater, surface water, or leachate.
LANDOWNER RESPONSIBILITIES
4. l'he landowner or his representative authorizes thc Pcnnittee, local officials, and State officials or their
representatives to take necessary soil, surface water, and groundwater samples during the tertn of, and for 12
months after termination of, this Agreement.
S. The landowner or his representative shall not enter into any additional waste disposal contracts or agreements
with another municipality, contractor, or other permitted entity for the land application site(s) specified by
this Agreement. The land application of any additional nitrogen enriched ground water or waste, other than
that generated by the nitrogen enriched ground water source -generating facilities specified by the Division's
nitrogen enriched ground water land application program permit, is prohibited.
6 The landowner or his representative will furnish the Pcrmittee with information regarding the amount and
analysis of other sources of nutrients (e.g., fertilizer, unregulated animal waste, etc.) that have been applied
to the land application site(s). For fields operated by a lessee, the lessee will supply this information for
the landowner in accordance with the Lessee Agreement.
7 The landowner or his representative will inform the Pcrmittee of any revisions or modifications to the
intended use and cropping patterns for the land application site(s) prior to each planting season to enable the
Permittee to amend this Agreement and schedule nitrogen enriched ground water land application events at
appropriate periods. For fields operated by a lessee, the lessee will supply this information for the
landowner in accordance with the Lessee Agreement.
8 The landowner or his representative hereby authorizes the Permittee, local officials, and State officials or
their representatives to inspect the land application site(s) prior to, during, and after any nitrogen enriched
ground water land application event and to established monitoring facilities on or near the land application
site(s) as required by the nitrogen enriched ground water land application program permit.
PERMiTTEE RESPONSIBILITIES
Prior to the land application of Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater, the Permittee shall enter into an
agreement with the lessee that includes the following conditions.
9 The Permittee must request and obtain a permit modification from the Division prior to a transfer of the land
application site(s) to a new landowner. The request shall contain the appropriate forms and agreements. In
addition, the current landowner shall give a notice to the new landowner that gives full details of thc nitrogen
enriched ground water applied at the land application site(s).
10. The Pennittee has provided the landowner or his representative with information and dataconcerning the
nitrogen enriched ground water land application program, including an analysis of constituents of the nitrogen
enriched ground water, nitrogen enriched ground water application methods, schedules for typical cropping
patterns, and a description of the equipment used by the Permittee.
1 I . The Permittee shall provide the landowner or his representative with a copy of the nitrogen enriched ground
water land application program permit that has been most -recently issued by the Division prior to
commencement of any nitrogen enriched ground water land application event. This pertnit will specify
limitations and other restrictions prescribed by the laws and regulations.
12. For fields leased for operation by a third party, the Permittee will obtain a signed Lessee Agreement for all
sites approved under this agreement prior to the application of Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater to those sites.
FORM: CF Industries LOAA 0E072016 Page 2 of 3 Attachment D

13. Within the limits of the Division's nitrogen enriched. ground water land application program permit, the
Pennittee will determine nitrogen enriched ground water application rates and schedules based on crop
patterns and the predominant soil series of each respective field. In no case shall more Nitrogen Enriched
Groundwater be applied than was requested by the landowner, his representative, or by the lessee.
14. Specific nitrogen enriched ground water land application area boundaries shall be clearly marked on the land
application site(s) by the Permittee and/or his representative prior to and during a nitrogen enriched ground
water land application event.
15. The Permitter shall provide an annual sununary of the application activities to the owner each year. In the
event there is no activity on a site during a given year, the annual summary document is not required to be
provided to the owner.
11. ALTERNATIVES FOR WATER SUPPLY WILLS INSIDE THE COMPLIANCE BOUNDARY:
15A NCAC 02pL .0107(d) prohibits water supply wells within the compliance boundary of any site However,
15A NCAC 02T .0105(h) allows the compliance boundary to be placed closer to the waste disposal area, such
that the water supply well is situated outside of the compliance boundary provided the groundwater standards can
be met at the newly -established compliance boundary. Please mark one of the following;
❑ A re -defined compliance boundary is needed for field(s) ID:
(Please include the rationale for the requested re -location of the compliance boundary and attach a map
showing the newly proposed compliance boundary to the application package)
❑ A re -defined compliance boundary is approved as part of this agreement.
Landowner's Certification:
❑ I certify that I am a deeded landowner of the above -referenced land application site(s) and am authorized to make
decisions regarding the use of the land application site(s) on behalf of other deeded landowners OR that I am
otherwise authorized, through a power of attorney or other legal delegation, to make decisions regarding the use
of the land application site(s) on behalf of the deeded landowners. I certify that I have read this Agreement_
understand the stipulations, alternatives for water supply wells inside the compliance boundary, and restrictions,
and do hereby grant permission to the Permittee to land apply nitrogen enriched ground water to the land
application site(s) as specified herein. This document shall be used in conjunction with the Lessee Agreement
Attachment forth (FORM: LAA 01072016), which describes the responsibilities and obligations of the leasing
Party(s)-
Landowner name:
Landowner address:
City: State: Zip:
Horne/business phone: Cell phone:
Signature: Date:
Permittee's Certification:
❑ 1 certify that I have read this Agreement and do hereby agree to abide by the stipulations and restrictions as
specified herein.
Signing official name:
Signature: Date:
*** END OF FORM: LOAA ***
FORM: CF Induscricti T.OAA 01072016
Pagc 3 of 3 Attachment D

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
LESSEE AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT FOR CF NITROGEN, INC.
Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater is generated by a groundwater recovery system located at the former
Farmers Chemical site in C;ofield, NC. The groundwater recovety system is composed of nine recovery wells
with a transfer pump station and a one million gallon storage basin with a groundwater transfer and loading
system with dual loading bays for tanker trucks. The recovered Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater contains a
high nitrogen value for application as a nitrogen fertilizer, and is permitted by the Division of Water Resources
(Permit WQ0012404) for bulk distribution. This agreement is to allow the distribution of Nitrugen Enriched
Groundwater onto properties whose lessees are herein giving written consent liir the responsible application
of this resource.
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT:
A. Prepare a separate attachment form for each set of land application sites that arc owned by a landowner
and operated by a lessee/operator (i.e., if applicable) other than the applicant.
1 A copy of the completed and appropriately executed attachment form must be provided to the lessee/operator.
AGREEMENT FOR THE LAND APPLICATION OF NITROGEN ENRICHED GROUND WATER
TO PRIVATELY OWNED LAND APPLICATION SITES
The undersigned landowner or his representative hereby permits:
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
c/o C:F Industries, Inc.
4 Parkway North, Suite 400
Deerfield, Illinois 60015-2590
Telephone [phone]
E-mail jfoster(),cfindustries.com
hereinafter referred to as the Permittee, to land apply nitrogen -enriched ground water, as defined above, to be
applied unto the sites listed in the following site list, which includes the identification information for the field,
its approximate acreage, the county, the owner, the intended crops, and the intended use or deposition of the
crops in accordance with the stipulations and restrictions as given in this Agreement.
The lessee, the landowner or his representative receives, in consideration, full use of the nutrient value of the
applied nitrogen enriched ground water while the Permittee receives, in consideration, the use of the land
application site(s) described above for the beneficial use of the nitrogen enriched ground water. This Agreement
shall remain in effect for the length of the Division's permit for the nitrogen enriched ground water land
application program.
The undersigned lessee or his representative and the Permittee agree to abide with the following restrictions
and stipulations until such time as written notification, given 30 calendar days in advance, modifies or cancels
this Agreement.
FORM: CF industries LAA 1 10914
Page 1 of 3 Attachment E

I. STIPULATIONS:
1 This Agreement shall be binding on the grantees, the successors: and assigns of the parties hereto with
reference to the subject matter of this Agreement.
2 Any duly authorized officer, employee, or representative of the Division may, upon presentation of
credentials, enter and inspect any property, premises, or place on or related to the land application site(s) at
any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with the Division's nitrogen enriched ground
water land application program permit; may inspect or copy any records that must be kept under the terms
and conditions of this permit; or may obtain samples of groundwater, surface water, or leachate.
LESSEE RESPONSIBILITIES
3. The lessee or his representative shall not enter into any additional waste disposal contracts or agreements
with another municipality, contractor, or other permitted entity for the land application site(s) specified by
this Agreement. The land application of any additional nitrogen enriched ground water or waste; other than
that generated by the nitrogen enriched ground water source -generating Facilities specified by the Division's
nitrogen enriched ground water land application program permit, is prohibited.
4 Should the lessee or his representative lease or otherwise permit the use of the land application site(s) by a
third party, the lessee shall be responsible to ensure that the third party agrees and complies with the terms
and conditions of this Agreement
5, The lessee or his representative will furnish the Permittee with information regarding the amount and analysis
of other sources of nutrients (e.g,, fertilizer, unregulated animal waste, etc.) that have been applied to the land
application site(s).
6. The lessee or his representative will inform the Permittee of any revisions or modifications to the intended
use and cropping patterns for the land application sites) prior to each planting season to enable the Permittee
to amend this Agreement and schedule nitrogen enriched ground water land application events at appropriate
periods.
7 The lessee or his representative recognizes that the land owner has authorized the Permittee, local officials,
and State officials or their representatives to inspect the land application site(s) prior to, during, and after any
nitrogen enriched ground water land application event and to established monitoring facilities on or near the
land application site(s) as required by the nitrogen enriched ground water land application program permit.
8 The lessee or his representative authorizes the Permittee, local officials, and State officials or their
representatives to take necessary soil, surface water, and groundwater samples during the team of, and for 12
months atter termination of, this Agreement. '
PERMITTEE RESPONSiBILTTiES
4. The Permittee has provided the lessee or his representative with information and data concerning the nitrogen
enriched ground water land application program, including an analysis of constituents of the nitrogen
enriched ground water, nitrogen enriched ground water application methods, schedules for typical cropping
patterns, and a description of the equipment used by the Permittee.
10. The Permittee shall provide the lessee or his representative with a copy of the nitrogen enriched ground water
land application program permit that has been most -recently issued by the Division prior to commencement
of any nitrogen enriched ground water land application event. This permit will specify maximum application
rates; limitations, and other restrictions prescribed by the laws and regulations.
11. Within the limits of the Division's nitrogen enriched ground water land application program permit, the
Permittee will determine nitrogen enriched ground water application rates and schedules based on crop
patterns and the predominant soil series of each respective field. In no case shall more Nitrogen Enriched
Groundwater be applied than was requested by the lessee,
12. Specific nitrogen enriched ground water land application area boundaries shall be clearly marked on the land
application site(s) by the Perrnittce or his representative prior to and during a nitrogen enriched ground water
land application event.
13. 1'he Permittee shall provide an annual summary of the application activities to the lessee each year. In the
event there is no activity on a site during a given year, the annual summary document is not required to be
provided to the lessee.
14. The Permittee shall provide the lessee a copy of the signed Landowner Agreement Form prior to entering
into this agreement.
t UK_14: CF industries i.AA 01072016 Paget of3 AttachmentE

Field ID'
Field Location Information
Approx.
Acreage
County
Owner
Intended Crops and
Crop Use
' Field ID number must correlate to the field ID number to be included in the DWR permit. If the field ID number is not available
at the time of completion of this agreement, they may be left blank, and may be added by the Pernuttee prior to submittal of the
agreement to the Division.
Lessee's/Operator's Certification:
❑ I certify that I have read this Agreement and do hereby agree to abide by the stipulations and restrictions as
specified herein.
❑ I certify that I have received a copy of the signed Landowner Agreement Forni authorizing use of the fields
covered in this agreement for the application ofNitrogen Enriched Groundwater.
i.essec/operator name:
Lesseeloperator address:
City: State: Zip:
1Iome/business phone: Cell phone:
Signature: Date:
Permittee's Certification:
❑ I certify that 1 have read this Agreement and do hereby agree to abide by the stipulations and restrictions as
specified herein.
Signing official name:
Signature: Date:
*** END OF FORM: LAA ***
FORM: CF Industries LAA 01072016 Page 3 of 3 Attachment E

Appendix II – Groundwater Recovery System Construction
Drawings
Uo 1993 DELORME MAPPING
UND
MILES
ATE RE
TUN
VICINITY MAP
1
0 1 2
KILOMETERS
2
3
1 1 1 1
3 4 5 6
4
VE
DU T
TH
Pi ands Crossroads
r
A EM
VAL TE
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
NO. DESCRIPTION
CFI-1
CFI-2
CFI-3
CFI-4
CFI-5
CFI-6
CFI-7
CFI-8
CFI-9
CFI-1O
COVER SHEET
RECOVERY WELL SITE PLAN
UNDERGROUND PIPING SITE PLAN
PROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM
RECOVERY WELL, UNDERGROUND PIPING AND PIPE MANIFOLD DETAILS
TRUCK LOADING AND GROUNDWATER STORAGE BASIN
CONCRETE, PAVEMENT AND GENERAL DETAILS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
TRUCK LOADING STATION, PLANS AND SECTIONS
TRUCK LOADING STATION, SECTIONS AND DETAILS
•
• • �6'
.te :0▪ 1 • • • p
'e 2A1 • 3R, OP az. • is:, z
•
issipn.
Rev, No. 1 CFI Requested Design Revisions 4/26/96
GROUNDWATER RECOVERY AND
REMOVAL SYSTEM
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
TUNIS, NORTH CAROLINA
ENVIRO 4MENTAL SERVICES
ENGINEERING TESRNG
SCALE: AS SHOWN APPROVED BY: GMB
'JOB No. 1054-94— 1 75 DRAWN BY: CJB/GAF
4
DATE:
APRIL 1996 FIGURE: CFI-1

o
o
-
0
0 C
0
0
0
PO-,23
•
_ � \ SLURRY
\ i
1
\
s--,
V �� /
37.491
7,
PI --- 7
37.45
0
•
7-
.�-�--25 --\
_ ' ' l /
� /__.._�
7-
i
/
MWI-
\ej37.99
7
\
/
7
MWI-2
137.89
7,
/
\
\ r \ •
---'�...... \ - l t� i / / /
/
� - // \•
7,
\
s /I
/ JI
/1 /
/{
// /
/ � 1t {
1 /
l
37.3
TRAO,SFER PUMP
TA ER
ARitik/
are rhtt,
ik
IV IA
•
36.99
PI -10L
36.83
•
BASIN
(SERVICE ROAD
•
•
•
-VAC -22
36.91
\ -:---",.. : Ni. _ : __,L\_-_\,, i___,:::: ./ \
•
•
•
•
•
)
•
17-7
. _..--_, - --- 2 2 .-. _...„:::*:„,....„--„::::7_,-;_:. ,,.,:,,..„...-__,:::,,,,:::,:, :\ \ :\,:, ..,:,,,
--.----,-//1 .53 ,:z1-/7.9/ _ ,_;.\\ ,\\) \ I\ i---,:,::::7,:::: ,
: -- -,,,,
t.
18,80
LEGEND
-4(>
C - 33 ED
RW-2 @
18.16
EXISTING WATER WELL
MONITOR WELL INSTALLED BY OTHERS
MONITOR WELL INSTALLED BY S&ME
PIEZOMETER INSTALLED BY OTHERS
PIEZOMETER INSTALLED BY S&ME
EXISTING RECOVERY WELL INSTALLED BY S&ME
PROPOSED RECOVERY WELL
EXISTING SURFACE CONTOUR
GROUNDWATER CONTOUR
GROUNDWATER ELEVATION RECORDED
AT WELL OR PIEZOMETER
200 0 200 400
SCALE IN FEET
NOTES:
1.) GROUNDWATER CONTOURS WERE RECORDED
2.) TOP ELEVATION OF SLURRY WALL = 30.00 MSL.
3.) PROPOSED RECOVERY WELLS WILL BE
INSTALLED BY S&ME.
Well ID.
Time (24hrs)
T.O.C. OM
Depth to Water (IQ
Gli !Aeration Oa)
COMM
PI-13
abandoned
B-5
5.58' below grade
PHOTCGRAMMETRIST'S NOTE:
Map was compiled by Piedmont Aerial Surveys using analytical
stereo photogrommetric methods from photography dated 9/15/95.
Horizontal grid is based on the North Carolina State Plane Coordinate System,
North American Datum, 1983. Vertical elevations cre based on the North American
Vertical Datum, 1929, Ground control data was provided by
Southern Mapping and Engineering, 4521 W. Mart(et Street, Greensboro, NO 274C7
This map meets or exceeds Notional Map Accuracy Standards for mopping at 1:100 scale
with 1 foot contour interval. Dashed contours indicate questionable accuracy.
E37,6y>
Rev.
No. 1 CFI Requested Design Revisions
4/26/96
RECOVERY WELL SITE PLAN
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
SUE
ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES
SCALE: 1" 200'
APPROVED BY:
GMB
DRAWN BY:
DATE: APRIL 1996 CFI-2

/
�\ ~ _ j ,
_�. � ,tC-22
MWi
op
vo
5
PO— 3 F1 1
C
/
r7
J
SLURRY
i
137.49
/
r7
/
36,99
/
37.17
/ ELECTRICAL
GROUNDWATER
STORAGE
BASIN
ABC— 'STONE -
(SERVICE ROAD
TO/BASIN, ONLY)
PO
•
I II
•
it
(cgti\&\\.&_....,\Q-----1„,:.;.-//,,,/'//7,/,/1/17c-
/
N.
•
PHOTOGRAMMETRlST'S NOTE:
Map was compiled by Piedmont Aerial Surveys using analytical
stereo photogrammetric methods from photography dated 9/15/95.
Horizontal grid is based on the North Carolina State Plane Coordinate System,
North American Datum, 1983. Vertical elevations are based on the North Amencan
Verticaf Datum, 1929. Ground control data was provided by
Southern Mapping and Engineering, 4521 W. Market Street, Greensboro, NO 27407
This map meets or exceeds National Map Accuracy Standards for mapping at 1:100 scale
with a 1 foot contour interval. Dashed contours indicate questionable accuracy.
LEGEND
-4C>
MWI-7
PO-237 A.
RW-2 ©
18.16
JB
NOTES:
EXISTING WATER WELL
MONITOR WELL INSTALLED BY OTHERS
MONITOR WELL INSTALLED BY S&ME
PIEZOMETER INSTALLED BY OTHERS
PIEZOMETER INSTALLED BY S&ME
EXISTING RECOVERY WELL INSTALLED BY S&ME
PROPOSED RECOVERY WELL
EXISTING SURFACE CONTOUR
GROUNDWATER ELEVATION RECORDED
AT WELL OR PIEZOMETER
UNDERGROUND STORMWATER DRAINAGE PIPING
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOX
GROUNDWATER RECOVERY LINE
200 0
SCALE IN FEET
200 400
tommoimmil
1 .) PROPOSED RECOVERY WELLS WILL BE INSTALLED
BY S&ME.
2.) ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING IS APPROXIMATE. EXACT
PIPING AND ELECTRICAL LINE LOCATIONS SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN THE FIELD AND APPROVED BY A
OF INDUSTRIES REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE INSTALLATION.
3.) JUNCTION BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
SHALL BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED BY CODE.
4.) JUNCTION BOXES FOR CABLE PULLING SHALL BE
INSTALLED AS NEEDED TO KEEP CABLE TENSION
WITHIN MANUFACTURER'S LIMITS.
5.) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PULL —CABLE IN ALL
ELECTRICAL CONDUITS.
y.z7. ..,;:kitimsisCi./4":",0''1s..',',.',/,',
mytt :
Rev. No. 1 CFI Requested Design Revisions 4/26/96
UNDERGROUND PIPING
SITE PLAN
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
JOB No. 1054-94-175
DATE: APRIL 1996
APPROVED BY: GMB
DRAWN BY: GAF/CJB
FIGURE:

TRANSFER PUMP
STATION No. 1
POWER PANEL
T
MAIN
POWER
PANEL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
FUSED
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
230V
115V
Q
1-
SWITCH OPERATIONS SCHEDULE
v
ant
Aith
111,
START TP-1 or TP-2
STOP TP-1 and TP-2
TP-1 and TP-2 OFF
RW-1
RW-1
RW-1
RW-1
through RW-9 ON
through RW-9 OFF
through RW-9 OFF
through RW-9 OFF; TP-1 and TP-2 OFF
LOW, SP-1 OFF; HIGH SP-1 ON; HIGH -HIGH SOUNDS ALARM
START 1, TP-1 ON and TP-2 OFF
START 2, TP-1 OFF and TP-2 ON, ETC.
LOW FLOW TRIP, TP-1 and TP-2 OFF
LOW TRIP, TP-3 OFF; HIGH TRIP, TP-3 OFF.
w
w
w
w
w
w
RW-5 \.E
-4
RW-3
{ I ► RW-8
iI{ RW-7 2
{
{
{
LOCATED AT WELL HEAD
7 I
101
{If
GROUNDWATER RECOVERY WELLS
TO BE INSTALLED BY S&ME.
CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL
WELL PAD AND
RECOVERY EQUIPMENT.
ELECTRIC
SUBMERSIBLE
PUMP
GROUNDWATER
RECOVERY
WELL
(TYPICAL)
Del 10—
POWER
{II
TRANSFER PUMP
STATION No. 1
RELAY
RW-8
RW-6
L
POWER
L__
TANK
HIGH --HIGH HIGH LOW
\ / ♦w/ ♦/
/ "\
BASIN
HIGH -HIGH HIGH LOW
♦_/ ♦,/ ♦/
/—\
CONTINUOUS OUTPUT METER (FT)
RESET (-12) O) TEST
SUMP
\ / LEAK
/ \
ALARM PANEL
{
TP- 1/TP-2
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER PUMP
CONTROL PANEL
(FURNISHED WITH PUMP)
L
RW-2
RW-1
CT1
[�4
PIPE MANIFOLD
LOCATED IN
TRANSFER PUMP STATION NO. 1
a
A
II
SURGE TANK
1635 GALLON CAPACITY
HORIZONTAL/ELLIPTICAL
LEG TANK
1
POWER
CENTRIFUGAL
TRANSFER PUMP
TP-1
L----
--�-(� Del
CENTRIFUGAL
TRANSFER PUMP
TP-2
NOTES:
1.)
MAIN SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL
GROUNDWATER RECOVERY WELLS
RW-1 RW-2 RW-3 RW-4 RW-5 RW-6
HR HR HR HR HR HR
RW-7 RW-8 RW-9
POWER
SUMP, TRANSFER
PUMP STATION No. 1
BASIN INPUT LINE
FLOW DETECTION
CONTROL PANEL
/
LOW FLOW TRIP
/ \
START 0
STOP/RESET
0
P U M P S C H E D U L E
PUMP
NUMBER
MOTOR
EST. HEAD
(FEET)
EST. OPERATING .
GPM
MAKE
PUMP
MODEL
RW-1 THRU
RW-9
3/4 H.P., 1 PHASE
220 VOLT (SEE DETAIL A)
90
18
GRUNDFOS® REDI-FLO4
16E7
TP-1 & TP-2
5 H.P. TEFC 3 PHASE
60
180
BURKS PUMPS
T330GA6-2
TP-3
20 H.P., 230/460VAC
350 RPM,,TEFC
30
600
MOYNO®
1,J175G1---CDQ-AAA
SP-1
1 H.P., 1 PHASE, 230 VOLT
15
150
WEIL, BARNES, AURORA
OR GOULDS. SEE SECT. 11185
,
POWER
MAGNETROL®
TDF FLOW SWITCH
WITH SPHERICAL TIP
Y
SINGLE PHASE MOTORS FOR RW-1
THROUGH RW-9 SHOULD BE INSTALLED
AS INDICATED BY THE MANUFACTURERS
MOTOR CONTROL BOX. A TYPICAL SINGLE
PHASE WIRING DIAGRAM USING A GRUNDFOS
CONTROL BOX IS SHOWN IN DETAIL A.
2.) ALL ELECTRIC SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS SHALL
HAVE SEPARATE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT.
3.) FLOW SWITCH SHALL BE BY MAGNETROLP
THERMATEL® THERMEL DISPERSION FLOW
AND LEVEL SWITCH WITH SPHERICAL TIP.
TP-3
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER PUMP
CONTROL PANEL
(FURNISHED WITH PUMP)
TP-3
FLUID DETECTION
CONTROL PANEL
HIGH TRIP
LOW TRIP
START
STOP/RESET
POWER
L
MAGNETROL®
SERIES 802
TRANSMITTER
1,000,000 GALLON
GROUNDWATER CONTAINMENT
BASIN
w
♦_/
/-\
\_/
/\
0
0
{
TRANSFER PUMP
TP-3
0
CONTROL
BOX
0 0
Ti T1
© 0
T1 T1
0
0
D
LTA1L A
7 T
SUMP PUMP
SP-1
6
WELL
SEAL
TRUCK LOADING
CONTROL
STATION No. 1
147
4
0
USE DOTTED LINE
FOR 115V OPERATION
TRUCK LOADING
CONTROL
STATION No. 2
4
MAIN PROCESS LINE
ELECTRICAL LINE (POWER)
ELECTRICAL LINE (SIGNAL)
STORMWATER RETURN LINE
SAMPLE PORT
FLOW TOTALIZER METER
BALL VALVE
GATE VALVE
ELECTRIC ACTUATED
GATE VALVE
NI CHECK VALVE
REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE
BACKFLOW PREVENTOR
TRUE UNION BALL
CHECK VALVE
DEwP
0
I{I
II►
HS
PC
LEGEND
DIAPHRAGM VALVE
SEDIMENT STRAINER
GFCI RECEPTACLE
TORQUE ARRESTOR
QUICK DISCONNECT
FLANGED UNION
SCREWED UNION
SEPARATE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH
FLOW SWITCH
HIGH -HIGH LEVEL SWITCH
HIGH LEVEL SWITCH
HI/LOW PRESSURE CONTROL
O4
Es
♦_/
/—\
LOW LEVEL SWITCH
ON/OFF SWITCH
ON/OFF SWITCH (FOUR WAY)
ELECTRONIC SENSOR
PRESSURE SWITCH
HAND OFF AUTOMATIC SWITCH
PANEL MOUNTED LIGHT
AMP METER
HOUR METER
RELAY
ADJUSTABLE TIMER
',SesltllttYltlgp0
RAN G;,,(j °°.,
p M
CIE '�` �`31•...[r.' �i ra
':+. 1- M. Btu:(7:
Rev. No. 1 I CFI Requested Design Revisions ( 4/26/96
PROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATION
DIAGRAM
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
TUNIS, NORTH CAROLINA
ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES
ENGINEERING • TESTING
SCALE: NONE APPROVED BY: GMB
JOB No. 1054--94--175 DRAWN BY: CJB�GAF
DATE: APRIL 1996 FIGURE: CF1-4

0
0
a
i
REPAIR TOP OF TRENCH AND OTHER
DISTURBED AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING
CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL
BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ESTABLISHING
GRASS. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
SHALL APPROVE TRENCHING AND
BACKFILLING BEFORE CONSTRUCTION
IS COMPLETE.
BACK FILL WITH EXISTING
SOILS IN 8" MAX. LIFTS.
COMPACT EACH LIFT.
PLASTIC WARNING TAPE
FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
12" BELOW FINISH GRADE
1-1/4" HDPE
RECOVERY LINE
(TYPICAL)
SAFETY ROPE
CONNECTION
4" SCH 40 PVC
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
22" MIN.
UNDERGROUND PIPING DETAIL
(RW-1, RW-2 AND RW-3)
NTS
FLUSH MOUNTED
MANHOLE COVER
EXISTING GRADE
0
4" PLUG
REPAIR TOP OF TRENCH AND OTHER
DISTURBED AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING
CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL
BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ESTABLISHING
GRASS. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
SHALL APPROVE TRENCHING AND
BACKFILLING BEFORE CONSTRUCTION
IS COMPLETE.
1-1/4" HDPE
RECOVERY LINE
(TYPICAL)
0
oo
BACK FILL WITH EXISTING
SOILS IN 8" MAX. LIFTS.
COMPACT EACH LIFT.
PLASTIC WARNING TAPE
FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
12" BELOW FINISH GRADE
ay
qC
0
x )
24°' MIN.
a
5" SCH 40 PVC
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
UNDERGROUND PIPING DETAIL
B (RW-4 THROUGH RW-9)
5
2' SQ X 4" THICK
CONCRETE SLAB
4" SCH 80 PVC
CLEANOUT DETAIL
5
62" X 36" X 36" INSULATED
FIBERGLASS COVER
4" PVC TO PROTECT RECOVERY
LINE FROM FREEZING
CABLE TIE
ELECTRICAL CABLE
TORQUE ARRESTOR
CHECK VALVE
PUMP
MOTOR
NTS
1-1/4" HDPE
RECOVERY UNE
6" WELL CAP
G
1" SCH 40 PVC ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
6" PVC RECOVERY WELL
CABLE
PVC CIRCUMSLOT
SCREEN (10 SLOT)
FINE QUARTZ SAND PACK Jam'
ELECTRIC LINE
(4 WIRE)
6" SCH 40 PVC WELL CASING
3/4" ID PVC CASING
WATER LEVEL ACCESS PIPE
%_,/ ///v/% 7/\//
GROUT" /\/j��A
F-- BENTONITE
SEAL
11'--0"
--� 3/4" ID SCREEN
PVC, 0.010
SLOT SCREEN
e---AUGER
HOLE
20'-0"/1 TO
25'-O"
23'--0" TO
28'-O"
CV
V
A
0
0
in
CAP
TOTAL DEPTH 25' TO 30°
EXISTING GRADE
TYPICAL RECOVERY WELL DRILLING DETAIL
NTS
NTS
REPAIR TOP OF TRENCH AND OTHER
DISTURBED AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING
CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL
BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ESTABLISHING
GRASS. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
SHALL APPROVE TRENCHING AND
BACKFILLING BEFORE CONSTRUCTION
IS COMPLETE.
1-1/4" SEDIMENT STRAINER, PVC BODY,
SOCKET WELD ENDS WITH STD. 20 MESH
PVC SCREEN BY ASAHI" OR EQUAL
SAMPLE PORT - 1/2" BALL VALVE,
PVC BODY, SOCKET WELD ENDS BY
"CHEMTROL" OR EQUAL (TYPICAL)
1-1/4" BALL VALVE
PVC BODY BY
"ASAHI" OR EQUAL
PIPE SUPPORT (TYPICAL)
ANCHOR BOLT (TYPICAL)
1-1/4" TRUE UNION
BALL CHECK VALVE
1-1/4" RECOVERY LINE
Eca
1-1/4" HOPE
RECOVERY LINE
1" SCH 40 PVC
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
4" SCH 80 PVC
RECOVERY LINE
//7
/
6] <
24" MIN.
BACK FILL WITH EXISTING
SOILS IN 8" MAX. LIFTS.
COMPACT EACH LIFT.
PLASTIC WARNING TAPE
FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
12" BELOW FINISH GRADE
3" SCH 40 PVC
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
(SIGNAL CABLE)
2" SCH 40 PVC
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
(FOR POWER)
UNDERGROUND PIPING DETAIL
(TRANSFER PUMP STATION TO
C- iGROUNDWATER STORAGE BASIN)
NTS
1-1/4" DIAPHRAGM VALVE PVC
BODY. SOCKET WELD ENDS
BY "ASAHI" OR EQUAL
1-1/4" SCREWED UNION
3/4" I.D. PVC CASING,
WATER LEVEL ACCESS PIPE
6" RECOVERY WELL
6" WELL CAP
SAFETY ROPE
3/8" EYE BOLT TO SECURE PUMP SAFETY
ROPE (MOUNTED ON SUPPORT STAND)
' -- INSULATED FIBERGLASS
COVER 62" X 36" X 36"H
1 " CONDUIT AND CONNECTIONS
PROVIDED BY EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR
24" MIN. COVER
WATERPROOF JUNCTION BOX, GFCI RECEPTACLE
(RATED AT 20A, 120V) AND ON/OFF SWITCH
WITH LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROVIDED BY SITE WORK
SUBCONTRACTOR (MOUNTED ON SUPPORT STAND)
G�
4" SCH 40 PVC TO PROTECT
RECOVERY LINE FROM FREEZING
(EXTEND 4" ABOVE CONCRETE SURFACE)
CHAMFER CORNER
1" X 1" (TYPICAL)
#4 DOWELS CENTERE
PVC P WATERSTOP
RAISED CONCRETE
1"HX3"W
�5J
48" X 74" X 6" CONCRETE PAD
WITH6x6 WELDED WIRE MESH
F\� RECOVERY WELL PLAN VIEW
NTS
i 5 DOWELS 0 9" 0.C.
PROVIDE REINFORCEMENT AS SHOWN
ON CONCR.E. SECTION DETAILS
CONCRETE CURB DETAIL
NTS
FROM 1635 GALLON
HORIZONTAL/ELLIPTICAL
LEG TANK
FILL ANNULAR SPACE WITH INSULATION
4
Cc PUMP HOUSE No.1 STUB UP OUTLET DETAIL
NTS
4" SCH 40 PVC PIPE
4" SCH 80 PVC PIPE
n
1-1/4" SCREWED UNION
8" SCH 40 PVC TO PROTECT -
RECOVERY LINE FROM FREEZING
1-1/4" SCH 40 PVC
PIPE (TYPICAL)
SAMPLE PORT - 1/2" BALL VALVE,
PVC BODY, SOCKET WELD ENDS BY
"CHEMTROL'" OR EQUAL
1-1/4" FLOW Mt1 ER
(TYPICAL)
1 -1 /4" GATE VALVE,
PVC BODY (TYPICAL)
ANCHOR BOLT (TYPICAL)
WATERPROOF JUNCTION BOX AND-
GFIC RECEPTACLE (RATED AT 20A,
12OV - TYPICAL)
4" BALL VALVE
4" TRUE UNION--
BALL CHECK VALVE
(TYPICAL)
FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH
15' X 25' CONCRETE SLAB
14' X 24' STEEL FRAME
ALUMINUM UTILITY BUILDING
�°*i
1635 GALLON
HORIZ./ELLIPTICAL
LEG TANK
140" x 70" x 57"H
�►
Mk
y
=
@
s•
1*j
rr
0
F.,'
©fT
4" TRUE
BALL CHECK
UNION
VALVE
AO
`�
"ASAHI" OR EQUAL
PIPE
SUPPORT
BRIDGE
N ..
4" BALL VALVE,
PVC BODY BY
"ASAHj OR EQUAL
/'
Ia
4" SCH 40
PVC PIPE
f"
t
1.1
TP-2
TP-1
+
v
3°X3'X3'
SUMP
I
ILA
9' X 7' GARAGE DOOR-'
4" REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE
BACKFLOW PREVENTOR
4" FLOW TOTALIZER METER
6"W X 12"H
CONCRETE CURB
4" TRUE UNION
BALL CHECK VALVE
5 HP CENTRIFUGAL
PUMP (TYPICAL)
4" BALL VALVE (TYPICAL)
4" GATE VALVE
illi�— 8" SCH 40 PVC TO PROTECT
I RECOVERY LINE FROM FREEZING
4" SCH 80 PVC
TO GROUNDWATER
STORAGE BASIN
NOTE: SLOPE CONCRI;.Jt PAD TOWARDS SUMP.
D PLAN VIEW FOR TRANSFER PUMP STATION No.
3
1" SCH 40 PVC ELECTRICAL
CONDUIT TO ELECTRICAL
JUNCTION BOX
-A10" CONCRETE
'mac. -,
8" SCH 40 PVC PIPE TO
PROTECT LINE FROM FREEZING
5
1/4"
1" SCH 40 PVC ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
1-1/4" DIAPHRAGM VALVE PVC
BODY, SOCKET WELD ENDS
BY "ASAHI" OR EQUAL
1-1`4" BALL VALVE PVC BODY
BY ASAHI" OR EQUAL
PIPE SUPPORT (TYPICAL)
1-1/4" HDPE RECOVERY LINE
1-1/4" TRUE UNION
BALL CHECK VALVE
4" PVC TO PROTECT RECOVERY
LINE FROM FREEZING
li
1-1/4" SCREWED UNION
1-1 /4" HOPE RECOVERY LINE IL
`6 MIL VAPOR RETARDER
2" WASH STONE
CARRIER ELBOW
TO GROUNDWATER
STORAGE BASIN
55
1
:/>/\//;>//\\:-;',\/7,>,,/•\>/z,
/,///,7\
//,
3/4" I.D. PVC CASING, WATER LEVEL ACCESS PIPE
EMT WATERPROOF JUNCTION BOX, GFCI RECEPTACLE
(RATED AT 20A, 120V) AND ON/OFF SWITCH
WITH LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROVIDED BY SITE WORK
SUBCONTRACTOR (MOUNTED ON SUPPORT STAND)
62" X 36" X 36" INSULATED
FIBERGLASS COVER
3/8" EYE BOLT TO SECURE PUMP ROPE
SUPPORT STAND
SAFETY ROPE
6" WELL CAP
ANCHOR BOLT (TYPICAL)
CONCRETE: 3000 PSI AT 28 DAYS
WITH 6X6 WELDED WIRE MESH
6" CONCRETE PAD WITH
6X6 WELDED WIRE MESH
2" WASH STONE
6" RECOVERY WELL
NOTES:
1) ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING AT WELL HEAD IS APPROXIMATE. EXACT PIPING ORIENTATION SHALL BE DETERMINED
tN THE FIELD AND APPROVED BY CF INDUSTRIES REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE FABRICATING.
2) GFCI RECEPTACLES FOR RW-1 THROUGH RW-9 SHALL BE ON A SEPARATE COMMON BREAKER.
3) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSULATE AND HEAT TRACE ALL EXPOSED ABOVE GROUND PIPING.
4) HEAT TAPE SHALL BE PLUGGED INTO CFCI RECEPTACLE.
5) ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN RECOVERY LINE AND 4" PVC SHALL BE FILLED WITH INSULATION
G RECOVERY WELL DETAIL
5
5
NTS
:I. �i 9cESSto'•. /1 #',
r
41
oe
•
s
''•.Fiy rt • 1
ftlt111ljittt.:t
Rev. No. 1 CFI Requested Design Revisions 4/26/96
RECOVERY WELL, UNDERGROUND
PIPING AND PIPE MANIFOLD DETAILS
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
TUNIS, NORTH CAROLINA
ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES
ENGINEERING • TESTING
SCALE: AS SHOWN APPROVED BY: GMB
JOB No. 1054-94-175 DRAWN BY: CJB/GAF
DATE: APRIL 1996 FIGURE: CFI-5

SPLIT PIPE AND
USE S.S. CLAMPS
TO SECURE
SUCTION LINE
12"
WELD
END VIEW
FRONT VIEW
6"4 DRISCOPIPE 1 DDe
WELD
8"0 HDPE CAP
8"0 HDPE PIPE SECTION
FILL W/CONCRLIE BALLAST
HOPE PLATE
6"0 ORISCOPIPE 1000.
8"0 HOPE CAP
8"0 HDPE PIPE SECTION
FILL W/CONCRETE BALLAST
HDPE PLATE
WELD GUSSET TO BASE
PLATE W/TRIPLE BEAD
WELD MINIMUM (TYPICAL)
/2"0 304 S.S. ANCHOR
BOLT W/2" S.S. WASHER
(TYPICAL)
TOP VIEW
MAGNETROL0 KOTRONTM
SENTINEL R.F. REMOTE
MOUNT PROBE
(NEMA4)
WATER LEVEL
MEASUREMENT
3/4" 304
S.S. BASE
PLATE
S'X5'X8" CONCRETE ANCHOR W/6"x6"-
W2.9XW2.9 REINFORCEMENT (3000 PSI;
28 DAY COMPRESSION STRENGTH)
6
\'
6" SCH 40 304
S.S. RISER
5'X5'X8" CONCRETE
ANCHOR
F" SCH 40 FLANGE (ANSI) FOR
MOUNTING LEVEL SENSOR
ASSEMBLY
11
3/4.'0 HOLES ON 6" CENTERS -
OFFSET EACH HOLE 90'
6" SCH 40 304
S.S. RISER
SECTION B—B
WELD GUSSET TO BASE
PLATE W/TRIPLE BEAD
WELD MINIMUM (TYPICAL)
1 /2" 0 304 S.S. ANCHOR
BOLT W/2" S.S. WASHER
(TYPICAL)
NOTE: LEVEL TRANSMITTER AND POINT SWITCHES
SHALL BE INSTALLED IN PUMP STATION
No, 2.
LEVEL SENSOR GUIDE AND SUPPORT
GROUNDWATER STORAGE BASIN EQUIPMENT AND PIPING DETAILS
NTS
NTS
6" SCH
/f N80 PVI
CB-1
12" ABC
STONE
.. ., -.
Vil
it I`
`11
‘'Nit.
7
8" ABC STONE
(SERVICE ROAD TO BASIN)
11114.1.
/
•
4" WASHED STONE #57
BETWEEN GEOMEMBRANE
ANCHOR TRENCH AND
FENCE
/
/
•
LEGEND
OJB
G
NOTES:
UNDERGROUND GROUNDWATER DISCHARGE LINE
UNDERGROUND STORMWATER LINE
UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL LINE
JUNCTION BOX
OUTLET PROTECTION
EXISTING SURFACE CONTOUR
PROPOSED FINAL SURFACE CONTOUR
PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATION
EXISTING SPOT ELEVATION
CHAIN LINK FENCE
LINED DITCH (SEE FIG 3, DETAIL 5 OF EROSION
AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PLAN)
GRASS LINED DITCH
CHECK DAM (SEE FIG 3, DETAIL 6 OF EROSION
AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PLAN)
SILT FENCE (SEE FIG 3, DETAIL 2 OF EROSION
AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PLAN)
FABRI FORM
1) ALL PIPE THAT CROSSES PAVEMENT SHALL BE ENCASED IN CONCRETE
2) ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING IS APPROXIMATE. EXACT PIPING AND ELECTRICAL LINE LOCATIONS
SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD AND APPROVED BY A OF INDUSTRIES REPRESENTATIVE
BEFORE INSTALLATION.
3) TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MEASURES TO PREVENT THE POLLUTION OF AIR, WATER AND
LAND WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS AND IN AREAS OUTSIDE THE PROJECT LIMITS WHERE WORK
IS ACCOMPLISHED SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PROVIDED IN THE MARCH 1996 "EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN" PREPARED BY S&ME.
4)
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL VEGETATIVE AND STRUCTURAL EROSION AND SEDIMENT
CONTROL PRACTICES WILL BE CONSTRUCTED AND MAINTAINED ACCORDING TO MINIMUM
STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF THE NORTH CAROLINA SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION
CONTROL COMMISSION "EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLANNING AND DESIGN MANUAL",
5) THE PLAN APPROVING AUTHORITY MUST BE NOTIFIED ONE WEEK PRIOR TO THE PRECON—
STRUCTION CONFERENCE, ONE WEEK PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF LAND DISTURBING
ACTIVITY, AND ONE WEEK PRIOR TO THE FINAL INSPECTION.
6) ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES ARE TO BE PLACED PRIOR TO OR AS THE
FIRST STEP IN CLEARING.
7) A COPY OF THE APPROVED EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN SHALL BE MAINTAINED
ON THE SITE AT ALL TIMES.
8) PRIOR TO COMMENCING LAND DISTURBING ACTIVITIES IN AREAS OTHER THAN INDICATED ON
THESE PLANS (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, OFF—S1TE BORROW OR WASTE AREAS), THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A SUPPLEMENTARY EROSION CONTROL PLAN TO THE OWNER FOR
REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE PLAN APPROVING AUTHORITY.
THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF ANY ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL
MEASURES NECESSARY TO PREVENT EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION AS DETERMINED BY THE
PLAN APPROVING AUTHORITY.
ALL DISTURBED AREAS ARE TO DRAIN TO APPROVED SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES AT ALL
TIMES DURING LAND DISTURBING ACTIVITIES AND DURING SITE DEVELOPMENT UNTIL FINAL
STABILIZATION IS ACHEIVED.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES PERIODICALLY AND AFTER
EACH RUNOFF —PRODUCING RAINFALL EVENT. ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS OR CLEANUP TO
MAINTAIN THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE MADE
IMMEDIATELY.
Pck
20 0 20 40
SCALE IN FEET
Rev. No. 2 CFI Requested Design Revisions
/29/97
TRUCK LOADING AND GROUNDWATER
STORAGE BASIN
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
ENVIRONMENTAL, SERVICES
SCALE: AS SHOWN
JOB No. 1054-94-175
APPROVED BY: G B
DRAWN BY:
CUB
FIGURE:

6' HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCE
6" CURB
(2) 5' #5
DOWELS
EACH CORNER
6" CURB
5% SLOPE
CONTROL JOINT
8¢¢
5g SLOPE
A.4—
w
CONTROL J01NT
X
1
A-4-
SLOPE 1/8"
PER FOOT
TO CB-1
(TYPICAL)
CONTROL JOINT
SLOPE 1/8"
PER FOOT
TO CB-1
B-1)
-7
CATCH.$<42
2
�EtAS11V�iac
■ s
CONTROL JOINT
8
` SLOPE 1/8"
- 1
T PER FOOT
11 TO CB-1
(TYPICAL)
v1
CONTROL JOINT
5% SLOPE
CONTROL JOINT
5% SLOPE
n
t
" CURB
6" CURB
" SCH 80 PVC
6" CURB
6" CURB
x
1'
5% SLOPE
CONTROL JOINT
5% SLOPE
A.*-- to
CONTROL JOINT X
A4--
SLOPE
PER
TO
1/8" if
FOOT
C8-2
(TYPICAL)
CONTROL JOINT
SLOPE 1/8"
PER FOOT
TO CB--2
(TYPICAL
(CB-2)
(CATCH
x 4 2 a1—
■
BASIN
■ f ■
CONTROL JOINT
SLOPE 1/8"
PER FOOT
TO CB-2
(TYPICAL)
AA--- fi
CONTROL JOINT X
A•4-•--
5%
SLOPE
q
CONTROL JOINT
5% SLOPE i,
t
TRUCK LOADING SLAB
A
10' MIN.
MAGNETROL11) TOP---�
MOUNTING LIQUID
LEVEL SWITCH, T-20
zsgcRz
SECTION A —A
SCALE: 1" 10'
GEOTEXTILE
EQUIVALENT TO
MIRAFI 600X
OUTLET PROTECTION
NTS
•
4 REBAR 12" O.C. EACH
WAY TOP AND BOTTOM
1/4" X 7" CONTINUOUS
PVC P WATERSTOP
4 REBAR 12" 0.C.
SECTIO\I -- SUMP DETAIL
(TRANSFER PUMP STATION No. 1 ONLY)
6" CURB
FROM GROUNDWATER
STORAGE BASIN
6" DRISCOPIPE 1000®
,.—(2)
DOW5' ELS #5
EACH CORNER
6" CURB
ELEV. 42'
TO GROUNDWATER
STORAGE BASIN
4" WASHED
STONE #57
ELEV. , 4-
2.5
HORIZONTAL SLAB
REINFORCEMENT
3/4•,,4,(
PROVIDE DOWELS TOP
AND BOTTOM (SIZE AND
SPACING TO MATCH SLAB
REINFORCEMENT)
CONTINUOUS--�
2 X 4 KEY AT
CONSTRUCTION
JOINT ONLY
I` '
°
Y;
F ' '
fls ' '
n
:,
. _ t
_
r
1' -6"
1'-6"
ti..
PREVIOUS POUR
NEW POUR
NOTES:
1. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS AS SHOWN.
2. AT CONTROL JOINT, OMIT DOWELS ANO MAKE
ALTERNATE BARS CONTINUOUS EACH FACE.
SECTION A —A
TYPICAL CONCRETE SLAB CONTROL JOINT
CHAMFER CORNER
1" X 1" (TYPICAL)
#4 DOWELS CENTERE
PVC P WATERSTO
RAISED CONCRETE
1"HX3"W
NTS
#4 DOWELS 12'
0.C. EACH WAY
TOP AND BOTTOM
#5 DOWELS
9" O.C.
TOP ELEVATION OF
CONCRETE CURL TO
REMAIN CONSTANT
AT 43.0
GRADE
SECTIO\1 B—B
CONCRETE CURB DETAIL
NT$
! / / T 98% TA1jeG�� \ \
PAVEMENT DETAIL
NTS
6' HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCE
1 8"
GEOMEMBRANE � Gl 2.5
ANCHOR TRENCH
44 MIL GEOMEMBRANE
WOVEN GEOTEXTILE EQUIV.
TO MIRAFI 600X
ELEV. 36'
CROSS SECTION AT GROUNDWATER STORAGE BASIN
WATER SEAL
18"
<a-- ALUMINUM WALL
12" HIGH CONCRETE CURB
7.)
NTS
#4 REBAR 12" O.C. EACH
WAY TOP AND BOTTOM
3000 PSI CONCRETE
r'r°'�r ' •�� �'�' f i�; ': f�r � iJ' . r:� � r'yF `.� i �=:.^: f� ��,.F' _ s _ i M .s"v:a Y s_...y.�.:
.Y`Lf,J�m:etii J�s:Ag:+'.ft�fw.Afli�'f:ik•?ti/ §.>2•'s�♦ L��c� -.� E '�Lw:lv,'.�' -l�v; ..F.�i1, �� �+'f,�:r--tt��.f�:;c:h.:1x� 'tk�': `'�`: is7s i�.a�Y.".�fL�f� r� i:P�a�LZ...� �...j ,Ili. ✓1 .%�.• 1• ♦..�txp �f
L VAPOR BARRIER
4" WASHED STONE
NOTE: SLOPE CONCRETE PAD TOWARDS SUMP,
ECTION — CONCRETE PAD FOR TRANSFER PU
ILLY, 42'
v1P STATION No.
ELL,V. 47'
2.5
24'
18"
GEOTEXTILE EQUIVALENT
TO MIRAFI 60OX
B
8" THICK ABC STONE
GEOMEMBRANE/FABRIC-FORM
ANCHOR TRENCH
3" THICK FABRIC -FORM
(ON WEST SLOPE AND SOUTHWEST
CORNER SLOPE ONLY)
2,5
20'
< LIMITS OF FABRIC-F(3R 4
ELEV. 35'
40 MIL GEOMEMBRANE
CROSS—SECTION BETWEEN PUMP HOUSE
No. 2 AND GROUNDWATER STORAGE BASIN
6 7
8"
2 4's CENTERED
VARIES
6" MIN. CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT
TOP ANO BOTTOM
NTS
SLAB OR PAVEMENT
#3 TIES AT
12" Q.C.
COMPACTED BACKf1LL
MATERIAL TO PAVEMENT
SUB -GRADE
CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
/ //i /Eli A/
6" MIN. BOTH SIDES
NOTE: PROVIDE A BELL AT THE END OF CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT WHERE PIPELINE CHANGES FROM
ENCASEMENT TO A BURIED PIPELINE.
C
PIPE ENCASEMENT
6
7
WATER S
12"
NTS
I� 24' X 14' TRAM
'---- ALUMINUM WALL
3)
4)
■�P' PER FOOT .�
wr.
n .. �.
onstalui
/\\!j\\! /, //!\ \/!\//\\ !
/\\/\\ /\/\//\\/\
�� yv!i//v,
0 0. EACH 12"Y '\/��///\/j\
TOP AND BOTTOM /�\\�\\\\\\
\ /\//.\ /,\
METAL FLANGE
'0' RING
CATCH BASIN CB--1 (IN) AND CB-2 (OUT) CONNECTION CATCH BASIN CB-1 CONNECTION FOR SUMP PUMP (SPOOL CONNECTION)
SLOPE 1
WALL
1/2" ISOLATION MATERIAL WITH SEALER
7" 4.000 PSI CONCRETE
2" PERFORATED DRAIN' \/\///\\
PIPE 2' INTO ?57
STONE AND INLET CAPPED �\
WITH
,).
FABRIC \/\�
7 OZ. FILTER r;4
l/\�//�\%\%/
\ \\ X �\
6" SCH 80 PVC
'\i,\\\\ A\\\
TANKER LOAD!
a �
6 7/
PVC FLANGE
PVC FLANGE
7/
\IG SLAB (CB-1 SHOWN
WALL
NTS
CAGED STUDS
METAL FLANGE
1" WELDED GALVANIZED
SQUARE STEEL FRAME
TRANSFER PUMP STATION No. 2 SHOWN (TYPICAL OF 2).
TRANSFER PUMP STATION No. 1 HAS A 9' X 7' GARAGE DOOR
IN LIEU OF AN INSULATED ALUMINUM 000R.
UTILITY BUILDINGS SHALL BE PLACED ON CONCRETE SLABS.
SLAB FOR TRANSFER PUMP STATION No, 1 SHALL CONTAIN A
SUMP AND CONCRETE CURB ALONG PERIMETER, CONCRETE
SLAB SHALL BE SLOPED TOWARDS SUMP.
SFER PUMP STATION
NTS
6"X6" W 1.4XW 1.4
WELDED WIRE FABRIC
4"
3
PSI CONCRETE
NTS
NO.
INTERIOR
DIMENSIONS
(IN FEET)
TOP
INV
(IN/OUT)
L
-
W
H
CB-1
3'
3'
3-1/2'
41.7
38.2/38.2
CB-2
3'
3'
3'
41.7
38.7/38.7
CB-3
2'
2'
3'
38.0
36.5/36.0
CB-4
2'
2'
3'
39.0
41.0/39.0
CATCH BASIN SCHEDULE
'0' RING
NTS
NOTES:
1) CB-1 AND CB-2 SHALL BE CAST IN PLACE.
2) CB-3 AND CB-4 ARE PRECAST.
STANDARD
KNOCKOUT
PANELS
t � RECAST CATCH BASIN DETAIL
MAGNETROL DISPLACER
TYPE LIQUID LEVEL
SWITCH. C--10
HHS
H5
LS
COMPRESSION FITTINGS
•
AO •
s".7' - � • Y• :? °:. 'f !F ':I �;) •. ';i w :i°' FlA F!^ f :) .. ..f ,. 1 ��S• f �: pry..'. f/
i:� • ,a/ k . "� . F• :;r• tir ..�' u •:v� '� • ai� 'i!` . •'.J.�y •-s:.'. >t° . ,,.� .?-..4r la'1 'v� .
• ;J� f . i.-. S +xc.♦ .• a �•.. %,/ i/ ♦ fie..% ..•. _X . .. �?+�:,. xa`.• �.f t.li: 11tt�� ...�s�•y.,
6 MIL VAPOR BARRIER
4' WASHED STONE
SECTION — CONCRETE PAD FOR TRANSFER PUN/
NTS
•
P STATION No. 2
6"
2 #4's CENTERED
NTS
2" STAINLESS STEEL FLOAT
WITH 2" STAINLESS STEEL
RETAINING CLIPS
1635 GALLON SURGE TALI
(70"D X 57"H X 140"L)
20 MIL POLYETMELENE
A ,4E-4" #5I7 STONE
� ���/ter-•-•-COMPACTfii SUBGRADE
f`�\/� /:\\T!\/! TO 100% STANDARD
!�!\f�\ \\!\/
(j4DOS 12"
O.CEACH WAY
rFROMQP AND BOTTOM
)
C9--3 AND CB-4 PLAN
NTS
24" SQUARE CAST IRON
FRAME AND GRATE
CS-3 AND CB-4 SECTION
NTS
GALVANIZED STEEL BAND (TYPICAL)
PAINTED STEEL BASE
5
7
NTS
`a Vk ......... (1y 0t4iryj'i
Iti ESS, p••,. 'q
i '�' r
• SEAL
6723
47i1iti 114i
/ 7/7 7
4' SCH 40 PVC
PIPE SUPPORT
STAND (TYPICAL)
, Rev. No. 2 I CFI Requested Design Revisions
CONCRETE, PAVEMENT AND
GENERAL DETAILS
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
1/29/97
ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES
1054--94-17
NTS
SCALE: AS SHOWN
APPROVED BY: GmB
JOB No. 1054-94-175
DRAWN BY:
CJB
DATE: APRIL 1996

SS3
ON
NOTES:
H
CR1 CR2
C4 4
120V
CPT
AR SEAL
WATER
FLUID DETECT
CONTROL PANEL
(FURNISHED W/PUMP)
SS 1
ON
ALARM
RESET
1 E 2
SS1
REMOTE
•
3114
M
• -I�
CR1
CR3
P
P
MOTOR SPACE HEATER
CR3
TD3
III
L _
I- FLUID DETECT
CONTROL PANEL
I (FURNISHED W/PUMP)
OL
(3)
LOW HI
DISCHARGE DISCHARGE
P
TD2
CR2
1 I
TRUCK
FILL VALVE
GLS-15
j
s-
FLUID
DETECTION
PRESS ALARM
•
iPUMP i 4
START k
TRUCK
LOADING
CONTROL
STATIONS
-o
TRUCK
LOADING
CONTROL
STATIONS
M
I—. TRUCK
FILL VALVE
M ACTUATOR
M TRUCK LOADING
CONTROL
STATION No. 1
TRUCK LOADING
1 ' CONTROL
STATION No. 2
P
GROUNDWATER TRANSFER PUMP (TP-3) CONTROL SCHEMATIC
120 VAC
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER
PUMP (TP--3)
Eli
-_J
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER
PUMP (TP-3)
CONTROL PANEL
0
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER
PUMP (TP-3)
RUNNING
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER
PUMP (TP-3)
CONTROL PANEL
1) CONTROL STATIONS SHALL BE NEMA 4 RATED WITH ENGRAVED
NAMEPLATES IDENTIFYING LEGEND FOR ALL PILOT CONTROLS
AND INDICATING LIGHTS. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE LAMINATED
BLACK OVER WHITE PLASTIC, WITH 1 /8" ENGRAVED LE I ► ERS
AND SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE CONTROL STATIONS.
2) PILOT DEVICES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, OILTIGHT, NEMA 4X RATED.
NP1
NP2,
NP3
0
SEAL
WATER
ON DELAY
0-30 SEC
SET AT 5 SEC
ON DELAY
0-5 MIN
SET AT 90 SEC
SEAL
WATER
FAILURE
FILL
VALVE
FAILURE
OFF DELAY
1 30 MIN
SET AT 15 MIN
FLUID DETECTION
PRESSURE
ALARM
LOCATION LEGEND
4 AT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
REMOTE FROM STARTER
Y AND DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING
SCHEDULE
NAMEPLATE LINE 1
NP1
PUMP ON
NP2 REMOTE START
ENABLE
NP3
START
LINE 2
ON
TRUCK LOADING CONTROL STATION LAYOUT
120 VAC
STOP SS2
LOCAL
1 2
•-
•
OPEN
1
0
SS2
LOCAL
• 31 14
CLOSE
1
•
GLS-4
TQ-18
GLS-5
C
GLS-8 TQ- 17 0
0
SS2
REMOTE
GLS-2
GLS-6
C
•
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER
PUMP (TP-3)
�kMk
78
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER
PUMP (TP-3)
ri
Mk
k
k
COMPARTMENT HEATER
GLS-1
OL
(3)
•
GLS- 15 GROUNDWATER
• 1 1 • TRANSFER
PUMP
GEARED LIMIT SWITCH CONTACTS FOR TRUCK FILL VALVE
0
T
0
R
0
N
T
A
C
T
LIMIT SWITCH GLS
FUNCTION
POSITION
FULL FULL
OPEN CLOSED
GLS
1
TORQUE SW. BYPASS
mimmi
— s am i NM—
ism
2
ionum
REMOTE INDICATION
••
'Pm — — r r
3
••• —
INDICATING LIGHTS
Nimemonsom
4
■•• •
OPEN LIMIT
v
GLS
5
TORQUE SW. BYPASS
w a!
am-- me
6
REMOTE INDICATION
—. 1.
MO OM — Mai OM
7
.OM
1.11111
INDICATING LIGHTS
UM
8
mol im•CLOSE
LIMIT
GLS
9
611.1111
NMMO
SPARE
••• II=S■. MEI
10
INDICATION
■
NM MN UM OM
MRNM
a agoREMOTE
1 1
gm maw
■ mo
SPARE
12
... —
Nummosomm
SPARE
GLS
13
.ram —
SPARE
••• —
am ma am
••••
14
-
REMOTE INDICATION
on ■r.n
..r. ill" +■ MUM —
15
••••=01
— —
REMOTE INDICATION
16
11■■■■q
**• M**
SPARE
WSJ
NOTES:
1) CLOSING
VALVE IF
OCCURS
2) OPENING
VALVE IF
OCCURS
TORQUE SWITCH STOPS
MECHANICAL OVERLOAD
DURING CLOSING CYCLE.
TORQUE SWITCH STOPS
MECHANICAL OVERLOAD
DURING OPENING CYCLE.
TRUCK FILL VALVE (VALVE SHOWN IN FULL OPEN POSITION)
22"0
GENERAL ELECTRIC, P 17M 15S 1, M2AMN3GR OR EQUAL
150W HPS, 14'-0" ALUMINUM POLE, PHOTOCELL CONTROL
LOW PROFILE BASIN AREA LIGHT, WET LOCATION LISTED
(.1"<- AREA LIGHT
SS1
CONTACTS
POSITION
ON
OFF
REMOTE
1-2
X
3-4
.
X
SS2
CONTACTS
POSITION
LOCAL
OFF
REMOTE
1-2
X
3-4
X
5-6
X
7-8
X
SS3
CONTACTS
POSITION
ON
OFF
1-2
X
3-4
X
(.
V
0 VAC POWER SUPPLY
SIMPLEX
CONTROLLER
(FURNISHED
WITH PUMP)
W
W
CO
0
SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMP
W
FLOAT SWITCH — PUMP OFF
w
CO
FLOAT SWITCH — PUMP ON
FLOAT SWITCH — HIGH/LOW ALARM
SUMP PUMP (SP-1) ONE —LINE DIAGRAM
30, POWER SUPPLY
0
0
a©
Ei31
LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS
MOLDED 100% ACRYLIC DIFFUSE LENS (NOT CLEAR) FULLY GASKETED WITH FIBERGLASS
OR PLASTIC HOUSING.
2. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 6 PLASTIC LATCHES TO SECURE LENS.
3. BALLAST SHALL BE HIGH POWER FACTOR (.9) ETL CBM APPROVED RAPID START
CLASS\P ENERGY SAVING BALLAST WITH A SOUND RATING OF A. SECURE BALLAST TO
HOUSING WITH AT LEAST ONE SCREW AND SLIP-ON BRACKET OR 2 SCREWS - ONE AT
EACH END,
4. UL LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATION. PROVIDE UL 'WET" LABEL WHEN INDICATED.
5. OVERALL LUMINAIRE LENGTH SHALL BE 48" NOMINAL.
6. MINIMUM COEFFICIENT OF UTILIZATION (CU) WITH CAVITY REFLECTANCES OF
80%\CEILING, 50% WALLS AND 20% FLOOR SHALL BE:
RCR CU
1 0.67
2 0.55
3 0.50
4 0.45
7. MINIMUM SPACING TO MOUNTING HEIGHT RATIO SHALL BE 1,3.
8. HOUSING SHALL HAVE INTERNAL PROVISIONS FOR GROUNDING.
ET/DAN
STYLE
EN L_ - 0 8
P LOCATION LUMINAIRE
GROUNDWATER TRANSFER PUMP (TP-3)
CONTROL PANEL
(FURNISHED WITH PUMP)
C
a.
cL
Cl-
LLI
<z
Q
1-- la.
wIx
p
0
zQ
0z
0<
MSH
MOTOR SPACE HEATER
CO
(�4
N
0
LV
FLUID DETECTION
CONTROL PANEL
PS
HIGH DISCHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH
PS
Z
1-
w
w
CK
z
0
1-
0
0
U j
Z 0 J
zz0
<—
©0tij
Q>11
Z 0 V)
w0-ec
x
(`
V
cv
d=
co
MSH
TRUCK FILL VALVE ACTUATOR
SV
WATER SOLENOID VALVE
€n
M
ys
PS
ER FLOW PRESSURE SWITCH
CS
GROUNDWATER TRANSFER PUMP (TP-3) ONE —LINE DIAGRAM
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION NOTES
1) ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AND MATERIALS SHALL BE FURNISHED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.
2) ALL CONDUIT, CONDUIT BOXES, AND FITTINGS SHALL BE PVC COATED
STEEL; THIS INCLUDES ALL MOUNTING HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES FOR
SUPPORT OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM.
3) DEVICE PLATES FOR RECEPTACLES SHALL BE APPLETON "FSK-WRD" OR
CROUSE HINDS "FS031 ". STANDARD RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE
DUPLEX, THREE WIRE, GROUNDED, 20 AMPERES, 120 VOLTS, RATED.
4) JUNCTION BOXES FOR CABLE PULLING SHALL BE INSTALLED AS NEEDED
TO KEEP CABLE TENSION WITHIN MANUFACTURER'S LIMITS.
5) ALL CABLES IN POWER, CONTROL, INDICATION, AND ALARM CIRCUITS SHALL
BE 600 VOLT, THHN-THWN INSULATED.
6) EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO
STRUCTURAL SURFACES; TWO OR MORE CONDUITS IN THE SAME GENERAL
ROUTING SHALL BE PARALLEL WITH SYMMETRICAL BENDS.
7) ALL UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE DIRECT BURIED, PVC COATED RIGID
STEEL, NO SMALLER THAN 1 INCH. UNDERGROUND CONDUITS SHALL HAVE
AT LEAST 2 FEET OF EARTH COVER.
TRUCK ALL CONTROL STATION No,
V
120 VOLT POWER SUPPLY
r.
CS
c'4
z
z
0
C7
c
70 0
�� C�!RO(..''��
••��S7�rE AL��=t 's
.'•„ C/N S '• •'�
Black & watch
N^rth Carolina
Rev. No. 1 L CFI Requested Design Revisions
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
TUNIS, NORTH CAROLINA
4/26/96
ENGINEERING • IESI1NG
TRUCK LOADING CONTROL STATIONS No. 1 AND No. 2
(TYPICAL OF 2; CONTROL STATION No. 1 SHOWN)
SELECTOR SWITCH DEVELOPMENT
8) AFTER CABLE HAS BEEN INSTALLED AND CONNECTED, CONDUIT ENDS SHALL
BE SEALED BY FORCING NONHARDENING SEALING COMPOUND INTO THE
CONDUITS TO A DEPTH AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE CONDUIT DIAMETER.
SCALE:
NONE
APPROVED BY:
JOB No. 1054-94-175 DRAWN BY:
DATE:
APRIL 1996
FIGURE:
GMB
CUB
CFI--8

1
2
3
4
S
7
8
8
10
28617-100-000-0001
04/24/96 08:26:47 13C0-12_
A
B
C
E
F
0
0
co c3
0 0
CONCRETE
DRIVE
CAST IRON FRAME 8 GRATE
NEENRH NO. 4990 OR EQUAL
CATCH BASIN—'--""
No. 1
t0�
6" DIP
12"
STEEL ELECTRICAL
CONOUIT(GROUT
THRU WALL) ----"
1
12'
Ng
m
6"(TYP)
J
11
6"(TYP)
''=rii
L:J
1111
r1
CONC CRP BLOCK 2"
MIN FROM EDGE OF
BASE PLATE(TYP OF 7)
L 3X3X 1 /4X6"
(GALV) I�\
j ,,u
/2'-10"x2'-11"
CONC
0t
CRP BUCK
.
Nr
I-
11"
m
4'_6„
12„
2,_0„
2'-0"'
4'-6"
_ 2' j 1 2,_6_ 7, _0.
w 1 1 1/2" PVC SUMP
�-* PUMP DISCHARGE
(GROUT
(THRU WALL)
6" DIA. LONG
RADIUS 90' BEND
10'-0"
110...0111
FOUNDATION PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
PUSH BUTTON
ELECTRIC SWITCH
FOR PUMP CONTROL
(HANDRAIL MOUNT)
6" SWIVEL JOINT
OPW STYLE 40-F
OR EQUAL
QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLING
OPW QUICK COUPLER
7" OF 4000 PSI CONCRETE
ELEVATION VARIES. SLOPE
TO CATCH BASIN
4" a57 STONE
20 MIL
POLYETHYLENE
8 OZ NONWOVEN
GEOTEXTILE
COMPACTED SUBGRRDE
100'/. STANDARD
2" PERFORATED ORRIN
PIPE, 2 FT INTO STONE
AND END CAPPED WITH FABRIC
I1=111
I -=I 1=1
6"
0
kr
co
N
0
0
CONCRETE
DRIVE
6" PVC PIPE DRAIN
FROM CATCH BASIN
No. 2 TO CATCH
BASIN No. 1
—CAST IRON FRAME 8 GRATE
NEENRH NO. 4990 OR EQUAL
)
1.4
N
CLEANOUT
12 12"
5'-8" 2'-61:_al2'-6�
u
LIGHT
CATCH BASIN
No. 2
PUSH BUT :N
ELECTRIC SWITCH
FOR PUMP CONTROL
(HANDRAIL MOUNT)
MANUAL ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVE
(ACTUATOR ACCESSIBLE FROM PLATFORM)
6" DIP n
—8" MIN.
I7
1 I
LJ
ELECTRIC ECCE
VALVE
NTRIC PLUG
" DIP
vl 1/2" ALUM
HANDRAIL (TYP)
11 I
1 1
LJ
1 1/2" ALUM
HANDRAIL (TYP)
1 1/2" ALUM
TREADS (TYP)
1 1/2" ALUM
GRATING (TYP)
X
0
X
0
0
W1OX2
X
X
1
$
M
un
x
15.3
W10X26
26
(.1
>G
0
0
X
4
N
x
✓!
•
x
0
Eb
ORT
4'-0"
S'-4"
-
DIP
5'-4"
4'_0„
2,.s21--8"
•�
,.J'-6"
'-6"••.:
r-6"0„
r21-6:
...
4 ,-6"s L2,_3..
s ,.
._32 ._2.ii.
.,2'-8"•-,.2'-8"_.-.2
6'-8"
PLATFORM PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"
6" SWIVEL JOINT
OPW STYLE 40-F
OR EQUAL
6" DIP
8" MIN.—
1/2" ISOLATION
MATERIAL1 WITH SE
FLEXIBLE CHUTE
FLEXTROL OR
EQUAL
ER
12
to.
TOP CATCH BASIN
NO . 1
(TYP)
t "
-J
Q
w
J
Q
0
w
cc
0
w
1 I I I=7I=1 I I=1 I I_ tih
PL 3/8X3X3"
SUMP WELD TO BOLT_
PUMP NUT (TYP)
a5 @ 12"
EWEF
a5 @ 12"
EWTBB
1 1/2" ALUM
GRATING (TYP)
W10X33 COL
(GALV)
CONC. CAP BLOCK
2" COVER
iv1 srl it--tit--
7
•
z
11
3" COVERI(TYP
@ BOTTOM LAYER) —
2'-0"
o.
-6"
CONC. CAP BLOCK
T
co
u5 @ 12"
u
1
FJKUV1Ut Z-E/23" U_M ILE KUUS
AT MJ BELL ON HOR ;Z
s5 @ 8" EWTBB
g1C�SIM N
10'-0"
6" DIP
_,.
3'-0"
CLEANOUT
MJ PLUG WITH
TAPPED HOLES AND
PLASTIC PLUGS
2J-6"
=11 —
5@12"
EWEF
6" DIR. LONG
RADIUS 90' BEND
QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLING
OPW QUICK COUPLER
FLEXIBLE CHUTE
FLEXTROL OR
EQUAL
/ TOP CATCH BA
l_f Nth. 2
(TYP)
6" PVC CATCH BASIN
DRAIN ENCASE IN
CONCRETE BENEATH
SLAB
8'-2"
tt5@12"
IEWT8B
SECTION
3/8" = 1'-0"
2"
1 1_1 1 1=I I hlil_ I t 1--Ti
0o m 6" PHILLIPS
vORISCOPIPE
1000 SOR-11
T TO GROUNDWATER
► STORAGE BASIN
N
_4r
DIP TO HOPE
PIPE COUPLING
SIMILAR
•
S
1 1/2" ALUM
HANDRAIL —�
W6X20 COL
(GALV)
=1
W10x26(GRLV)
SIMILAR
1 1/2" ALUM
GRATING
C10X1S.3
(GALV)
W6X20 COL
(GALV)
0"
TYP
FIN GRADE
1 1/2" ALUM
GRATING
C10x1S.3
(GALV)
Nks'N---W10x33 COL
(GALV)
C12X20.7
(GALV)
1 1/2" ALUM HAN©RAIL
1 1/2" ALUM
STAIR TREADS
I"f'41,11,y
3/16 V
L4x3x1/4x1'-2"
W/2-3/4" BOLTS
(GALV)
SECT ION
1/2" = 1'-0"
\
Ili1111 hill
C12X20.7
(GALV)
3"
SIMILAR
TREADS @ 9 3/8
CONC. CRP BLOCK
ttS @ 12"
EWEF
6'-0'
0
NI
1111111111111111111111
111111111111.101111111
STAIR TREADS
2
CO
0 RISERS @ 7 3/4"(+)
MINNOW
•
SECT ION
DATE
REVISIONS AND RECORD OF ISSUE
NO.
BY CK
APP
DESIGNED
DETAILED
CHECKED MBS
ABW
APPROVED
DATE
MUM VkitiatC21
Raleigh, North Carolina
PROJ EC T NO
28617.100
EN VIRONMEN TAL SERVICES
ENGINEERING • TESTING
TRUCK LOADING STATION
PLANS AND SECTIONS
CF INDUSTRIES. INC
GRATING
GENERAL NOTE;
ALL STEEL COMPONENTS SHALL
BE HOT -DIP GALVANIZED AFTER
FABRICATION

10
28617-100-000-0002
04/24/96 08:32:27 RCD-12
Q
0
CO 0
o 0
8 u.
4"
1 1/2" ;
3„
3/4 \ 2-6
3/4 2-6
4.
1 1/2" ALUM HANDRAIL
.' 1/4X8 1/2" CONT (GALV)
1 1/2" ALUM GRATING
11 I11111
J
11111 III1i11
W10X26(GRLV)
C1OX15.3(GRLV)
SEE PLANS SHEET 1
BENT ft 1/4X4"
(GALV)
3/8" GALV STEEL
U BOLT
6" DIP
EPDXY
ADHESIVE
AS REQUIRED
t
(4) 3/4" DIA A32S BOLTS(GALV)
(TYP) ER. SIDE
10X26
LI11111111I11
4
A
L 4X3X3/8" W/
(2) 3/4" DIA BOLTS(GALV) 6-
(TYP)
3/16 V CTYP
SEE PLANS SHEET 1
.0111
SECTION
3/4" = 1'-0"
W10X33 COL
(GALV)
3/16
DETAIL
1 1/2" = 1'-0" 10
1 1/2"0 HANDRAIL POST
W/ 4" x 60' SLOT TO
CLEAR 1/2" BAR
3/16
1 9/16" 0 X 10" STEEL
BAR HANDRAIL
POST INSERT
1/2" X 4" X REIN 0 STEEL
BAR MOUNTING BRACKET
WELD TO HANDRAIL POST
INSERT & STRINGER
PLAN
STRINGER OR
JOIST
SECTION
NOTE:
RS AN ALTERNATIVE TO FABRICATED MOUNTING BRACKET SHOWN.
POSTS MAY BE ATTACHED TO STRINGER OR JOIST USING CAST
ALUMINUM MOUNTING BRACKETS WITH GALVANIZED OR STAINLESS
STEEL BOLTS.
POST SIDE MOUNTING BRACKET DETAI
NO SCALE
TYP,> 1/4
�� STIFFENER
II 1/2X4X6"-
EA. SIDE
(GALV)
SEE PLANS SHEET
ff? 1X8X1'-6"(GALV)
STIFFENER
1n (GA
1\
2"(TYP)
+-W10X33 COL
(GALV)
C12X20.7
(GALV)
(2) 3/4" DIR.
ANCHOR BOLTS
(GALV)
1 1/2"x3'-6" LUM
STAIR TREADS
1 1/2" ALUM
HANDRAIL
2"(TYP)
3/16
L 3X3X1/4X6"
(GALV)
#4 @ 12"
EWEF
SLAB
1 1/2" ALUM
HANDRAIL
IL 1/4 X 8
CONT.(GRLV
4"
1 1/2"
3"
STIFFENER I. 1/4 X 3"
@ 1'-4" CTS. WELD TO
W10 W/ 3/16 FILLET
WELD
SECTION
1" = 1'-0"
(6) 3/4" DIA. A307
ANCHOR BOLTS (GALV)
1 1/2" ALUM.
GRATING
3/16
10X26(GALV)
W10X33 COL
(GALV)
f1
A
LJ
7"
7"
#3 TIES @ 12"
1
PIPE
DETAIL
1 1/2" = 1'-0"
6" MIN CONC
ENCASEMENT
NOTE
PROVIDE A BELL AT THE ENO OF CONCRETE ENCASEMENT WHERE PIPELINE CHANGES
FROM AN ENCASED PIPELINE TO A BURIED PIPELINE.
CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
NO SCALE
PL 1 1/4X12X18"
(GALV)
2 1/2"
FLAT WASHER
DETAIL
NO SCALE
co
6 1/2"
r5 1/2"
1
C1OX1S.3
(GALV)
4
SECTION
1" = 1 '-0"
3/16
(2)3/4" DIA
ANCHOR BOLTS
(GALV)
3/8" GALV
U-BOLT
C6X13(GALV)
3/16 V
C6X13(GALV)
1 1/2" ALUM.
GRATING
1 1/2" ALUM.
HANDRAIL
W10X26
(GALV)
W6X20 COL
(GRVL)
fe 3/4X8X8"
(GALV)
DETAIL
1 1/2" = 1'-0„
STEEL PIPE SPACER
SHAPED TO FIT
BACK OF FLRNGE-
PIPE SIZE = 3/4"
THREADED TIE
ROD
W10x26(GRLV)
1 1/2" ALU
GRATING
C1OX1S.3 (GALV)
DETAIL
1" = 1'-0"
L 4X3X3/8" W/ (2)
3/4" DIA. BOLTS
(GALV)
W10X26
(GALV)
1/4 V
1
1/2;
4" 4"
1 1/2"
1
1 1/2" ALUM
HANDRAIL
1/2"
C10x1S.3(GRLV)
ft 3/4X10X10
(GALV)
(2) 3/4" DIA BOLTS
IN EACH C10
(GALV)
W6X20 COL
(GALV)
I. 1/2X6X8"
W/ (4) 3/4"
DIA. BOLTS
(GALV)
oa
Oftmr
6" DIP
DETAIL
1" = 1'-0"
L4x3x1/4x0'-6"
W/2-3/4" BOLTS
(GALV)
C12X20.7
(GALV)
DATE
REVISIONS AND RECORD OF ISSUE
NO.
BY
CK
RPP
DESIGNED RKW.RRD
DETAILED
CHECKED MBS
ABW
APPROVED
DATE
BImck &VaCf"1
Raleigh, North Carolina
PROJECT NO.
28617.100
C6X13 (GALV)
3/8" GALV
U-BOLT
ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES
ENGINEERING • TESTING
TRUCK LOADING STATION
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
CF INDUSTRIES, INC
TUNIS. NORTH CAROLINA
9
GENERAL NOTE:
ALL STEEL COMPONENTS SHALL
BE HOT -DIP GALVANIZED AFTER
FABRICATION
FIGURE
CFI-10

CHARLOTTE
HUNTSVILLE
NASHVILLE
CHATTANOOGA
KNOXVILLE
TRI-CITIES
LEXINGTON
GREENSBORO RALEIGH
WILMINGTON
FLORENCE
COLUMBIA
SPARTANBURG
AUGUSTA
ATLANTA
CHARLESTON
TAMPA
ASHEVILLE
FAYETTEVILLE
SAVANNAH
GREENVILLE
CINCINNATI
COLUMBUS
CLEVELAND
MYRTLE BEACH
PITTSBURGH WWW.SMEINC.COMDRAWING PATH:CHECKED BY:DRAWN BY:
APPROVED BY:DESIGNED BY:
PROJECT NUMBER
SCALE:DATE:
OF:DRAWING:BYDESCRIPTIONDATENO.ENGINEERING LICENSE NO:
F-0176 9751 SOUTHERN PINE BLVD. CHARLOTTE, N.C. 28273PH. [phone]COVER SHEETSTORAGE BASIN LINER REPLACEMENTCOFIELD, NORTH CAROLINA1040-98-044N, PH. 2
AS SHOWN 06/12/14
IKB
1 4
IKB
SJL
SJLCF INDUSTRIES HOLDINGS, INC.S&ME PROJECT NO.
1040-98-044N PH.2
LOCATION / S&ME OFFICE MAP
STORAGE BASIN LINER REPLACEMENT PLAN
CF INDUSTRIES HOLDINGS, INC.
COFIELD, NORTH CAROLINA
JUNE 12, 2014
DRAWING NO. TITLE
1 COVER SHEET
2 EXISTING CONDITIONS
3 PROPOSED CONDITIONS
4 DETAILS
SITE VICINITY MAP
OWNER JOHN FOSTER
CONTACT: CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
100 FARMERS CHEMICAL ROAD
COFIELD, NC 27922
EMAIL: [e-mail]
ENGINEER: KYLE BAUCOM, P.E.
S&ME, INC.
9751 SOUTHERN PINE BOULEVARD
CHARLOTTE, NC 28273
PHONE: [phone]
EMAIL: [e-mail]
SITE SITE -ISSUED FOR BID-0 06/12/14 ISSUED FOR BID IKB
40
LO
L
LOLLOLLOLLOLLOL
LOLLOLLOLLOLLOLLOLLOL LOL LOL LOL LOL LOLLOLLOLLOLLOLLOLTANKER LOADINGAREATRANSFER PUMP STATIONNO. 2 & STORAGE BUILDINGDISCHARGE OUTLET(PUMPED FROM TRANSFERSTATION PUMP NO. 1;SEE NOTE 1)PUMP INTAKE(PUMPED TO TRANSFERSTATION PUMP NO. 2AND TANKER LOADINGAREA; SEE NOTE 1)DISCHARGE OUTLET(PUMPED FROM TANKERLOADING AREA; SEE NOTE 1)WATER LEVELINDICATORBASIN SERVICEROAD190'FABRIFORM PROTECTIONFOR BASIN ACCESS156'STORAGEBASINDOUBLE GATEDOUBLE GATEWWW.SMEINC.COM
DRAWING PATH:CHECKED BY:DRAWN BY:APPROVED BY:DESIGNED BY:PROJECT NUMBERSCALE:DATE:OF:DRAWING:BYDESCRIPTIONDATENO.ENGINEERING LICENSE NO:F-01769751 SOUTHERN PINE BLVD.
CHARLOTTE, N.C. 28273
PH. [phone]
EXISTING CONDITIONS
STORAGE BASIN LINER REPLACEMENT
COFIELD, NORTH CAROLINA1040-98-044N, PH. 21" = 20'06/12/14IKB24IKBSJLSJLCF INDUSTRIES HOLDINGS, INC.
Q:\2720\2014\1040-98-044N PH P2 CFI POND LINER DESIGN\DWG\ISSUED FOR BID\PLAN VIEWS.DWG LEGENDREFERENCES:1.EXISTING CONTOURS, PIPING FROM TRANSFER PUMP STATION NO. 1, LIMITS OF LINER,GRAVEL ROAD, STORMWATER PIPING, AND FENCING REFERENCED FROM S&ME'S"UNDERGROUND PIPING SITE PLAN" FIGURE CFI-3 DATED JULY 1998.2.AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY OBTAINED FROM NC ONEMAP.3.PIPING FROM TRANSFER PUMP STATION NO. 2 DELINEATED BASED ON AERIALPHOTOGRAPHY.LOLEXISTING 1-FT CONTOUREXISTING 5-FT CONTOUREXISTING PIPINGLIMITS OF LINEREXISTING GRAVEL ROADEXISTING STORMWATER PIPINGEXISTING FENCE-ISSUED FOR BID-
0 06/12/14 ISSUED FOR BID IKB
LOLLOLLOLLOLLOLL
O
L
LOL LOL LOL LOL LOL LOL LOLLOLLOLLOLLOLLOLLOLLOLLOLLOLLOL
TANKER LOADING
AREA
DISCHARGE OUTLET
(PUMPED FROM TRANSFER
STATION PUMP NO. 1;
SEE NOTE 1)
PUMP INTAKE
(PUMPED TO TRANSFER
STATION PUMP NO. 2
AND TANKER LOADING
AREA; SEE NOTE 1)
DISCHARGE OUTLET
(PUMPED FROM TANKER
LOADING AREA; SEE NOTE 1)
BASIN SERVICE
ROAD
190'
156'
STORAGE
BASIN
2%

S
L
O
P
E
40
3
4
ANCHOR TRENCH
4
4
COLLECTION TRENCH
SECTION
4
4
COLLECTION TRENCH
SECTION
5
4
COLLECTION TRENCH
VENT (TYP.)
6
4
PERIMETER GAS
VENT (TYP.)
8
4
WATER LEVEL
INDICATOR 2.5H:1V2.5H:1V
2.5H:1V2.5H:1V
4
4
COLLECTION TRENCH
SECTION
DOUBLE GATE
DOUBLE GATE
2
4
DOUBLE LINER
SECTION
2
4
DOUBLE LINER
SECTION WWW.SMEINC.COMDRAWING PATH:CHECKED BY:DRAWN BY:
APPROVED BY:DESIGNED BY:
PROJECT NUMBER
SCALE:DATE:
OF:DRAWING:BYDESCRIPTIONDATENO.ENGINEERING LICENSE NO:
F-0176 9751 SOUTHERN PINE BLVD. CHARLOTTE, N.C. 28273PH. [phone]PROPOSED CONDITIONSSTORAGE BASIN LINER REPLACEMENTCOFIELD, NORTH CAROLINA1040-98-044N, PH. 2
1" = 20'06/12/14
IKB
3 4
IKB
SJL
SJLCF INDUSTRIES HOLDINGS, INC.Q:\2720\2014\1040-98-044N PH P2 CFI POND LINER DESIGN\DWG\ISSUED FOR BID\PLAN VIEWS.DWGLEGEND
REFERENCES:
1.EXISTING CONTOURS, PIPING FROM TRANSFER PUMP STATION NO. 1, LIMITS OF LINER,
GRAVEL ROAD, STORMWATER PIPING, AND FENCING REFERENCED FROM S&ME'S
"UNDERGROUND PIPING SITE PLAN" FIGURE CFI-3 DATED JULY 1998.
2.PIPING FROM TRANSFER PUMP STATION NO. 2 DELINEATED BASED ON AERIAL
PHOTOGRAPHY.
LOL
PROPOSED 1-FT CONTOUR
PROPOSED 5-FT CONTOUR
EXISTING PIPING
LIMITS OF LINER / ANCHOR TRENCH
EXISTING GRAVEL ROAD
EXISTING STORMWATER PIPING
EXISTING FENCE
PROPOSED COLLECTION TRENCH
PROPOSED COLLECTION TRENCH VENT
PROPOSED PERIMETER GAS VENT
PROPOSED DOUBLE LINER
NOTES:
1.EXISTING PIPING TO BE WORKED AROUND OR TEMPORARILY REMOVED DURING
CONSTRUCTION AND REPLACED/REPAIRED BACK TO ORIGINAL CONDITIONS AFTER
COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION.-ISSUED FOR BID-0 06/12/14 ISSUED FOR BID IKB
WWW.SMEINC.COMDRAWING PATH:CHECKED BY:DRAWN BY:
APPROVED BY:DESIGNED BY:
PROJECT NUMBER
SCALE:DATE:
OF:DRAWING:BYDESCRIPTIONDATENO.ENGINEERING LICENSE NO:
F-0176 9751 SOUTHERN PINE BLVD. CHARLOTTE, N.C. 28273PH. [phone]DETAILSSTORAGE BASIN LINER REPLACEMENTCOFIELD, NORTH CAROLINA1040-98-044N, PH. 2
1" = 20'06/12/14
JAM
4 4
IKB
SJL
SJLCF INDUSTRIES HOLDINGS, INC.WATER LEVEL INDICATOR
N.T.S.
LINER SECTION
N.T.S.
1
4
8
4
ANCHOR TRENCH
N.T.S.
3
4
COLLECTION TRENCH SECTION
N.T.S.
4
4
COLLECTION TRENCH VENT
N.T.S.
5
4
PERIMETER GAS VENT
N.T.S.
6
4
PRE-FABRICATED GAS VENT
N.T.S.
7
4
DOUBLE LINER SECTION
N.T.S.
2
4
-ISSUED FOR BID-0 06/12/14 ISSUED FOR BID IKB
Appendix III – Equipment Manuals
GRUNDFOS REDI­FLO 4 SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS AND MOTORS
Please leave these instructions with the pump for future reference.
Redi-Flo4
Stainless Steel Submersible Pumps
for Environmental Applications
GRUNDFOS INSTRUCTIONS
US Installation and operating instructions
1
SAFETY WARNING
Grundfos Stainless Steel Submersible Pumps
Your Grundfos Redi-Flo4 Environmental Pump is of the utmost quality. Combined with
proper installation, your Grundfos pump will give you many years of reliable service.
To ensure the proper installation of the pump, carefully read the complete manual
before attempting to install the pump.
Shipment Inspection
Examine the components carefully to make sure no damage has occurred to the
pump-end, motor, cable or control box during shipment.
This Grundfos Redi-Flo4 Environmental Pump should remain in its shipping carton until it is
ready to be installed. The carton is specially designed to protect it from damage. During
unpacking and prior to installation, make sure that the pump is not contaminated,
dropped or mishandled.
The motor is equipped with an electrical cable. Under no circumstance should the cable
be used to support the weight of the pump.
You will find a loose data plate wired to the pump. It should be securely mounted at the well
or attached to the control box.
PRE-INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
Before beginning installation, the following checks should be made. They are all
critical for the proper installation of this submersible pump.
A. Condition of the Well
If the pump is to be installed in a new well, the well should be fully developed and bailed or
blown free of cuttings and sand. Dispose of discharged materials in accordance with the
specific job site requirements. The stainless steel construction of the Redi-Flo4
Environmental Pump makes it resistant to abrasion; however, no pump, made of any
material, can forever withstand the destructive wear that occurs when constantly pumping
sandy groundwater.
Determine the maximum depth of the well, and the drawdown level at the pump’s maximum
capacity. Pump selection and setting depth should be based on this data.
The inside diameter of the well casing should be checked to ensure that it is not smaller than
the size of the pump and motor.
2
B. Condition of the Water
Redi-Flo4 pumps are designed for pumping cold groundwater that is free of air or gases.
Decreased pump performance and life expectancy can occur if the groundwater is not cold
or contains air or gases.
C. Installation Depth
Pumping sand or well sediment can occur when the pump motor is installed lower than the
top of the well screen or within five feet of the well bottom. This can reduce the
performance and life expectancy of the pump and should be avoided.
If the pump is to be installed in a lake, containment pond, tank or large diameter well, the
water velocity passing over the motor must be sufficient to ensure proper motor cooling.
The minimum recommended water flow rates which ensure proper cooling are listed in
Table A.
D. Electrical Supply
The motor voltage, phase and frequency indicated on the motor nameplate should be
checked against the actual electrical supply.
WIRE CABLE TYPE
The wire cable used between the pump and control box or panel should be approved for
submersible pump applications. The conductor insulation should have a continuous Teflon®
jacket with no splices and must be suitable for use with submersible pumps.
INSTALLATION
The riser pipe or hose should be properly sized and selected based on estimated
flow rates and friction-loss factors.
A back-up wrench should be used when the riser pipe is attaching a riser pipe or metallic
nipple to the pump. The pump should only be gripped by the flats on the top of the
discharge chamber. The body of the pump, cable guard or motor should not be
gripped under any circumstance.
If Steel Riser Pipe Is Used:
An approved pipe thread compound should be used on all joints. Make sure the joints are
adequately tightened in order to resist the tendency of the motor to loosen the joints when
stopping and starting.
When tightened, the first section of the riser pipe must not come in contact with
the check valve retainer in the discharge chamber of the pump.
PRE-INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
3
After the first section of the riser pipe has been attached to the pump, the lifting cable or
elevator should be clamped to the pipe. Do not clamp the pump. When raising the pump
and riser section, be careful not to place bending stress on the pump by picking it up by the
pump-end only.
Make sure that the electrical cables are not cut or damaged in any way when the
pump is being lowered in the well.
The drop cable should be secured to the riser pipe at frequent intervals to prevent sagging,
looping or possible cable damage.
If Plastic or Flexible Riser Pipe Is Used:
Use the correct compound recommended by the pipe manufacturer or specific job
specifications. Besides making sure that joints are securely fastened, the use of a torque
arrester is recommended when using these types of pipe.
Do not connect the first plastic or flexible riser section directly to the pump.
Always attach a metallic nipple or adapter into the discharge chamber of the
pump. When tightened, the threaded end of the nipple or adapter must not come in
contact with the check valve retainer in the discharge chamber of the pump.
The drop cable should be secured to the riser pipe at frequent intervals using an approved
clip or tape to prevent sagging, looping and possible cable damage.
IMPORTANT - Plastic and flexible pipe tend to stretch under load. This stretching must be
taken into account when securing the cable to the riser pipe.
Leave enough slack between clips or taped points to allow for
this stretching. This tendency for plastic and flexible pipe to stretch
will also affect the calculation of the pump setting depth. If the depth
setting is critical, check with the manufacturer of the pipe to
determine how to compensate for pipe stretch.
When these types of pipe are used, it is recommended that a safety
cable be attached to the pump to lower and raise it. The discharge
piece of Redi-Flo4 submersibles is designed to accommodate this
cable (Figure 4).
Protect the Well from Contamination
While installing the pump, proper care should be used not to
introduce foreign objects or contaminants into the well. The well
should be finished off above grade to protect against surface water
from entering the well, causing contamination.
INSTALLATION
NOTE: Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
FIGURE 4
ELECTRICAL
4
WARNING: To reduce the risk of electrical shock during operation of this pump
requires the provision of acceptable grounding. If the means of connection to
the supply connected box is other than grounded metal conduit, ground the
pump back to the service by connecting a copper conductor, at least the size of
the circuit supplying the pump, to the grounding screw provided within the
wiring compartment.
All electrical work should be performed by a qualified electrician in accordance
with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code, local codes and regulations.
Verification of the electrical supply should be made to ensure the voltage, phase and
frequency match that of the motor. Motor voltage, phase, frequency and full-load current
information can be found on the nameplate attached to the motor. Motor electrical data can
be found in Table C.
If voltage variations are larger than ±
10%, do not operate the pump.
Direct on-line starting is used due to the
extremely fast run-up time of the motor (0.1
second maximum), and the low moment of
inertia of the pump and motor. Direct on-line
starting current (locked rotor amp) is
between 4 and 6.5 times the full-load
current.
Engine-Driven Generators
If the Redi-Flo4 pump is going to be
operated using an engine driven generator,
we suggest the manufacturer of the
generator be contracted to ensure the
proper generator is selected and used. See
Table B for generator sizing guide.
Control Box/Panel Wiring
Single-phase motors must be connected as
indicated in the motor control box. A typical
single-phase wiring diagram using a
Grundfos control box is shown (Figure 5-A).
High Voltage Surge
Arresters
A high voltage surge arrester should be
used to protect the motor against lightning
and switching surges. The correct voltage-
rated surge arrester should be installed on
the supply(line) side of the control box
(Figure 5-B). The arrester must be
grounded in accordance with the
National Electric Code, local codes and regulations.
FIGURE 5-A
FIGURE 5-B
Single-Phase Wiring Diagram for
GRUNDFOS Control Boxes
Single Phase Hookup
ELECTRICAL
Control Box and Surge Arrester Grounding
The control box shall be permanently grounded in accordance with the National Electrical
Code and local codes or regulations. The ground wire should be a bare copper conductor
at least the same size as the drop cable wire size. The ground wire should be run as short
a distance as possible and be securely fastened to a true grounding point.
True grounding points are considered to be: a grounding rod driven into the water strata,
steel well casing submerged into the water lower than the pump setting level, and steel
discharge pipes without insulating couplings. If plastic discharge pipe and well casing are
used, a properly sized bare copper wire should be connected to a stud on the motor and
run to the control panel. Do not ground to a gas supply line. Connect the grounding wire to
the ground point first and then to the terminal in the control box or panel.
Wiring Checks
Before making the final wiring connections of the drop cable to the control box terminal, it is
a good practice to check the insulation resistance to ensure that the cable is good.
Measurements for a new installation must be at least 1,000,000 ohm. Do not start the pump
if the measurement is less than this. If it is higher, finish wiring and verify that all electrical
connections are made in accordance with the wiring diagram. Check to ensure the control
box and high voltage surge arrester have been grounded.
5
START-UP
After the pump has been set into the well and the wiring connections have been
made, the following procedures should be performed:
A. Attach a temporary horizontal length of pipe with installed gate valve to the riser pipe.
B. If required, make provisions to capture discharged fluids for disposal.
C. Adjust the gate valve one-third open.
D. Start the pump and let it operate until the water runs clear of sand and silt.
E. As the water clears, slowly open the gate valve in small increments until the desired
flow rate of clear water is reached. The pump should not be operated beyond its
maximum flow rating and should not be stopped until the groundwater runs clear.
F. If the groundwater is clean and clear when the pump is first started, the valve should
still be opened until the desired flow rate is reached.
G. Disconnect the temporary piping arrangements and complete the final piping
connections.
H.Under no circumstances should the pump be operated for any prolonged
period of time with the discharge valve closed. This can result in motor damage
due to overheating. A properly sized relief valve should be installed at the well head to
prevent the pump from running against a closed valve.
I. Start the pump and test the system. Check and record the voltage and current draw
on each motor lead.
6
OPERATION
A. The pump and system should be periodically checked for water quantity, pressure,
drawdown, periods of cycling, and operation of controls. Under no circumstances
should be the pump be operated for any prolonged periods of time with the
discharge valve closed. This can result in motor and pump damage due to
overheating. A properly sized relief valve should be installed at the well head to prevent
the pump from running against a closed valve.
B. If the pump fails to operate, or there is a loss of performance, refer to Troubleshooting,
Section 7.
TROUBLESHOOTING
The majority of problems that develop with submersible pumps are electrical, and most of
these problems can be corrected without pulling the pump from the well. The following
charts cover most of the submersible service work. As with any troubleshooting
procedure, start with the simplest solution first; always make all the above-ground checks
before pulling the pump from the well.
Usually only two instruments are needed – a combination voltmeter/ammeter, and an
ohmmeter. These are relatively inexpensive and can be obtained from most water systems
suppliers.
WHEN WORKING WITH ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS, USE CAUTION TO AVOID
ELECTRICAL SHOCK. It is recommended that rubber gloves and boots be worn
and that care is taken to have metal control boxes and motors grounded to power
supply ground or steel drop pipe or casing extending into the well. WARNING:
Submersible motors are intended for operation in a well. When not operated in a
well, failure to connect motor frame to power supply ground may result in serious
electrical shock.
7
TROUBLESHOOTING
Preliminary Tests
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
How to Measure
By means of a voltmeter, which has
been set to the proper scale, measure
the voltage at the control box. On single-
phase units, measure between line and
neutral.
What it Means
When the motor is under load, the
voltage should be within ± 10% of the
nameplate voltage. Larger voltage
variation may cause winding damage.
Large variations in the voltage indicate
a poor electrical supply and the pump
should not be operated until these
variations have been corrected.
If the voltage constantly remains high
or low, the motor should be changed to
the correct supply voltage.
CURRENT
MEASUREMENT
How to Measure
By use of an ammeter, set on the proper
scale, measure the current on each
power lead at the control box. See the
Electrical Data, Table C, for motor amp
draw information.
Current should be measured when the
pump is operating at a constant
discharge pressure with the motor fully
loaded.
What it Means
If the amp draw exceeds the listed
service factor amps (SFA), check for
the following:
1. Loose terminals in control box or
possible cable defect. Check winding
and insulation resistances.
3. Too high or low supply voltage.
4. Motor windings are shorted.
5. Pump is damaged causing a motor
overload.
WINDING
RESISTANCE
How to Measure
Turn off power and disconnect the drop
cable leads in the control box. Using an
ohmmeter, set the scale selectors to
Rx1 for values under 10 ohms and Rx10
for values over 10 ohms.
Zero-adjust the meter and measure the
resistance between leads. Record the
values.
Motor resistance values can be found
in Electrical Data, Table C. Cable
resistance values are in Table D.
What it Means
If all the ohm values are normal, and the
cable colors correct, the windings are
not damaged. If any one ohm value is
less than normal, the motor may be
shorted. If any one ohm value is greater
than normal, there is a poor cable
connection or joint. The windings or
cable may also be open. If some of the
ohm values are greater than normal and
some less, the drop cable leads are
mixed. To verify lead colors, see
resistance values in Electrical Data,
Table C.
INSULATION
RESISTANCE
How to Measure
Turn off power and disconnect the drop
cable leads in the control box. Using an
ohm or mega ohmmeter, set the scale
selector to Rx 100K and zero-adjust the
meter.
Measure the resistance between the
lead and ground (discharge pipe or well
casing, if steel).
What it Means
For ohm values, refer to table below.
Motors of all Hp, voltage, phase and
cycle duties have the same value of
insulation resistance.
8
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
OHM VALUE MEGAOHM VALUE CONDITION OF MOTOR AND LEADS
Motor not yet installed:
2,000,000 (or more) 2.0 New Motor.
1,000,000 (or more) 1.0 Used motor which can be reinstalled in the well.
Motor in well (Ohm readings are for drop cable plus motor):
500,000 - 1,000,000 0.5 - 1.0 A motor in reasonably good condition.
20,000 - 500,000 0.02 - 0.5 A motor which may have been damaged by lightning or with damaged
leads. Do not pull the pump for this reason.
10,000 - 20,000 0.01 - 0.02 A motor which definitely has been damaged or with damaged cable.
The pump should be pulled and repairs made to the cable or the
motor replaced. The motor will still operate, but probably not for long.
less than 10,000 0 - 0.01 A motor which has failed or with completely destroyed cable insulation.
The pump must be pulled and the cable repaired or the motor
replaced. The motor will not run in this condition.
A. Pump Does Not Run
POSSIBLE CAUSES HOW TO CHECK HOW TO CORRECT
1. No power at pump
panel.
Check for voltage at panel. If no voltage at panel, check feeder
panel for tripped circuits.
2. Fuses are blown or
circuit breakers are
tripped.
Remove fuses and check for continuity
with ohmmeter.
Replace blown fuses or reset circuit
breaker. If new fuses blow or circuit
breaker trips, the electrical installation
and motor must be checked.
3. Defective controls.Check all safety and pressure switches
for operation. Inspect contacts in
control devices.
Replace worn or defective parts.
4. Motor and/or cable are
defective.
Turn off power. Disconnect motor leads
from control box. Measure the lead
to lead resistances with the
ohmmeter (Rx1). Measure lead to
ground values with ohmmeter
(Rx100K). Record measured values.
If open motor winding or ground is
found, remove pump and recheck
values at the surface. Repair or replace
motor or cable.
5. Defective capacitor.Turn off the power, then discharge
capacitor. Disconnect leads and
check with an ohmmeter (Rx100K).
When meter is connected, the
needle should jump forward and
slowly drift back.
If there is no needle movement,
replace the capacitor.
9
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
POSSIBLE CAUSES HOW TO CHECK HOW TO CORRECT
Check drawdown during pump
operation.
Lower pump if possible. If not, throttle
discharge valve and install water level
control.
2. Discharge piping or
valve leaking.
Examine system for leaks. Repair leaks.
3. Pump strainer or check
valve are clogged.
Remove pump and inspect. Clean, repair, rinse out pump and
reinstall.
4. Pump worn.Same as B.2 above. If not close to pump curve, remove
pump and inspect.
1. Draw-down is larger
than anticipated.
C. Pump Runs But at Reduced Capacity
B. Pump Runs But Does Not Deliver Water
POSSIBLE CAUSES HOW TO CHECK HOW TO CORRECT
1. Groundwater level in
well is too low or well is
collapsed.
Check well draw-down. Lower pump if possible. If not,
throttle discharge valve and install
water level control.
2. Integral pump check
valve is blocked.
Install pressure gauge, start pump,
gradually close the discharge valve and
read pressure at shut-off. After taking
reading, open valve to its previous
position. Convert PSI to feet.
(For water: PSI x 2.31 ft/PSI = ____ ft.),
and add this to the total vertical distance
from the pressure gauge to the water
level in the well while the pump is
running. Refer to the specific pump
curve for the shut-off head for that pump
model. If the measured head is close to
the curve, pump is probably OK.
If not close to the pump curve,
remove pump and inspect discharge
section. Remove blockage, repair
valve and valve seat if necessary.
Check for other damage. Rinse out
pump and reinstall.
3. Inlet strainer is
clogged.
Same as B.2 above. If not close to the pump curve,
remove pump and inspect. Clean
strainer, inspect integral check
valve for blockage, rinse out pump
and reinstall.
4. Pump is damaged.Same as B.2 above. If damaged, repair as necessary.
Rinse out pump and re-install.
D. Pump Cycles Too Much
POSSIBLE CAUSES HOW TO CHECK HOW TO CORRECT
1. Pressure switch is not
properly adjusted or is
defective.
Check pressure setting on switch
and operation. Check voltage across
closed contacts.
Re-adjust switch or replace if
defective.
2. Level control is not
properly set or is
defective.
Check setting and operation. Re-adjust setting (refer to
manufacturer data.) Replace if
defective.
3. Plugged snifter valve
or bleed orifice.
Examine valve and orifice for dirt or
corrosion.
Clean and/or replace if defective.
10
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
E. Fuses Blow or Circuit Breakers Trip
POSSIBLE CAUSES HOW TO CHECK HOW TO CORRECT
1. High or low voltage.Check voltage at pump panel. If not
within ± 10%, check wire size and
length of run to pump panel.
If wire size is correct, contact power
company. If not, correct and/or replace
as necessary.
2. Control box wiring and
components.
Check that control box parts match the
parts list. Check to see that wiring
matches wiring diagram. Check for
loose or broken wires or terminals.
Correct as required.
3. Defective capacitor.Turn off power and discharge capacitor.
Check using an ohmmeter (Rx100K).
When the meter is connected, the
needle should jump forward and slowly
drift back.
If no meter movement, replace the
capacitor.
4. Starting relay (Franklin
single-phase motors only).
Check resistance of relay coil with an
ohmmeter (Rx1000K). Check contacts
for wear.
Replace defective relay.
TECHNICAL DATA
Table A
Minimum Water Flow Requirements for
Submersible Pump Motors
MOTOR CASING OR SLEEVE MIN. FLOW PAST
DIAMETER I.D. IN INCHES THE MOTOR (GPM)
4” 4 1.2
5 7
6 13
7 21
8 30
NOTES:
1. A flow inducer or sleeve must be used if the
water enters the well above the motor or if
there is insufficient water flow past the motor.
2. The minimum recommended water velocity over
4” motors is 0.25 feet per second.
Table B
Guide for Engine-Driven Generators in
Submersible Pump Applications
MINIMUM KILOWATT RATING OF
GENERATOR FOR THREE-WIRE
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP MOTORS
EXTERNALLY INTERNALLY
REGULATED REGULATED
MOTOR HP GENERATOR GENERATOR
0.33 HP 1.5 KW 1.2 KW
0.50 2.0 1.5
0.75 3.0 2.0
1.0 4.0 2.5
1.5 5.0 3.0
NOTES:
1. Table is based on typical 80°C rise continuous
duty generators with 35% maximum voltage dip
during start-up of single phase motors.
2. Contact the manufacturer of the generator to
assure the unit has adequate capacity to run
the submersible motor.
3. If the generator rating is in KVA instead of
kilowatts, multiply the above ratings by 1.25 to
obtain KVA.
CIRC. DUAL AMPERAGE FULL LOAD KVA MAX.GRUNDFOS
SER.BRK. OR ELEMENT FULL LOCK S.F.POWER CODE THRUST PART
HP PH VOLT FACT. STD. FUSE FUSE LOAD ROTOR AMPS EFF. FACTOR **(LBS) NO.
11
TECHNICAL DATA
Table C
Electrical Data – 60 Hz Submersible Pump Motors
GRUNDFOS MOTORS
4-Inch, Single Phase, 2-Wire Motors (control box not required)
4-Inch, Single Phase, 3-Wire Motors
1/3 1 230 1.75 15 5 3.4 25.7 4.6 59.0 77.0 6.8-8.2 S 770 79.952301
1/2 1 230 1.60 15 7 4.5 34.5 6.0 62.0 76.0 5.2-6.3 R 770 79.952302
3/4 1 230 1.50 20 9 6.9 40.5 8.4 62.0 75.0 3.2-3.8 N 770 79.952303
1 1 230 1.40 25 12 8.0 48.4 9.8 63.0 82.0 2.5-3.1 M 770 79.952304
1-1/2 1 230 1.30 35 15 10.0 62.0 13.1 64.0 85.0 1.9-2.3 L 770 79.952305
1/3 1 230 1.75 15 5 3.4 14.0 4.6 59.0 77.0 6.8-8.3 17.3-21.1 L 770 79.453301
1/2 1 230 1.60 15 7 4.5 21.5 6.0 62.0 76.0 4.7-5.7 15.8-19.6 L 770 79.453302
3/4 1 230 1.50 20 9 6.9 31.4 8.4 62.0 75.0 3.2-3.9 14-17.2 L 770 79.453303
1 1 230 1.40 25 12 8.0 38.0 9.8 63.0 82.0 2.6-3.1 10.3-12.5 K 770 79.453304
1-1/2 1 230 1.30 35 15 9.4 45.9 11.6 69.0 89.0 1.9-2.3 7.8-9.6 H 770 79.453305
LINE-TO-LINE
RESISTANCE
(OHMS)
Blk-Yel Red-Yel
Delta
FRANKLIN MOTORS
(refer to the Franklin Submersible Motors Application Maintenance Manual)
12
TECHNICAL DATA
Table D
Total Resistance of Drop Cable (OHMS)
The values shown in this table are for copper conductors. Values are for the total resistance
of drop cable from the control box to the motor and back.
To determine the resistance:
1. Disconnect the drop cable leads from the control box.
2. Record the size and length of drop cable.
3. Determine the cable resistance from the table.
4. Add drop cable resistance to motor resistance. Motor resistances can be found in the
Electrical Data Chart, Table C.
5. Measure the resistance between each drop cable lead using an ohmmeter. Meter should
be set on Rx1 and zero-balanced for this measurement.
6. The measured values should be approximately equal to the calculated values.
Wire Resistances
DISTANCE FROM 12 AWG WIRE 14 AWG WIRE
CONTROL BOX TO RESISTANCE RESISTANCE
PUMP MOTOR (FT.)(OHMS) (OHMS)
10 0.03 0.05
20 0.06 0.10
30 0.10 0.15
40 0.13 0.21
50 0.16 0.26
60 0.19 0.31
70 0.23 0.36
80 0.26 0.41
90 0.29 0.46
100 0.32 0.51
110 0.36 0.57
120 0.39 0.62
130 0.42 0.67
140 0.45 0.72
150 0.49 0.77
160 0.52 0.82
170 0.55 0.87
180 0.58 0.93
190 0.62 0.98
200 0.65 1.03
Redi-Flo4 Environmental Pumps manufactured by GRUNDFOS PUMPS CORPORATION
(GRUNDFOS) are warranted to the original user only to be free of defects in material and
workmanship for a period of 24 months from date of installation, but not more than 30 months
from date of manufacture. GRUNDFOS' liability under this warranty shall be limited to repairing
or replacing at GRUNDFOS' option, without charge, F.O.B. GRUNDFOS' factory or authorized
service station, any product of GRUNDFOS' manufacture. GRUNDFOS will not be liable for
any costs of removal, installation, transportation, or any other charges which may arise in
connection with a warranty claim. Products which are sold but not manufactured by GRUNDFOS
are subject to the warranty provided by the manufacturer of said products and not by
GRUNDFOS' warranty. GRUNDFOS will not be liable for damage or wear to products caused
by abnormal operating conditions, accident, abuse, misuse, unauthorized alteration or repair,
or if the product was not installed in accordance with GRUNDFOS' printed installation and
operating instructions.
To obtain service under this warranty, the defective product must be returned to the distributor
or dealer of GRUNDFOS' products from which it was purchased together with proof of
purchase and installation date, failure date, and supporting installation data. Unless otherwise
provided, the distributor or dealer will contact GRUNDFOS or an authorized service station
for instructions. Any defective product to be returned to GRUNDFOS or a service station
must be sent freight prepaid; documentation supporting the warranty claim and/or a Return
Material Authorization must be included if so instructed.
GRUNDFOS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, LOSSES, OR EXPENSES ARISING FROM INSTALLATION, USE, OR ANY
OTHER CAUSES. THERE ARE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WHICH EXTEND
BEYOND THOSE WARRANTIES DESCRIBED OR REFERRED TO ABOVE.
Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages
and some jurisdictions do not allow limitations on how long implied warranties may last. Therefore,
the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific
legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
LIMITED LIMITED LIMITED LIMITED LIMITED WAWAWAWAWARRANTYRRANTYRRANTYRRANTYRRANTY
L-RF-IO-001 Rev. 07/03
PRINTED IN USA
Grundfos Pumps Corporation
17100 W. 118th Terrace
Olathe, Kansas 66061
Telephone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
Grundfos Canada, Inc.
2941 Brighton Rd.
Oakville, Ontario L6H 6C9
Telephone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
Bombas Grundfos de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Boulevard TLC #15, Parque Industrial Stiva Aeropuerto
C.P. 66600 Apodaca, N.L. Mexico
Telephone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
www.grundfos.com
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FRANKLIN SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
OWNER'S MANUAL
4” and 6”
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
BEFORE INSTALLING PUMP, BE SURE TO READ
THIS OWNER’S MANUAL CAREFULLY.
Fill pump with water before starting
or pump will be damaged. The motor on this pump
is guaranteed by the manufacturer and in event of
failure it must be returned to an authorized service
station for repairs. Motor warranty is void if repairs
aren’t made by an authorized repair station.
INSPECT THE SHIPMENT
Examine the pump when it is received to be sure there
has been no damage in shipping. Should any be evident,
report it immediately to the dealer from whom the pump
was purchased. Please check the pump package to see
that it includes pump, motor, and motor leads (if your
pump purchase includes a motor).
CAUTION
READ AND FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
This is the safety alert symbol. When you see
this symbol on your pump or in this manual, look
for one of the following signal words and be alert to the
potential for personal injury:
DANGER warns about hazards that will cause
serious personal injury, death or major property damage
if ignored.
WARNING warns about hazards that can cause
serious personal injury, death or major property damage
if ignored.
CAUTION warns about hazards that will or can
cause minor personal injury or major property damage if
ignored.
The label NOTICE indicates special instructions, which
are important but not related to hazards.
Carefully read and follow all
safety instructions in this
manual and on pump.
Keep safety labels in good
condition.
Replace missing or damaged
safety labels.
Wire motor for correct
voltage. See “Electrical”
section of this manual and
motor nameplate.
Ground motor before
connecting to power supply.
Meet National Electrical Code, Canadian Electrical
Code, and local codes for all wiring.
Follow wiring instructions in this manual when
connecting motor to power lines.
Hazardous voltage.
Can shock, burn, or
cause death.
Ground pump before
connecting to power
supply. Disconnect
power before working
on pump, motor
or tank.
WARNING
All 4” models willl include either a built-in or external
mounted check valve with the discharge head. 6”
models do not include a check valve, and will need to be
purchased separately. Example: Franklin Control Box for
Franklin motors. Make certain that your available voltage
corresponds to that of your motor.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTALLATION RECORDS
It is good idea to keep an accurate record of your
installation. Be sure to record the data below:
* This Information is on your pump or motor tag. It will
help us identify your pump in case of later inquiries.
TEST RUNNING
If test running pump before installation:
1. Insure that the power supply corresponds with that
shown on the nameplate of the motor and control
box. (if required).
2. Install pump and components appropriate for the
test as shown in Fig. 1.
3. Make sure power supply is turned off and circuit
breaker or disconnect switch is open. Make
electrical connections appropriate to your motor as
shown in Fig. 2, 3 or 4.
4. THREE PHASE UNIT - A three phase motor
requires a magnetic starter equipped with quick-trip,
ambient compensated heaters of correct size for the
horsepower of the motor.
Purchased From:
Date of Installation:
Pump Model No.*
Pump Date Code*
Well Inside Dia.(in/mm):
Depth of Well(ft/m):
Depth of Water(ft/m):
Pump Setting(ft/m):
Drop Pipe Size:
Wire Size(pump to control box):
Wire Size(control box to power source):
Horizontal Offset(between well & house):
Make of Motor*
Amps HP Volts Ph
Make of Control Box
HP Volts
Power Supply
Volts HZ
Pressure Switch (PSI)
Cut-in Cut-out
IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR
INSTALLERS OF THIS EQUIPMENT!
THIS EQUIPMENT IS INTENDED FOR
INSTALLATION BY TECHNICALLY QUALIFIED
PERSONNEL. FAILURE TO INSTALL IT IN
COMPLIANCE WITH NATIONAL AND LOCAL
ELECTRICAL CODES, AND WITH FRANKLIN
ELECTRIC RECOMMENDATIONS, MAY RESULT
IN ELECTRICAL SHOCK OR FIRE HAZARD,
UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE, AND
EQUIPMENT FAILURE. FRANKLIN INSTALLATION
INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM PUMP
MANUFACTURERS AND DISTRIBUTORS, AND
DIRECTLY FROM FRANKLIN ELECTRIC. CALL
FRANKLIN TOLL FREE 800-348-2420 FOR
INFORMATION. RETAIN THIS INFORMATION
SHEET WITH THE EQUIPMENT FOR
FUTURE REFERENCE.
SERIOUS OR FATAL ELECTRICAL SHOCK MAY
RESULT FROM FAILURE TO CONNECT THE
MOTOR, CONTROL ENCLOSURES, METAL
PLUMBING, AND ALL OTHER METAL NEAR THE
MOTOR OR CABLE, TO THE POWER SUPPLY
GROUND TERMINAL USING WIRE NO SMALLER
THAN MOTOR CABLE WIRES. TO REDUCE
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, DISCONNECT
POWER BEFORE WORKING ON OR AROUND
THE WATER SYSTEM. DO NOT USE MOTOR IN
SWIMMING AREAS.
ATTENTION!
WARNING
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1
To insure correct rotation of three phase units, brace
pump shell securely and apply power momentarily
by snapping line switch quickly on and off. If rotation
is correct, reaction of the shell will be clockwise
when viewed from pump discharge (that is, pump
shaft will rotate counter clockwise). Interchange any
two leads at magnetic starter to reverse rotation.
5. Run pump and motor unit for a few seconds to
ensure that it is in working order.
SUITABILITY OF WELL
Install the pump only in a well that has been properly
developed. Water from an undeveloped well often
contains an excessive amount of sand, dirt, and
abrasives which can damage the pump. Check that
the well is large enough to allow the pump to be set
at the required depth. Don’t set the pump below the
casing perforations or well screen unless you make
arrangements to ensure an adequate fl ow of water
over the motor for cooling purposes. Determine the
correct pump setting from the driller’s record by taking
into account the static water level and the drawdown
at the proposed pumping rate. Keep the pump at least
fi ve feet from the bottom of a drilled well.
SPLICING THE POWER CABLE
Follow the instructions enclosed in the cable splicing
kit you purchase.
DROP PIPE
Galvanized pipe is recommended for suspending
submersible pumps into the well. Plastic pipe may
be used only when observing the plastic pipe
manufacturer’s recommendations of depth and pressure.
Give special consideration to:
1. A safety cable to prevent loss of pump if pipe should
break.
2. Torque arrestor just above pump to prevent chafi ng
the cable when pump and pipe twist during the starting
and stopping cycle. (See Figure 1)
Schedule 40 galvanized pipe is suitable for settings to
600 feet(180m). For deeper settings, use schedule 40
pipe for the bottom 600 feet(180m), and schedule 80 for
the remainder.
Take great care to keep pipes clean and free from
pebbles, scale and thread chips. Make sound, air-tight
connections at all fi ttings. Pipe sealant is recommended.
CHECK VALVES
Many pumps have a built-in or externally supplied check
valve. For a pump without one, install a check valve
immediately above the pump. Install an additional check
valve above the ground. If the pump is more than 100
feet (30m) below the wellhead, install another check
valve in the drop pipe 100 feet (30m) above it. For pump
settings deeper than 200 feet (60m), install additional
check valves at intervals of 100 feet (30m).
REMOVABLE POPPET CHECK VALVE
4” submersible pumps with a 1-1/4” discharge are
supplied with a spring-loaded REMOVABLE poppet style
check valve assembly. The check valve can be removed
from the pump discharge when the pump is installed in
applications where drain back is desired.
Fluid draining back through the pump
can cause the pump to rotate backwards. If pump/
motor starts during this time; damage to the pump
can occur.
The check valve can be removed with the use of the
T-Handle Poppet Wrench(part no. 23498207). Ordered
separately. Or, with standard needle nose pliers. The
poppet assembly is left hand threaded and is removed
by turning CLOCKWISE.
If reinstalling a Popppet Check Valve assembly, the
assembly should be tightened to 15 inch-pounds.
Pressure Tank
Pressure Switch
Gate Valve
Service Pipe
Pressure Gauge
Pressure Relief Valve
Spring-Loaded
Check Valve
See Wiring Diagrams
Sanitary Well Seal
or Pitless Adapter
Discharge Pipe
Submersible Cable
Spring-Loaded
Check Valve
(Recommended every 100’/30m)
Safety Cable
Drop Pipe Cable
(secured to drop
pipe with tape or
clamps every 10’/3m)
Well Casing
Spring-Loaded
Check Valve
at Pump Discharge
Submersible
Pump Unit
Suction Screen
Motor
Well Screen or
Casing Perforations
Note: Keep pump at least 5’ from
bottom of well and above well screen
or casing perforations.
Torque Arrestor
FIGURE 1 - Installation Diagram
Poppet Assembly T-Handle Poppet Wrench
WARNING
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
2
secondary power lines; it is not effective against direct
hits.
6. Mount the control box in an area protected from rain,
snow, direct sunlight or other high temperatures as
this may cause tripping of the overload protector.
Also protect the control box from extreme cold (below
25oF/-32oC) as this may have adverse effects on
starting capacitor.
7. A two-wire pump does not require a motor control box,
since all electrical components are built inside the
motor. Fig. 2 shows a typical wiring diagram for a two-
wire installation.
8. A three-wire, single-phase pump requires a motor
control box incorporating overload relays. Fig. 3
shows a typical wiring diagram for a three-wire, single-
phase installation. Note that a magnetic contactor
must be used if the pressure switch electrical rating
is not suffi cient to handle the submersible motor
electrical rating. The pressure switch would then be
incorporated into a pilot circuit to control the magnetic
contactor. Make the connections at the control box in
accordance with the wiring diagram in the control box
to avoid damage to the motor.
Incoming 1 Phase Power
1 Phase Submersible Motor
Submersible Cable
Pressure Switch
Circuit Breaker or
Fuse Disconnect Switch
FIGURE 2 - 2 WIRE, 1 Phase, 1/3 thru 1-1/2 HP
Pump Wiring Diagram
Circuit Breaker
or Fused Disconnect Switch
Pressure Switch (for pilot circuit)
If Magnetic Contactor is used
for starting.
Single Phase
Control Box
Red
Yellow
Black
1 Phase Sumbersible Motor
Pressure Switch (for direct switching) OR
Magnetic Contactor (w/ pilot circuit)
Incoming 1 Phase Power
Note: Order of red, yellow and black may
vary from control box to control box.
Always connect like colors.
L1 L2R Y B
FIGURE 3 - 3-WIRE, 1 Phase, 1/3 thru 15 HP
Pump Wiring Diagram
INSTALLATION OF PUMP, DROP PIPE, AND
ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
Fig. 1 illustrates a typical well installation showing in
ground components. Adhere to the following items when
installing the pump and drop pipe:
1. Fasten the submersible cable to the drop pipe with
clamps or appropriate tape every 10 ft. (3m) to
prevent tangling and damage to the cable. The cable
must remain slack when using plastic drop pipe to
allow for stretching of pipe when installed in the well.
2. Take care not to scrape or pinch the submersible
cable against the well casing.
3. Use an ohmmeter or megger to make insulation and
continuity checks on the cable once the pump is
installed. This locates any fault in the cable.
4. Make sure a check valve is installed immediately
above the pump. Install additional check valves at
100’ (30m) intervals.
5. Install a torque arrestor just above the pump to
prevent chafi ng the cable when pump anad pipe twist
during starting and stopping.
6. Attach a safety cable to pump to prevent loss of pump
if pipe should break.
7. Place a sanitary well seal or pitless adapter with
an approved cover plate over top of well per
manufacturers recommendations.
8. Keep pump at least 5’ (1.5m) from bottom of well and
above well screen or casing perforations.
ELECTRICAL INFORMATION
1. Employ a licensed electrician to perform the wiring.
All wiring must be done in accordance with applicable
national and local electrical codes.
2. Check that the power supply corresponds with the
electrical rating of the submersible motor and the
control box(if required). Make sure that the control box
electrical rating matches the motor electrical rating.
3. Every installation requires a fused disconnect switch
or circuit breaker.
4. Every installation must be grounded. There must be
a reliable ground connection between the pump and
the distribution panel. The motor lead incorporates a
green grounding conductor.
5. Lightning arrestors are recommended for every
installation. All stainless steel, single phase motors
thru 5HP have built-in lightning arrestors. Any 6”
motor or 4”, 3-phase motor requires a separate
lightning arrestor installed as close to the wellhead
as possible. Install the arrestor in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations. A lightning arrestor
provides protection against induced voltage surges on
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3
WELL TEST
Check the pump and well performance before making
the fi nal connection to the discharge system.
1. Install a gate valve on the end of the pipe. Partially
open the valve.
2. Start the pump.
3. Open valve gradually to give full fl ow.
4. If the discharge is not clear, let the pump run until
water clears. If water does not clear in 30 minutes,
stop the pump and take the necessary steps to correct
the condition. After the water has appeared clear,
check for sand by discharging into a clean bucket or
suitable container.
5. Close valve until maximum required system fl ow
rate is obtained (this should correspond to the cut-
in pressure of the pressure switch). Ensure that
the output of the pump at this setting is not greater
than the yield of the well. This can be checked by
monitoring the well drawdown level and ensuring tht
the level is stable at the maximum required system
fl ow rate.
Never run pump unless it’s completely
submerged in water. If run without water, the pump
and motor could be damaged. Note also that air
drawn into the pump can cause an airlock under
certain conditions.
9. A three-phase pump does not require a motor control
box . Fig. 4 shows a typical wiring diagram for a 3-
wire, three-phase installation. A magnetic contractor
with 3-leg protection having quick-trip ambient
compensated overload relays must be used.
10. Use an ohmeter to make continuity and insulation
checks after the installation is completed.
11. Place the additional pump nameplate onto the
submersible label and place both onto disconnect
switch or circuit breaker box for future reference.
FIGURE 4 - 3-Wire, 3 Phase, 1-1/2 thru 50 HP
Pump Wiring Diagram
Incoming 3 Phase Power
3 Phase Submersible Motor
Circuit Breaker OR
Fused Disconnect Switch
Pressure Switch
Magnetic Contactor w/
3-leg protection having
quick-trip ambient
conpensated overload relays
CAUTION
LOW-YIELDING WELL
A low-yielding well exists when the output from the pump
is greater than the yield of the well. It can reduce the
water level to the suction screen so that a mixture of air
and water enters the pump. Pumping may stop since the
pump cannot generate pressure with insuffi cient water.
In this case, the column of water already in the drop pipe
holds the check valve closed and an airlock may develop
inside the pump. Because the conditions ensure neither
adequate lubrication of the pump nor proper cooling
for the motor, damage can result if power is not cut off
quickly. use one or more of the following methods to
correct and/or protect this installation.
1. Install additional length of drop pipe to place pump
lower in well if possible.
2. Install a Franklin Pumptec or similar electronic
drawdown sensor.
3. Install a fl oatless liquid level control. This device
consists of an electrical relay activated by currents
fl owing through the ground-return circuits of
electrodes hung in the well. The lower(STOP)
electrode, just above the pump, ensures that the
water level can never be pumped down to the suction
screen. The upper(START) electrode, just below
the lowest static water level, ensures that the pump
can start again as soon as the well has recovered.
A fl oatless liquid level control works in series with
the pressure switch. Refer to the manufacturers
instructions provided with control.
4. Install a fl ow control valve in the discharge line
upstream from the pressure switch. This restricts
the output from the pump without affecting the rate
that water can be drawn from the pressure tank.
Nevertheless, a heavy demand for water could
empty the pressure tank, so a tank with a bonded
diaphragm, air cell, or water bag is recommended.
5. Install a smaller pump to avoid over pumping the well.
Have dealer size pump to the well yield.
6. Install a low-pressure cut-off switch. A low pressure
cut off switch, or a pressure switch with such an
arrangement built in, protects a shallow-well pump
from losing its prime, but it does not always provide
satisfactory protection to a submersible pump from
the effects of over pumping the well. This is because
it responds to a loss of pressure at the surface,
which may occur after an air lock has formed inside
the pump. We recommend either a fl oatless liquid
level control or a fl ow control valve, in that order,
in preference to a low-pressure cutoff switch as
protection against over pumping.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. PUMP FAILS TO START
a) Electrical trouble - call dealer or electrician.
b) Drawdown protection device has pump turned off.
c) Overload tripped.
d) Reset low pressure cutoff switch (if installed).
2. PUMP FAILS TO DELIVER WATER
a) Air lock in pump.
b) Clogged intake screen.
c) Insuffi cient well yield.
3. PUMP GIVES REDUCED OUTPUT
a) Insuffi cient well yield.
b) Worn pump.
c) Clogged intake screen.
d) Low voltage.
e) Incorrect rotation (3-phase only).
4. PUMP CYCLES TOO FREQUENTLY
a) Excessive pressure drop between pressure switch
and pressure tank.
b) “Cut-in” pressure at pressure tank too high.
c) “Cut-out” pressure at pressure tank too low.
d) Waterlogged pressure tank.
e) Start and stop electrodes of fl oatless liquid level
control set too close together.
f) Tank sized too small to meet system requirements.
5. OVERLOADS TRIP
a) Electrical trouble - call dealer or electrician.
6. PRESSURE SWITCH CYCLES RAPIDLY WHEN
PUMP STARTS
a) Pressure switch too far from pressure tank.
b) Adjust air charge of tank to manufacturer’s
recommendations.
DISCHARGE PLUMBING
Fig. 1 illustrates a typical well installation showing above
ground components. Adhere to the following items when
installing the discharge plumbing.
1. Install an above ground check valve upstream from
the pressure switch.
2. Always install a pressure relief valve in the system.
The relief valve should be capable of discharging the
fl ow rate of the pump at the rated working pressure of
the pressure tank. Locate the relief valve close to the
pressure tank.
3. Install a pressure switch between the check valve and
the pressure tank. Refer to Fig. 2, 3, or 4 for proper
wiring connections of pressure switch.
4. Install a pressure tank as close as possible to
the pressure switch. Refer to manufacturer’s
recommendations for installation.
INSTALLATION IN LAKE OR STREAM
A submersible pump is usually isolated at the bottom of
a well, where electrical leakage from its motor and cable
presents no hazard to life. This natural protection is lost
when you install it in a lake, pond, stream, or fountain
since there is no way to stop people and livestock
from entering or touching the surrounding water.
Consequently we recommend that such an installation
be done by a licensed electrician in conformance with all
applicable national and local electrical codes. Grounding
after the manner already described is a minimum
requirement, and a ground fault circuit interrupter is
advisable. But in the absence of explicit national or local
regulations, ask the local electric utility for guidance. In
any case, support the pump from the shore or bottom,
at a 15o slant to assure proper motor bearing lubrication.
Shield the pump from direct physical contact. Protect
and screen the pump intake to prevent blockage by
leaves and weeds, but remember the need for adequate
fl ow over the motor for cooling purposes. In addition,
protect the entire underwater installation from water
currents, ice, boats, anchors, debris, vandalism, and
other hazards.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5
U.S. LIMITED WARRANTY*
Franklin Pump Systems, Inc.
Franklin Pump Systems, Inc. warrants its new products to be free of defects in material and workmanship for a
period of 1 year from date of installation or 2 years from date of manufacture, whichever comes fi rst, WHEN installed in
a domestic water systems application and pumping potable water only. Warranty does not cover applications pumping
saltwater or other corrosive liquids. Consult and adhere to local codes for all applications. Franklin Pump Systems, Inc.
also provides additional warranty coverage on specifi c products as specifi ed herein.
Franklin Pump Systems’ warranty obligation with regard to equipment not of its own manufacture is limited to the
warranty actually extended to Franklin Pump Systems by its suppliers.
This warranty extends only to the original retail purchaser and only during the time in which the original retail
purchaser occupies the site where the product was originally installed.
Requests for service under this warranty shall be made by contacting the installing Franklin Pump Systems
dealer (point of purchase) as soon as possible after the discovery of any alleged defect. Franklin Pump Systems will
subsequently take corrective action as promptly as reasonably possible.
Franklin Pump Systems at its discretion may replace or repair any product that fails under this warranty after
inspection by an authorized company representative or after Franklin Pump Systems has received the product at our
factory. Replacement or repair cannot be made until after the product is inspected. All charges or expenses for freight
to and from the factory, removal and reinstallation of the product, or installation of a replacement product are the
responsibility of the purchaser.
THIS WARRANTY SUPERSEDES ANY WARRANTY NOT DATED OR BEARING AN EARLIER DATE. ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTIES WHICH THE PURCHASER MAY HAVE, INCLUDING MERCHANT ABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SHALL NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE APPLICABLE WARRANTY PERIOD. Some
states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitation may not apply
to you. IN NO EVENT SHALL FRANKLIN PUMP SYSTEMS BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so
the above may not apply to you.
This warranty does not apply to any product which has been subjected to negligence, alteration, accident, abuse,
misuse, improper installation, vandalism, civil disturbances, or acts of God. The only warranties authorized by Franklin
Pump Systems are those set forth herein. Franklin Pump Systems does not authorize other persons to extend any
warranties with respect to its products, nor will Franklin Pump Systems assume liability for any unauthorized warranties
made in connection with the sale of its products.
THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH
MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE.
* Contact Franklin Pump Systems, Inc. Export Division for International Warranty.
E1467 5/06
12401 Interstate 30 • P.O. Box 8903
Little Rock, AR 72219
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MANUEL DU PROPRIETAIRE
POMPES SUBMERSIBLES
4” ET 6”
INSPECTION DE L’ÉQUIPEMENT
Sur reception de la pompe verifi er si elle n’a pas ete
endommagee dans le transport. Si un dommage
est apparent, le mentionner immediatement a votre
detaillant la pompe fut achetee. Verifi er si l’ensemble de
pompe inclut: la pompe, le moteur et les conduits pour
moteur (si l’achat de votre pompe inclut un moteur). Ces
unites comprendront soit un clapet integre ou a montage
exterieur a meme la tete de decharge. les modeles
monophases, 3 fi ls, doivent avoir une boite de controle
qui devra etre commandee separement et assortie au
moteur de la pompe (ex: une boite de controle Franklin
pour un moteur Franklin). S’assurer que votre voltage
correspond a celui du moteur.
LIRE ET SUIVRE LES INSTRUCTIONS DE
SÉCURITÉ
Voici le symbole d’avertissement de sécurité.
Quand vous verrez ce symbole sur votre pompe ou dans ce
manuel, regardez pour un des mots-clefs ci-dessous et soyez
conscient des dangers potentiels de blessures.
DANGER Avertis des dangers qui vont causer des
blessures sérieuses, la mort ou des dommages majeurs à la
propriété si ignorés.
AVERTISSEMENT Avertis des dangers qui peuvent causer
des blessures sérieuses, la mort ou des dommages majeurs à
la propriété si ignorés.
ATTENTION Avertis des dangers qui peuvent ou vont
causer des blessures mineures à la personne et/ou des
dommages majeurs à la propriété si ignorés.
La vignette À NOTER indique une attention spéciale qui est
importante mais non reliée à la sécurité.
Bien lire et suivre toutes les instructions de sécurité
écrites dans ce manuel et sur la pompe.
Garder les vignettes de sécurité en bonne condition.
Remplacer les vignettes endommagées ou manquantes.
Adapter le moteur au
courant utilisé. Voir la section
ÉLECTRIQUE de ce manuel et la
plaque signalétique du moteur.
Mettre le moteur à la masse
avant de brancher au courant
principal.
Se conformer aux codes
électriques nationaux, Canadiens
et locaux pour tout branchement
électrique.
Suivre les instructions de ce
manuel pour le branchement du
moteur au réseau principal.
AVERTISSEMENT
Haut Voltage.Pe ut
électrocuter ,brûler ou
causer la mort.
Mettre la pompe à la
masseavant de brancher
au courant principal.
Débrancher le courant
avant de travailler sur
la pompe, le moteur ou
le réservoir.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
8
RECORD D’INSTALLATION
C’est une bonne idée de garder un record exact de votre
installation. Voir à completer les données suivantes.
* Cette information est sur l’étiquette de la pompe
ou moteur. Ceci nous aidera à identifi er la pompe, si
nécessaire.
EXAMINEZ LE FONCTIONNEMENT
Si un essai doit ètre fait avant l’installation, verser 1
gallon d’eau dans la décharge, pour s’assurer que la
pompe ne demarre pas à sec.
1. Vérifi er si l’alimentation en courant électrique
correspond aux indication données sur les plaques
d’indentifi cation du moteur et de la boîte de contrôle
(si requise)
2. Installer la pompe et les composantes appropriées
pour effectuer l’essai, tel qu’illustré à la fi gure 1.
3. S’assurer que l’alimentation électrique est à la position
arrêt et que le coupe-circuit ou disjoncteur est ouvert.
Faire les raccords électriques qui correspondent à
votre moteur, tel qu’illustré aux fi gures 2,3, et 4.
4. MODÈLES TRIPHASÉS. Un moteur requiert un
démarreur magnétique équipé d’éléments chauffants
à déclenchement rapide, compensé pour température
ambiante, correspondant à la force du moteur.
Pour vous assure de la bonne rotation des modèles
triphasés, soutenir la coquille de pompe solidement et
y donner momentanément du courant en mettant
Acheté de:
Date d’installation:
No. de modèle de la pompe*
Code de date de la pompe*
Dia. int. du puits:
Profondeur du puits:
Profondeur jusqu’au niveau d’eau:
Dimension du tuyau de descente:
Dimension du fi l:
De la pompe à la boîte de contrôle:
De la boîte de cont. à l’alim. élec.:
Tuyauterie horizontale distante:
Marque de moteur*
Amp C.V. Volts Ph
Marque de la boîte de contrôle
C.V. Volts
Alimentation électrique
Volts Ph
rapidement l’interrupteur de ligne à la position
marche et arrêt. Si, en regardant par la décharge de
la pompe, la coquille se déplace dans le sens des
aiguilles d’une montre, la rotation est bonne. our
modifi er la rotation, interchanger deux des conduits
pour moteur du démarreur magnétique.
5. Activer la pompe pour quelques secondes afi n de
vérifi er si elle fonctionne bien.
CONVENANCE DE PUITS
Installer la pompe seulement quand le puits à été
préparé adéquatement. L’eau d’un puits qui n’a pas
été developpé comme il se doit contient beaucoup de
sable, saletés et matières abrasives qui pourraient
endommager la pompe. Vérifi er si le puits est
assez grand pour pouvoir y installer la pompe à la
profondeur voulue. Ne pas installer la pompe en bas
des perforations de la paroi ou du tamis du puits, à
moins que l’installation soit faite pour assurer un debit
d’eau adequat audessus du moteur, pour les besoins
de refroidissement. Déterminer, d’apres les records
d’installation du foreur, où la pompe doit être installée en
tenant compte du niveau statique de l’eau et du niveau
de tirage d’eau, au taux de pompage proposé. Installer
la pompe au moins à 5 pieds au-dessus du fond du puits
foré.
RACCORDEMENT DU CÂBLE ÉLECTRIQUE
Suivre les instructions incluses avec la trousse de
raccordement pour câble.
Réservoir à pression
Interrupteur à pression
Vanne
Tuyau de service
Manomètre à pression
Soupape de sûreté
à pression
Voir shéma
de câblage
Soupape de retenue
Joint d’étanchéite hygiénique ou
adapteur pour puits sans fosse
Tuyau de décharge
Cáble submersible
Soupape de retenue à
ressort (recommande à tous
les 100’/30m.)
Cáble de sécurité
Tuyan de
refoulement Cáble
(fixé au tuyau avec du ruban
ou collier de serrage tous les
10 pieds/3 mètres)
Paro du puits
Soupape de retenue à
ressort à la décharge de la pompe
Pompe submersible
Tamis d’aspiration
Moteur
Tamis du puits ou perforations
de la paroi
Note: Installer la pompe au moins à 5 pieds
au-dessus du fond du puits et au-dessus du
tamis ou les perforations de la paroi.
FIGURE 1 - Diagramme D’installation
Intercepteur de couple
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
9
TUYAU DE DESCENTE
Il est recommandé d’installer du tuyay galvanisé
pour les pompes submersibles installées dans le
puits. Si du tuyau de plastique est utllisé, suivre les
recommandations du fabricant de la tuyauterie de
plastique, en tenant compte de la profondeur et de la
pression. Cependant, s’assurer d’avoir en main les items
suivants:
1. Un câble de sécurité pour éviter de perdre la pompe,
en cas de bris de tuyau.
2. Amortisseur de couple placé juste au-dessus de la
pompe pour prévenir le frottement du fi l, quand la
pompe et le tuyau se tordent lors du démarrage et
l’arrêt de la pompe.
Du tuyau galvanisé de type 40 est approprié pour
les installations jusqua’à 600 pieds (180m). Pour des
installations plus en profundeur, utiliser du tuyau type 40
pour les premiers 600 pieds (180m) et du type 80 pour la
balance qui se trouve au-dessus de 600 pieds (180m).
Prende soin de garder les tuyaux propres et libres de
cailloux, dépôts calcaires, etc... Assurer une étanchéité
compléte à tous les raccords. Un enduit étanche pour
tuyaux est recommandé.
SOUPAPES DE RETENUE
Plusieurs pompes ont une soupape à retenue à ressort,
soit qu’elle est déjà incorporée, soit qu’elle est installée.
Pour une pompe qui n’a pas de soupape de retenue à
ressort, en installer une immédiatement au-dessus de
la pompe. Installer une soupape de retenue à ressort
additionnelle à la surface.
Si la pompe est plus que 100 pieds (30m) en bas de la
tête de puits, installer une autre soupape de retenue
dans le tuyau de descente 10 pieds (30m). Au-dessus
de la pompe. Pour les installations au-delà de 200 pieds
(60m), installer une soupape de retenue additionnelle
aux intervalles de 100 pieds (30m).
INSTALLATION DE LA POMPE, TUYAU DE
DESCENTE ET L’EQUIPMENT S’YRATTACHANT
La fi gure 1 illustre une installation typique d’un puits
avec les composantes installées dans le sol. A
l’installation de la pompe et du tuyau de descente, suivre
les instructions suivantes:
1. Attacher le câble au tuyau de descente avec des
colliers de serrage ou du ruban approprié a tous
les 10 pieds (3m) pour éviter qu’il ne s’entortille et
ne s’endommage. Le câble doit étre lâche quand
l’installation set faite avec du tuyau de plastique, afi n
d’obtenir une installation sécuritaire dans le puits.
2. Prendre soin de ne pas égratigner ou pincer le câble
contre la paroi du puits.
3. Vous servir d’un ohmmétre ou d’un mégahmètre pour
procéder à des essais de continuité et d’isolation sur
le câble, une fois la pompe installée. Ceci permettra
de déceler toute défaillance dans le câble.
4. S’assurer d’installer une soupape de retenue
immédiatement au-dessus de la pompe. Installer des
soupapes de retenue additionnelles aux intervalles de
100 pieds (30m).
5. Si recommandé par votre marchand, installer un
amortisseur de couple juste au-dessus de la pompe,
pour prévenir le frottement du câble quand la pompe
et le tuyau se tordent lors du démarrage et de l’arrêt
de la pompe.
6. Attacher un câble de sécurité à la pompe, pour éviter
de perdre celle-ci en cas de bris de tuyau.
7. Installer un joint d’étanchéité hygiénique ou un couvert
d’adapteur pour puits sans fosse au-dessus du puits,
en suivant les recommandations du manfacturier.
8. Installer la pompe au moins à 5 pieds (1.5m) au-
dessus du fonds du puits et au-dessus du tamis ou les
perforations de la paroi.
INFORMATION ÉLECTRIQUE
1. Utiliser les services d’un électricien compétent pour
l’installation du câblage. Tous les raccordements
doivent être faits selon le code national et local
d’électricité.
2. Vérifi er si l’alimentation électrique correspond avec
les indications donnees sur le moteur et la boîte de
contrôle (se requise). S’assurer que les données de
la boîte de contrôle correspondent avec les données
électriques du moteur.
3. Chaque installation requiert un sectionneur à fusibles
ou un coupe-circuit.
4. Chaque installation doit avoir une mise à la terre.
Il doit y avoir un raccord effi cace de mise à la terre
entre la pompe et le panneau de distribution. le
conduit pour moteur est incorporé d’un conducteur de
mise à la terre vert.
5. Des paratonnerres sont recommandés pour
chaque installation. Tous les moteurs jusqu à 5 c.v.
monophasés 4” sont incorporés de paratonnerres.
Tout moteur triphasé, soit 4” ou 6”, requiert un
paratonnerre séparé, installé le plus près possible de
la tête de puits. (Note: une boîte de contrôle 5 c.v.,
monphasé raccordée à un moteur 5 c.v. 6” requiert
un paratonnerre séparé.) Installer le paratonnerre
in suivant les recommandations du manufacturier.
Un paratonnerre protège contre les surcharges des
lignes secondaires mais ne protège pas contre les
coups directs.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10
VÈRIFICATION DU PUITS
Vérifi er la pompe et le rendement du puits, avant
de faire le dernier raccordement au systéme de
décharge.
1. Installer une vanne à l’extrémité du tuyau et ouvrir
partiellement la vanne.
2. Démarre la pompe.
3. Ouvrir graduellement la vanne pour obtenir le débit
maximal.
4. Si l’eau à la décharge n’est pas claire, laisser la
pompe fonctionner jusqu’à ce qu’elle devienne
claire. Si dans 30 minutes l’eau n’est pas claire,
arrêter la pompe et prendre les moyens nécessaires
pour corriger la situation. Après avoir obtenu une
eau claire, vérifi er le sable en déchargeant dans un
seau propre ou tout autre contenant.
5. Fermer la vanne jusqu’à l’obtention maximale du
débit d’eau requis. S’assurer qua la sortie de la
pompe à ce niveau de réglage n’est pas supérieure
au rendement du puits; en faire la vérifi cation en
surveillant le niveau de tirage d’eau et s’assurer
que le niveau reste stable au débit d’eau maximal
requis.
Ne pas faire fonctionner la pompe
si elle n’est pas complétement subergée dan
l’eau, autrement la pompe et le moteur pourraient
s’endommager. Prende note également que l’air
formé dans la pompe peut causer une poche d’air,
à certaines conditions.

6. Installer la boîte de contrôle dans un endroit
protégé de la pluie, neige, lumière directe du soleil
ou des températures élevées qui pourraient faire
déclencher le protecteur de surcharge. Aussi,
protéger la boîte de contrôle des températures
extrêmes de froid (sous 25 degres F/ -32 degres
C) qui pourraient affecter le condensateur de
démarrage.
7. Une pompe 2 fi ls ne nécessite pas une boîte
de contrôle, les composantes électriques étant
incorporées en dedans du moteur. La fi gure 2 vous
montre un shéma typique de câblage pour une
installation 2 fi ls.
8. Une pompe monophasée 3 fi ls requiert une boîte
de contrôle comprenant des relais de surcharge. La
fi gure 3 vous montre un schéma typique du câblage
pour une installation monophasée, 3 fi ls. Prendre
note d’utiliser un contacteur magnétique si la
capacité électrique de l’interrupteur à pression n’est
pas suffi sante pour la capacité électrique du moteur
submersible. L’interrupteur à pression serait alors
incorporé dans un circuit pilote afi n de côntroler le
contacteur magnétique. Faire les raccordements à
la boîte de contrôle, selon le schéma de câblage,
dans la boite de contrôle, ceci afi n d’éviter
d’endommager le moteur.
Arrivée alimentation
électrique monophasée
Moteur submersible monophasé
Câble submersible
Interrupteur à pression
Coupe-circuit ou
disjoncteur à fusible
FIGURE 2 - Schéma Câblage Pompe
Coupe-circuit ou
disjoncteur à fusibles
Interrupteur à pression (pour circuit pilote)
si un contacteur magnétique est utilisé
pour le démarrage.Moteur monophasé
submersible
Rouge
Jaune
Noir
Arrivée alimentation
électrique monophasé
Interrupteur à pression (pour interruption directe)
ou un contacteur magnetique avec circuit pilote
Boìte de contrôle monophasée
Note: L’ordre des couleurs rouge, jaune et noir
peut varier d’une boîte de contrôle à l’autre.
Toujours raccorder les fils avec la couleur équivalente.
L1 L2R Y B
FIGURE 3 - Schéma De Cablage Pour Pompe 3 Fils
Monophasée 1/3 c.v. à 1.5 c.v.
9. Une pompe triphasée 3 fi ls ne requiert pas une
boîte de contrôle. La fi gure 4 bous montre un
schéma typique de câblage pour une installation
triphasée, 3 fi ls. Un contacteur magnétique avec
protection à tous les 3 conducteurs possédant
des relais de surcharge à déclenchement rapide
(compensés pour la température) doit être utilisé.
10. Utiliser un ohmmètre ou un mégahmètre pour
procéder à des essais de continuité et d’isolation,
après que l’installation est complétée.
11. Apposer la plaque d’identifi cation de la pompe sur
l’étiquette de la pompe submersible FPS, Inc. et
placer les deux sur le disjoncteur ou sur la boîte du
coupe-circuit, pour références futures.
FIGURE 4 - Schéma De Câblage Pour Pompe
1-1/2 c.v. à 5 c.v. 3 Fils Triphasée
Arrivée alimentation
électrique triphasée
Moteur submersible triphasé
Coupe-circuit ou
disjoncteur à fusibles
Interrupteur à pression
Contacteur magnétique avec
protection à tous les 3 conducteurs,
possédant des rèlais de surcharge à
déclenchement rapide (compensés
pour la température)
CAUTION
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11
FAIBLE RENDEMENT DU PUITS
Un puits à faible rendement existe quand la sortie
de la pompe est supérieure au rendement du puits.
Il en résulte une diminution du niveau d’eau au
tamis d’aspiration faisant entrer un mélange d’air et
eau dans la pompe. Dans ce cas, la colonne d’eau
qui se trouve déjà dans le tuyau de descente tiens
la soupape de retenue fermée et développe ainsi
une poche d’air à l’intérieur de la pompe. Dans ces
conditions, la pompe n’est pas lubrifi ée adéquatement
et le moteur n’est pas refroidi proprement; et it pourrait
en résulter des dommages si l’alimentation électrique
n’est pas arrêtée rapidement. Suivre une ou plusieurs
des recommandations suivantes pour corriger et/ou
protéger l’installation:
1. Installer une longueur additionnelle de tuyau pour
descendre la pompe plus bas dans le puits se
possible.
2. Installer un mécanisme sensitif Pumptec mc
de Franklin ou tout autre appareil électronique
similaire.
3. Installer un contrôle pour niveau de liquide sans
fl otteur. Ce dispositif consiste en un relais électrique
activé par des courants passant au travers des
circuits de retour des électrodes suspendus dans
le puits, L’électrode inférieur (arrêt) qui se trouve
juste au’dessus de la pompe, permet au neveau
d’eau de ne pas descendre plus bas que le tamis
d’aspiration. L’électrode supérieur (démarrage),
situé juste en-dessous du plus bas niveau d’eau
statique, fait démarrer la pompe de nouveau,
aussitôt que le puits à récupéré. Un contrôle pour
niveau de liquide sans fl otteur travaille en série
avec l’interrupteur à pression. Vous référer aux
instructions du manufacturier fournies avec le
contrôle.
4. Installer une soupape de contrôle du débit dans la
ligne de décharge avant l’interrupteur à pression.
Ceci limite la sortie à partir de la pompe, sans
affecter le rendement de l’eau tirée du réservouir
à pression. Néanmoins, use forte demande d’eau
pourrait vider le reservoir a pression; donc un
réservoir à diaphragme ou tout autre dispositif
est recommandé, car il empêche l’air d’être
êvacué dans la ligne de service. Non seulement la
décharge d’air dans les robinets serait désagréable,
mais l’air évacué du réservoir à pression devrait
être remplacé.
5. Installer une pompe plus petite, poue éviter
un surpompage au puits. Vous référer à votre
dépositaire pour le bon choix de la pompe.
6. Installer un interrupteur de basse pression. Un
interrupteur de basse pression ou un interrupteur à
pression avec un dispositif intégré protège la pompe
pour puits peu profund contre la perte d’amorçage,
mais ne donne pas toujours un rendement
satisfaisant sur les pompes submersibles contre
les effets de surpompage au puits; c’est parce qu’il
réagit à une perte de pression à la surface, qui
se produit lorsqu’une poche d’air s’est formée à
l’intérieur de la pompe. Nous recommandons, soit
un controle de niveau pour liquide sans fl otteur ou
une soupape de contrôle du débit, dans cet ordre,
de preférénce à un interrupteur à pression d’arrêt,
comme protection contre le surpompage.
PLOMBERIE DE DÉCHARGE
La fi gure 1 illustre une installation typique d’un puits
avec les composantes installées à la surface. A
l’installation de la plomberie de décharge, suivre les
instructions suivantes:
1. Installer une soupape de retenue à ressort sur ligne
de decharge avant l’interrupteur à pression.
2. Toujours installer une soupape de sûreté à pression
dans le système. La soupape de sûreté devrait
pouvoir être capable de décharger le débit d’eau
de la pompe à la pression demandée du réservoir à
pression.
3. Installer un interrrupteur à pression entre la soupape
de retenue et le réservoir à pression, mais près du
reservoir à pression. Vous réferer aux fi gures 2,3,
ou 4 pour le raccordement adéquat de l’interrupteur
à pression.
INSTALLATION DANS UN LAC OU UNE
RIVIÈRE
Une pompe submersible est habituellement isolée
dans le fond du puits, où des pertes électriques du
moteur ou du câble ne présentent aucun danger pour
la vie humaine. Vous n’avez plus cette protection
quand la pompe est installeé dans un lac, un étang,
une rivière ou une fontaine, car il n’est pas possible
d’empêcher les gens d’aller aux alentours. Cependant,
nous recommandons qu’une telle installation soit faite
par un électricien qualifi é, selon le code national et
local d’électricité. Une mise à la terre est le minimum
requis; un interrupteur de circuit de mise à la terre est
recommandable. Dans toute installation, supporter
la pompe à partir du bord de l’eau ou le fond, avec
une inclinaison de 15 degrés pour assurer une bonne
lubrifi cation des roulements du moteur. Mettre la
pompe à l’abri de tout contact physique. Protéger et
mettre un tamis à l’aspiration de la pompe pour éviter
le blocage par les feuilles et les herbes, mais ne pas
oublier qu’il faut un débit d’eau adéquat au-dessus
du moteur, pour les besoins de refroidissement. En
plus, protéger l’installation faite sous l’eau contre les
courants d’eau, glaces, bateaux, les ancres, débris,
vandalisme ou autres dangers.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12
GUIDE DE DÉPANNAGE
1. La pompe refuse de démarrer:
a) Problème d’électricité - appeler le détaillant ou
l’électricien.
b) Dispositif de protection a nis la pompe en
position arrêt.
c) Surcharge se déclenche.
d) Remettre en marche l’interrupteur de basse
pression (si installé).
2. La pompe ne donne pas d’eau.
a) Poche d’air dans la pompe.
b) Écran du succion obstrué.
c) Rendement insuffi sant du puits.
3. L’interrupteur de surcharge se déclenche.
a) Problème d’électricité - appeler le détaillant ou
l’électricien.
4. Le débit de la pompe est réduit.
a) Rendement insuffi sant du puits.
b) Pompe usée.
c) Écran du succion obstrué.
d) Bas voltage.
e) Rotation inexacte (triphasé seulement).
5. La pompe s’arrête et se remet en marche trop
souvent.
a) Baisse de pression excessive entre l’interrupteur
à pression et le réservoir.
b) Pression de mise en marche trop haute.
c) Pression d’arrêt trop faible.
d) Le réservoir est surchargé d’eau.
e) Les électrodes d’arrêt et de démarrage du
contrôle pour niveau de liquide sans fl otteur
réglés trop prés.
f) Réservoir trop petit pour rencontrer les exigences
du système.
6. L’interrupteur à pression arrête et se remet en
marche rapidement quand la pompe démarre.
a) L’interrupteur à pression trop éloigné du resérvoir
à pression.
b) Ajuster le chargeur d’air du réservoir, en suivant
les recommandations du manufacturier.
INFORMATIONS IMPORTANTES POUR LINSTALLATEUR DE
CET EQUIPEMENT
CET EQUIPEMENT DOIT ETRE INSTALLE PAR UN
TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE. SI L’INSTALLATION N’EST PAS
CONFORME AUX LOIS NATIONALES OU LOCALES
AINSI QU’AUX RECOMMANDATIONS DE FRANKLIN
ELECTRIC, UN CHOC ELECTRIQUE, LE FEU, UNE
PREFORMANCE NON ACCEPTABLE, VOIRE MEME
LE NON’FONCTIONNEMENT PEUVENT SURVENIR.
UN GUID D’INSTALLATION DE FRANKLIN ELECTRIC
EST DESPONIBLE CHEZ LES MANUFACTURIERS
DE POMPES, LES DISTRUBUTEURS, OU
DIRECTEMENTCHES FRANKLIN. POUR DE PLUS
AMPLES RENSEIGNEMENTS, APPELEZ SANS FRAIS
LE 1-800-348-2420. CONSERVEZ CETTE FEUILLE
D’INFORMATION AVEC L’EQUIPEMENT POUR
CONSULTATION FUTURE
UN CHOC ELECTRIQUE SERIEUZ OU MEME MORTEL
EST POSSIBLE, SI L’ON NEGLIGE DE CONNECTER LE
MOTEUR, LA PLONBERIE METALLIQUE, BOITES DE
CONTROLE ET TOUT METAL PROCHE DU MOTEUR A UN
CABLE ALLANT VERS UNE ALIMENTATION D’ENERGIE
AVEC BORNE DE MISE A LA TERRE UTILISANT AU
MOINS LE MEME CALIBRE QUE LES FILS DU MOTEUR.
POUR REDUIRE LE RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE.
COUPER LE COURANT AVANT DE TRAVAILLER PRES
OU UNE ZONE DE BAIGNADE.
INFORMACION PARA EL INTALADO
DE ESTE EQUIPO
PARA LA INSTALACION DE ESTE EQUIPO, SE
REQUIERE DE PERSONAL TECNICO CALIFICADO.
EL NO CUMPLIR CON LAS NORMAS ELECTRICAS
NACIONALES Y LOCALES, ASI COMO CON LAS
RECOMENDACIONES E FRANKLIN ELECTRIC DURANTE
SU INSTALACION, PUEDE OCASIONAR: UN CHOQUE
ELECTRICO, PELIGRO DE UN INCENDIO, OPERACION
DEFECTUOSA E ESTAN DISPONIBLES CON LOS
DISTRIBUIDORES, FABRICANTES DE BOMBAS O
DIRECTAMENTE CON FRANKLIN ELECTRIC. PUEDE
LLAMAR GRATUITAMENTE PARA MAYOR INFORMACION
AL TELEFONO 800-348-2420. GUARDAR ESTA
INFORMACION JUNTO AL EQUIPO PARA FUTURAS
CONSULTAS.
PUEDE OCURRIR UN CHOQUE ELECTRICO, SERIO
O FATAL DEBIDO A UNA ERRONEA CONECCION DEL:
MOTOR O POR NO UTILIZAR UN CABLE PARA TIERRA
DE CALIBRE IGUAL O MAYOR AL DE LA ALIMENTACION.
PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE CHOQUE ELECTRICO.
DESCONECTAR LA ALIMENTACION ELECTRICA ANTES
DE INICIAR A TRABAJAR EN EL SISTEMA HIDRAULICO.
NO UTILIZAR ESTE MOTOR EN ALBERCAS O AREAS EN
DONDE SE PRACTIQUE NATACION.
ATTENTION!
AVERTISSEMENT
ATENTION!
ADVERTENCIA
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13
E1467 5/06
GARANTIE LIMITÉE États-Unis*
Franklin Pump Systems Inc.
Franklin Pump Systems Inc. garantie que ses produits neufs sont libres de tout défaut de matériaux et de
fabrication pour une période de 1 an à compter de la date d’installation ou de 2 ans à compter de la date de
fabrication, le premier atteint, quand installés dans un système d’eau domestique qui pompe de l’eau potable
seulement. La garantie ne couvre pas les systèmes pompant de l’eau salée ou d’autres liquides corrosifs. Consultez
et suivez les codes locaux pour tous les systèmes.
Les obligations de garantie de Franklin Pump Systems en ce qui concerne l’équipement fabriqué par d’autres
manufacturiers sont limitées à la garantie qui est donnée à Franklin Pump Systems par ses fournisseurs.
Cette garantie s’applique seulement à l’acheteur original et seulement au moment où il occupe l’endroit où le
produit a été installé originalement.
Les demandes de services couverts par cette garantie seront faites en contactant le dépositaire installateur (endroit
d’achat du produit) aussitôt que possible après la découverte des présumés défauts. Franklin Pump Systems prendra
subséquemment les actions correctives aussi promptement que raisonnablement possible.
Franklin Pump Systems peut remplacer ou réparer à sa discrétion tout produit qui brise pendant la couverture
de cette garantie après une inspection par un représentant autorisé de la compagnie ou après que Franklin Pump
Systems ait reçu le produit à la compagnie. Le remplacement ou la réparation du produit ne pourront être faits
qu’après son inspection. Tous les frais et dépenses de transport (aller et retour), démontage et réinstallation, ou
l’installation d’un produit de remplacement sont la responsabilité de l’acheteur.
CETTE GARANTIE PRÉVAUT SUR TOUTE GARANTIE NON DATÉE OU AYANT UNE DATE PLUS ANCIENNE.
TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE QUE L’ACHETEUR POURRAIT AVOIR, INCLUANT L’HABILETÉ ET L’APTITUDE
D’UN MARCHAND POUR UN BUT PARTICULIER, NE DEVRA PAS S’ÉTENDRE AU-DELÀ DE LA PÉRIODE
DE GARANTIE APPLICABLE. Certains états ne permettent pas de limiter la durée d’une supposée garantie,
donc les limites ci-haut peuvent ne pas s’appliquer à vous. EN AUCUN CAS FRANKLIN PUMP SYSTEMS NE
SERA TENU RESPONSABLE DE DOMMAGES FORTUITS OU CONSÉCUTIFS. Certains états ne permettent pas
l’exclusion ou la limitation des dommages fortuits ou consécutifs, donc ceci peut ne pas s’appliquer à vous.
Cette garantie ne s’applique pas aux produits ayant été sujets de négligence, de modifi cations, d’accident,
d’abus, de mauvaise utilisation, d’installation incorrecte, de vandalisme, de dérangements civils ou d’actes de Dieu.
Les seules garanties autorisées par Franklin Pump Systems sont celles mentionnées ici. Franklin Pump Systems
n’autorise personne à prolonger les garanties en ce qui concerne ses produits et Franklin Pump Systems ne sera pas
tenu responsable d’aucune garantie non autorisée faite en union avec la vente de ses produits.
CETTE GARANTIE VOUS DONNE DES DROITS LÉGAUX PRÉCIS. VOUS POUVEZ AUSSI AVOIR D’AUTRES
DROITS QUI PEUVENT VARIER D’UN ÉTAT À L’AUTRE.
*Contactez Franklin Pump Systems Inc. Export Division pour les garanties internationales.
12401 Interstate 30 • P.O. Box 8903
Little Rock, AR 72219
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FLOWLINE
ULTRASONIC LEVEL TRANSMITTER
MODEL LU20
OWNER'S MANUAL
Warranty, Service & Repair
WARRANTY
Flowline warrants to the original purchaser of its products that such
products will be free from defects in material and workmanship under
normal use and service for a period which is equal to the shorter of
one year from the date of purchase of such products or two years from
the date of manufacture of such products.
This warranty covers only those components of the products which
are non-moving and not subject to normal wear. Moreover, products
which are modified or altered, and electrical cables which are cut to
length during installation are not covered by this warranty.
Flowline’s obligation under this warranty is solely and exclusively
limited to the repair or replacement, at Flowline’s option, of the prod-
ucts (or components thereof) which Flowline’s examination proves to
its satisfaction to be defective. FLOWLINE SHALL HAVE NO
OBLIGATION FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES TO PERSON-
AL OR REAL PROPERTY, OR FOR INJURY TO ANY PERSON.
This warranty does not apply to products which have been subject to
electrical or chemical damage due to improper use, accident, negli-
gence, abuse or misuse. Abuse shall be assumed when indicated by
electrical damage to relays, reed switches or other components. The
warranty does not apply to products which are damaged during ship-
ment back to Flowline’s factory or designated service center or are
returned without the original casing on the products. Moreover, this
warranty becomes immediately null and void if anyone other than ser-
vice personnel authorized by Flowline attempts to repair the defective
products.
Products which are thought to be defective must be shipped prepaid
and insured to Flowline’s factory or a designated service center (the
identity and address of which will be provided upon request) within
30 days of the discovery of the defect. Such defective products must
be accompanied by proof of the date of purchase.
Flowline further reserves the right to unilaterally wave this warranty
and to dispose of any product returned to Flowline where:
a. There is evidence of a potentially hazardous material present
with product.
b. The product has remained unclaimed at Flowline for longer than
30 days after dutifully requesting disposition of the product.
THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND
THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANTY. This
warranty and the obligations and liabilities of Flowline under it are
exclusive and instead of, and the original purchaser hereby waives, all
other remedies, warranties, guarantees or liabilities, express or
implied. EXCLUDED FROM THIS WARRANTY IS THE IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF FITNESS OF THE PRODUCTS FOR A PARTIC-
ULAR PURPOSE OR USE AND THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANT ABILITY OF THE PRODUCTS.
This warranty may not be extended, altered or varied except by a writ-
ten instrument signed by a duly-authorized officer of Flowline, Inc.
To register your product with the manufacturer, fill out the enclosed
warranty card and return it immediately to:
Flowline Inc.
10500 Humbolt Street
Los Alamitos, CA 90720.
If for some reason your product must be returned for factory service,
contact Flowline Inc. to receive a Material Return Authorization
number (MRA) first, providing the following information:
1. Part Number, Serial Number
2. Name and telephone number of someone who can answer
technical questions related to the product and its application.
3. Return Shipping Address
4. Brief Description of the Symptom
5. Brief Description of the Application
Once you have received a Material Return Authorization number,
ship the product prepaid in its original packing to:
Flowline Factory Service
MRA _____
10500 Humbolt Street
Los Alamitos, CA 90720
To avoid delays in processing your repair, write the MRA on the
shipping label. Please include the information about the malfunc-
tion with your product. This information enables our service tech-
nicians to process your repair order as quickly as possible.
®
Version 3.1A
© 1999 FLOWLINE Inc.
All rights reserved.
Manual # LU900005 11/99
Ultrasonic Level Transmitter
Model LU20
Owner’s Manual
NRTL/C
Step One
SPECIFICATIONS
Range:0.5 to 18 feet (15 cm to 5.4 m)
Accuracy:±0.25% of span in air
Resolution:0.125” (3 mm)
Frequency:50 kHz
Pulse rate:2 pulses per second
Beam width:8°conical
Deadband:0.5’(15 cm) minimum
Blocking distance:0.5 to 18 feet (15 cm to 5.4 m)
Display type:4 segment LCD
Display units:Inch (cm)
Memory:Non-volatile
Supply voltage:GP:12-36 VDC
IS:12-32 VDC
Max loop resistance GP:900 Ohms @ 36 VDC (see below)
IS:900 Ohms @ 32 VDC (see below)
Signal output:GP:4-20 mA, 12-36 VDC (see below)
IS:4-20 mA, 12-32 VDC (see below)
Signal invert:4-20 mA / 20-4 mA
Calibration:Push button
Fail-safe diagnostics:Reverts to 4 mA, 22 mA or remains constant
Temperature rating:F: -40º to 140º C: -40º to 60º (see below)
Temp. compensation:Automatic over entire range
Pressure rating:30 psi (2 bar) @ 25 °C., derated @ 1.667 psi
(.113 bar) per °C. above 25 °C. (see below)
Enclosure rating:NEMA 4X (IP65)
Enclosure material:Polypropylene (PP), U.L. 94VO
Transducer material:Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF)
Mounting threads:2” NPT (2” G)
Mounting gasket:Viton (2”) metric only
Conduit connection:1/2” NPT (1/2” BSP)
CE Compliance:EN 50082-2 immunity
EN 55011 emission
CSA Certificate:LR79326-10
*GP = General Purpose IS Intrinsically Safe
Technology
An ultrasonic sound wave is pulsed two
times per second from the base of the
transducer. The sound wave reflects
against the process medium below and
returns to the transducer. The micro-
processor based electronics measure
the time of flight between the sound
generation and receipt, and translates
this figure into the distance between the
transmitter and process medium below.
Warning
The LU20 is a loop powered device. The load should never
exceed 900 Ohms.
LU20-50_1-IS must be installed in accordance with drawing
LU20CD rev B (see steps) for safe operation in a hazardous
area.
When installing the LU20, never tighten the transmitter from
the body. Always use the wrench flat located above the
threads.
Always install the 2” Viton gasket with the LU20-5061 and
the LU20-5061-IS. The G threaded version of the Echotouch
will not seal unless the gasket is installed properly.
NON-HAZARDOUS LOCATION
Control drawing for the LU20-5001-IS ultrasonic level transmitter
approved under the entity concept as an I.S. apparatus
Control Drawing: LU20CD
Rev. 7-24-97
Model LU20
Ultrasonic
Level Transmitter
Vmax = 32.0 V
Imax = 130 mA
Ci » 0 mF
Li » 0 mH
Any Approved
I.S. Barrier
Vdc £ 32.0 V
Isc £ 130 mA
Ca ³ 0 mF
La ³ 0 mH
SupplyHAZARDOUS LOCATION
Class I, Div I, Groups A, B, C & D
LR79326-10
NRTL/C
®
Intrinsically Safe/
Securite Intrinseque
Exia
For use in
Hazardous Locations:
Class I, Groups A, B, C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Class III
Temperature Code: T3C
Intrinsically Safe when used with
an approved I.S. barrier. Entity
Parameters
Vmax = 32.0 VDC
Imax = 130 mA
Ci = 0 mF
Li = 0 mH
Warning: Suitable for Class I, Groups A, B,
C & D; Class II, Groups E, F & G; Class III,
T3C; when used with an approved I.S.
barrier. Substitution of components may
impair intrinsic safety LU20-50X1-IS
requirements for Intrinsically Safe
operation
Temperature/Pressure Derating
35
30
25
20
15
10
05
00-40 -20 00 20 40 60Operating Pressure (psi)Temperature (°C)
Unacceptable
Range
Acceptable
Range
Maximum Temperature/Voltage Derating
Continuous 20 mA Curve (LU20-50_1)
100
80
60
40
20
0
Operating Voltage (VDC)Ambient Sensor Temperature (°C)Unacceptable
Range
Acceptable
Range
12 16 20 24 28 32 36
1,000
750
500
250
0Max. Series Resistance (Ohms)12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Supply Volyage (VDC)
Unacceptable
Range
Acceptable
Range
Flowline 4 or 20 mA
LU20-50_1 Electrical Loading Limits
Maximum Temperature/Voltage Derating
Continuous 20 mA Curve (LU20-50_1-IS)
100
80
60
40
20
0
12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Operating Voltage (VDC)Ambient Sensor Temperature (°C)Unacceptable
Range
Acceptable
Range
1,000
750
500
250
0Max. Series Resistance (Ohms)12 16 20 24 28 32
Supply Volyage (VDC)
Unacceptable
Range
Acceptable
Range
Flowline 4 or 20 mA
LU20-50_1-IS Electrical Loading Limits
Part#Description Thread
LU20-5001 General Purpose 2” NPT
LU20-5061 General Purpose 2” G
LU20-5001-IS Intrinsically Safe 2” NPT
LU20-5061-IS Intrinsically Safe 2” G
Step Two Step Three
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DEFINITIONS
About this Manual:
PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE MANUAL PRIOR TO
INSTALLING OR USING THIS PRODUCT. This manual
includes information on all four versions of the continuous ultra-
sonic level transmitter from Flowline; model LU20-50_1 and
LU20-50_1-IS. Please refer to the part number located on the sen-
sor label to verify the exact model which you have purchased.
User’s Responsibility for Safety:
Flowline manufactures a wide range of liquid level sensors and
technologies. While each of these technologies are designed to
operate in a wide variety of applications, it is the user’s responsi-
bility to select a technology that is appropriate for the application,
install it properly, perform tests of the installed system, and main-
tain all components. The failure to do so could result in property
damage or serious injury.
Proper Installation and Handling:
Because this is an electrically operated device, only properly-
trained staff should install and/or repair this product. Use a proper
sealant with all installations. Note: Always install the 2” Viton gas-
ket with the LU20-5061 and the LU20-5061-IS. The G threaded
version of the Echotouch will not seal unless the gasket is installed
properly. Never overtighten the transmitter within the fitting.
Always check for leaks prior to system start-up.
Wiring and Electrical:
A supply voltage of 12-36 VDC is used to power the LU20-50_1
transmitter and a supply voltage of 12-32 VDC is used to power the
LU20-50_1-IS. The sensor systems should never exceed a maxi-
mum of 36 VDC for the LU20-50_1 and 32 VDC for the LU20-
50_1-IS. Electrical wiring of the sensor should be performed in
accordance with all applicable national, state, and local codes.
Temperature and Pressure:
The LU20 is designed for use in application temperatures from -40
°C (-40 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F), and for use at pressures up to 30 psi
@ 25 °C, derated @ 1.667 psi per °C above 25 °C.
Material Compatibility:
The continuous ultrasonic level transmitter, LU20, is made of two
materials. The enclosure is of Polypropylene (PP) and the trans-
ducer is made of Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF). Make sure that
the model which you have selected is chemically compatible with
the application liquids. While the transmitter housing is liquid-
resistant when installed properly, it is not designed to be immersed.
It should be mounted in such a way that it does not normally come
into contact with fluid.
Flammable,Explosive and Hazardous Applications:
Only the LU20-50_1-IS is rated for use in hazardous locations.
Refer to the Certificate of Compliance for all applicable intrinsi-
cally safe ratings and entity parameters for the LU20-50_1-IS.
Refer to the National Electric Code (NEC) for all applicable instal-
lation requirements in hazardous locations. DO NOT USE THE
LU20-50_1 GENERAL PURPOSE TRANSMITTER IN HAZ-
ARDOUS LOCATIONS.
Make a Fail-Safe System:
Design a fail-safe system that accommodates the possibility of
transmitter or power failure. In critical applications, Flowline rec-
ommends the use of redundant backup systems and alarms in addi-
tion to the primary system.
EC4:The 4 mA setting for the
LU20. The EC4 is the distance from
the bottom of the LU20 to the 4 mA
set point. This setting is measured in
either inches or centimeters on the
display. The EC4 setting is typically
greater that the EC20 setting.
EC20:The 20 mA setting for the
LU20. The EC20 is the distance
from the bottom of the LU20 to the
20 mA set point. This setting is mea-
sured in either inches or centimeters
on the display. The EC20 setting is
typically greater that the EC4 set-
ting.
SAF1/SAF2/SAF3:Fail-Safe setting for the LU20. Use the SAF_
settings to determine a fail-safe mode for the current signal. When
[SAF1] is set, the current will increase to 22 mA if the signal becomes
LOST. When [SAF2] is set, the current will decrease to 4 mA if the
signal becomes LOST. When [SAF3] is set, the current will remain
constant if the signal becomes LOST.
FAST/SLOW:Setting for echo averaging on the LU20. [FAST] is the
typical setting for the LU20 to operate. [SLOW] is designed to help
dampen out effects caused by severe turbulence. In the [FAST] mode,
the LU20 will average 2 signal responses per second and update every
second. In the [SLOW] mode, the LU20 will average signal returns
over the preceding 10 seconds. When used with [SAF 1/2/3], the time
for the current to default is 30 seconds for [FAST] mode and 2.5 min-
utes for [SLOW] mode.
ALIN:Indicates that the unit is in the Alignment mode. Display will
show the return signal strength in dB’s. Used as an indicator for
mechanical alignment of the LU20 and/or signal attenuation. Typical
readings range between 2 and 60 dB’s. For optimum alignment, first
energize the unit and receive a valid return signal. Then select the
ALIN mode and adjust the LU20 until the display is maximized.
ON/OFF:Actual setting for ALIN mode. The ALIN mode must be
turned [OFF] when alignment is completed. This mode will not auto-
matically default back to [LEVL].
MAXR:Used as an indication for [MAXR] or
maximum range. The MAXR sets the maxi-
mum tank height and will filter out all returns
greater than this value.
(value):Actual MAXR setting.
The maximum distance is 216.0
inches.
MINR:Used as an indication for
[MINR] or the minimum range.
The MINR value is the deadband
closest to the transducer face where
no signal will be generated. The
MINR sets the minimum distance
between the liquid and the trans-
ducer.
(value):Actual MINR setting. The minimum distance is 6.0 inches.
EC20
EC4
20 mA
4 mA
MINR
MAXR
Step Four Step Five
PROGRAMMING WIRING
EC4:
1.Hold [MENU] key until EC4 appears in display.
2.Release [MENU] key and wait until a value appears. This value is
the current measured level value.
3.If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the new EC4
set point. If not, press either the [s] or [t] keys once and the old
setting for the EC4 will appear.
4.From here, use the [s] or [t] keys to raise or lower the value to
the desired value.
5.Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new EC4 set point.
EC20:
1.Hold [MENU] key until EC20 appears in display.
2.Release [MENU] key and wait until a value appears. This value is
the current measured level value.
3.If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the new EC20
set point. If not, press either the [s] or [t] keys once and the old
setting for the EC4 will appear.
4.From here, use the [s] or [t] keys to raise or lower the value to
the desired value.
5.Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new EC20 set point.
SAF1/SAF2/SAF3:
1.Hold [MENU] key until SAF1, SAF2 or SAF3 appears in the dis-
play.
2.Release [MENU] key and hold [SET] key to toggle between SAF1,
SAF2 and SAF3.
3.When desired setting is reached, release [SET] key. The last dis-
played setting will be locked into memory. To change, start again
at step 1.
FAST/SLOW:
1.Hold [MENU] key until FAST or SLOW appears in the display.
2.Release [MENU] key and hold [SET] key to toggle between FAST
and SLOW.
3.When desired setting is reached, release [SET] key. The last dis-
played setting will be locked into memory. To change, start again
at step 1.
ALIN:
1.Hold [MENU] key until ALIN appears in the display.
2.Continue to hold [MENU] key until OFF appears in the display.
3.Release [MENU] key and hold [SET] key to toggle from OFF to
ON.
4.Release [SET] key. The LU20 is now in ALIN mode.
5.To exit ALIN mode, repeat steps 1-4 changing from ON to OFF.
MAXR:
1.Hold [MENU] key until MAXR appears in the display.
2.Continue to hold [MENU] key until a value appears in the display.
This value is the current MAXR setting.
3.If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the MAXR
setting. If not, use the [s] or [t] keys to raise or lower the value
to the desired setting.
4.Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new MAXR setting.
MINR:
1.Hold [MENU] key until MINR appears in the display.
2.Continue to hold [MENU] key until a value appears in the display.
This value is the current MINR setting.
3.If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the MINR set-
ting. If not, use the [s] or [t] keys to raise or lower the value to
the desired value.
4.Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new MINR setting.
The LU20-50_1 requires 12-36 VDC power with at least 25 mA sup-
ply in order to operate.
1.Wiring to a Flowline Continuous Controller (Model LC52):
2.Wiring to a Two-Wire Loop Indicator (Model LU20-50_1):
3.Wiring to a PLC (LU20-50_1):
MENU
SET
EchotouchTM
Ultrasonic Level
Transmitter
(+)
(-)
LATCH
ON OFF
PWR RELAY 1
INVERT DELAY
RELAY 2
INVERT DELAY
4 20 OP
EASY CAL
UP DOWN SETINPUT0%100%OFF SETSPANRLY1RLY2ARLY2B+-
DC Power
Supply
18-36 VDC
MENU
SET
EchotouchTM
Ultrasonic Level
Transmitter
(+)
(-)
-+
+-
DC Power
Supply
18-36 VDC
Typical PLC6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A 250WMENU
SET
EchotouchTM
Ultrasonic Level
Transmitter
(+)
(-)
Step Six Step Seven
INSTALLATION INSTALLATION
Minimum Range (MINR) Setting
If installing the LU20 in a flange or any
device which recesses the bottom of the
transmitter, use the MINR setting. The
minimum value for the MINR setting is
the distance from the bottom of the trans-
mitter to the end of the flange. Never set
MINR to less than 6.0 inches.
Mounting the LU20 is critical to the successful operation of the trans-
mitter. Avoid the following parameters:
Maximum Application Range
The maximum range of LU20 is 18 feet at 110 dB. Under less than
ideal conditions, a number of factors can reduce the overall quality of
signal return and shorten the accurate range of the transmitter. To
determine the maximum application range of the product, follow the
signal return formula against the echo attenuation graph below.
Echo Attenuation Graph
T
Y
P
I
C
A
L

C
U
R
V
E
1
0

d
B

A
B
S
O
R
P
T
IO
N20 dB
ABSORPTIONALIGN READING (dB)10
20
30
40
50
40 80 120 160 200 24000
DISTANCE FROM FACE OF TRANSDUCER (inches)
41
3
2
1: Distance from transducer = 40"
2: Highest possible ALIN = 28dB
(under ideal conditions)
Adjust mechanical alignment of unit
to maximize displayed ALIN value
• PREDICT MAXIMUM RANGE
USING ALIGN VALUE
3: If the actual ALIN = 18dB at D = 40"
4: Maximum Range = 138"
EXAMPLE:
• OPTIMIZE ALIGNMENT
MINR
VACUUM
Avoid
Interference
from side of
tank
Do not install
LU20 at
an angle
Avoid Inter-
ference from
obstructions
in tank
LU20 will not
operate in
vacuum
The LU20-50_1-IS requires 12-32 VDC power with at least 25 mA
supply in order to operate. The follow provides an overview of wiring
the LU20-50_1-IS to various devices. Please note that a barrier must
be installed between the Echotouch and the device and the barrier
must be located within the nonhazardous location.
1.Hazardous System Diagram
2.Wiring to a Flowline Continuous Controller
3.Wiring to a Two-Wire Loop Indicator
4.Wiring to a PLC
NON-HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
Model LU20
Ultrasonic
Level
Transmitter
Vmax = 32.0 V
Imax = 130 mA
Ci » 0 mF
Li » 0 mH
Any Approved
I.S. Barrier
Vdc £ 32.0 V
Isc £ 130 mA
Ca ³ 0 mF
La ³ 0 mH
HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
+
-
+
-
See LC52 manual for
jumper settings
LATCH
ON OFF
PWR RELAY 1
INVERT DELAY
RELAY 2
INVERT DELAY
4 20 OP
EASY CAL
UP DOWN SETINPUT0%100%OFF SETSPANRLY1RLY2ARLY2BNON-HAZARDOUS LOCATION
Control drawing for the LU20-5001-IS ultrasonic level transmitter
approved under the entity concept as an I.S. apparatus
Control Drawing: LU20CD
Rev. 7-24-97
Model LU20
Ultrasonic
Level Transmitter
Vmax = 32.0 V
Imax = 130 mA
Ci » 0 mF
Li » 0 mH
Any Approved
I.S. Barrier
Vdc £ 32.0 V
Isc £ 130 mA
Ca ³ 0 mF
La ³ 0 mH
SupplyHAZARDOUS LOCATION
Class I, Div I, Groups A, B, C & D
+-
NON-HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
Model LU20
Ultrasonic
Level
Transmitter
Vmax = 32.0 V
Imax = 130 mA
Ci » 0 mF
Li » 0 mH
Any Approved
I.S. Barrier
Vdc £ 32.0 V
Isc £ 130 mA
Ca ³ 0 mF
La ³ 0 mH
HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
+
-
+
-
-+
DC Power
Supply
14-32 VDC
Typical PLC6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A250W NON-HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
Model LU20
Ultrasonic
Level
Transmitter
Vmax = 32.0 V
Imax = 130 mA
Ci » 0 mF
Li » 0 mH
Any Approved
I.S. Barrier
Vdc £ 32.0 V
Isc £ 130 mA
Ca ³ 0 mF
La ³ 0 mH
HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
+
-
+
-
-+
DC Power
Supply
14-32 VDC
Step Eight Step Nine
INSTALLATION TROUBLESHOOTING
LOST Signal:
A reading of LOST in the display of the LU20 indicates the transmit-
ter is not receiving a valid return signal. If LOST appears, please
check the following troubleshooting items:
1.Beam cone interference such as the side wall, ladders, seams,
rungs or pipes within the LU20’s beam cone.
2.Proper installation such that the LU20 is installed level and free
from interference from the installation fitting or flange.
3.Sufficient power being supplied to the LU20. The LU20-50_1
requires 12-36 VDC power with a minimum supply of 25 mA.
The LU20-50_1-IS requires 12-32 VDC power with a minimum
supply of 25 mA.
4.Proper programming of the MAXR or MINR function. For best
results, set the MAXR function as the distance from the bottom of
the tank to the bottom of the transmitter. Also set the MINR dis-
tance above the highest level in the tank. Do not set the MINR to
less than 6 inches.
5.Make sure that the transmitter is not installed at an angle. Even a
5 degree offset can reduce the signal return strength greatly.
Other Hints:
Current must change with changes in level. Example: For the illustra-
tion below, as level increases, the current output will increase and as
the level decreases, the current output will decrease. If the output of
the LU20 is always reading 4 mA or 20 mA, check the input values
for the LU20.
Factory Settings:
The LU20 is preset at the factory. When powering up the transmitter
the first time, the factory settings will be active. If at any time in you
need to return to these settings, remove power from the LU20 and
wait 10 seconds. Press the [Set] and [Menu] buttons simultaneously
while powering up the transmitter.
Changing Display Units:
The LU20 comes preset to measure in inches. To change the unit to
display centimeters, remove power to the LU20 and wait 10 seconds.
Press [s] and [Set] simultaneously while powering up the transmit-
ter. The LU20 will now read in centimeters. To return to inches,
remove power and wait 10 seconds. Press [t] and [Set] simultane-
ously while powering up the transmitter.
EC 4
EC20
216" (548.4 cm)
8" (20.3 cm)
OFF
MAXR
value
OFF
N/A
216" (548.4 cm)SAF1/2/3 SAF1
Fast/Slow FAST
ALIN N/A
MINR
value
N/A
6" (15.2 cm)DepthRadius
EC20
EC4
20 mA
4 mA
Depth Radius Radius
(Feet)(Inches)(cm)
1 1.2 3.1
2 2.1 5.2
3 2.9 7.3
4 3.7 9.5
5 4.6 11.6
6 5.4 13.7
7 6.2 15.9
8 7.1 18.0
9 7.9 20.1
10 8.8 22.3
11 9.6 24.4
12 10.4 26.5
13 11.3 28.7
14 12.1 30.8
15 13.0 32.9
16 13.8 35.1
17 14.6 37.2
18 15.5 39.3
Warning
Always install the 2” Viton gasket with the LU20-5061 and the
LU20-5061-IS. The G threaded version of the Echotouch will not
seal unless the gasket is installed properly.
y c,n �vvN
or Flowline Products
4111,1
Ifs adman. t
Sourcing (JWA)'
I.V211-SINI1
I I' 75-_2X0l
LA 12-X001
LA I5-5(I01
Sinking (JWB)"
1.1 31)'i1)Ilc
These products h. a sinking outputs and therefore requite sourcing
t orient )hips.
These products h;ne sourcing outputs and therefore require sinking
t ut't'et11 I1101)s.
_�• +� w aim-- ®
I0500 1-Iumhl►lt St eet
Los Alamitos. CA 9(1720
5611 598-30 15 / Fu (562)4 31-8507
1 w
Note the following changes to page 26 and 27
24011 20 VAC setting:
I1 nct.. ,sari lu ck:nige the input AC voltage oI tl►e et lei Timm III,
Iacn+1 l setting of 120 VAC to 240 VAC_ follow this procedure:
1 I )1- , inneet all power to the controller aril to its cont1oIk 11 de% ices
Remove the two screws and base from the enclosure.
Geitil slide the tyro circuit hoards out. Do not disconnect or bit;ik
rh. ,sire lotion that attaches the two cards-
4. Remo%c the flock jumpers (across the pins market) 111" 1 rind .1W2)
I1 nu the power Irai%former hoard.
5 fret 2-411 VA( operation. place a jumper across the pins mat keil
.I\\ 3- For 121► VAC operation, one jumper isplaced across .I\1
the other actr,ss J\\ ?.
r irefully slt.lc the circuit hoards b ick into the enclosures traces
making sure the boards in the correct alignment. Re%ersc steps I
3 ribose.
,Addendum to Owner's Manua
LC52 Series V2.0
01997 Flowline Inc. All rights reserved.
Part /t A UI )I)( )016
Note the folly
Input Terminal
The wire. It4►n) di,
IS VD(' suurctn:
power supply. Tilt
a•inking currentI.
I low line prod
swirl changes to page 18
• trail, mister are connected to these terminals. A
Lurret,+ loop is offered with an optional 24 VD
I R VI It' sourcing current loop may he changed
+p.S1/4 chart on the ItII„w ing page fin' int►rncur
1,
I)1sc,n►ectall power I., the contndlcrand to'is controlled device
Remo%e the blcv, dud the hake t ,ttu the enclosure.
3 Gently slide the + lit t., t ++ 1){► not disconnect or bre
Ilse wire kunn that attaches the two cards.
-1 Remove the black jumpers !across the pins marked JWA) from'
power U:ulslo+'Her hoard..
5. Fora sinking t ',wren! +niput. place a1 jumper across the pins nm' k
J W I3. For I) \' I)(.' sourcing current loop operation. plaice Omni
across JWA.
h. Carefully slide the circuit boards back into the enclustn'es
making sure the hoards in the correct alignment. Reverse sec 3 above.

PRECISION METERS
MAGNUM TURBINE SERIES

.,...r.orisdieurreomv.mn.v.itr.o-sr.ors4.".
.4veint-N.,..afrta /Am...A:co •:s.:21k,,).-,,J,v,-4,Jr.
-140.111101%A.NrsdeararfaLPF21:414-ira.
.111.W0161r4tdrifficZNIMAANI ri-940:9011001
ft/INLIIIII.r."
t41( • k L' •
4,111V.c ffMaW
IT-0114.3.11RAMENVP411~.17011iItiviVI
47.06C4AtiparTakulicAi-Narr+ParaW
APPTEMIIIMPAINVIkE701.421me
:e:',1.2.41.11:1ctimfilteltGhhtle
rie
Features . .
• Pre -Equipped Register Housing
Design That Allows For
Electronic Capabilities.
• Built -In 2" Test Port On Siz...
4", 6" & 8" For Ease In Field
Testing.
•met -ow -How Registration-.
0aLossr:At High -Flows
"Cirn Accuracy,Over
wpm— .. _FlowRange
Mrcfraulic Balancing Of The
7Potor Between The Bearings
•• ctoryCalibrated And Teste
.1--Je-Meet-erbreel-A
. C.-d=701
Sh own with optional digital
• r' output cable
For more information about our
Prroducts contact your focal dis
or Precision Meters.
... 4.... .....
.,41.;.. ....„, „... ,.v.... ... . „,,,,,,, ,A,4. ..,,,..; . , . •
_ ,ef • ,.-:.5g,;:i '.4wr 4;,,ey, 'L.,•-••,. -47..., .1.1, ".,,,,, ett.
..., .r. Az-. • 0 ..w. -1/4, ii.,.. Atd4
,.:4 ' ..4 , ...I • Vr...1 - 0 ..t:: -V- ,
-":.:47;*;!. al, l'i:''11%,1 r"P:r 71,••••:-.1:11W' •,•::;k ..
..k1.441%
---alkipaorst
atltrW .47:e;ii4
• .
The World's Leader in Design
1 1103 Astronaut Blvd,
Lando, Florida 32837
(407) 851 FAX [phone]

DESCRIPTION
Orlando, Florida
The World's Leader in Design
MAGNUM'
TURBINE SERIES
FEATURES A standard sized body for ease in replacing old
existing meters. A pre -equipped register housing design that
allows for electronic capabilities without the expense or labor
of changing the register in the field. A built-in 2" test port on
sizes 3", 4", 6". & 8" for ease in field testing. Should service be
required you can remove the measuring chamber from the top
of the main case with no pipe line disconnect necessary.
PERFORMANCE Extreme low flow registration with low
head loss at high flows and maximum accuracy over a wide
flow range. Turbine reliability with minimal wear due to the
hydraulic balancing of the rotor between the bearings.
APPLICATION The measuring element is designed to
measure cold potable water in one direction. The MAGNUM
is factory calibrated and tested to meet or exceed AWWA
C-701.
CONSTRUCTION The MAGNUM has been designed to give
optimum performance and reliable maintenance free service.
The main housing is of brass construction. It houses a
measuring element that is designed for pcak performance. The
design of the rotor allows it to float between the two stainless
steel bearings during the optimum operating flow ranges. This
design reduced wear and allows for superior performance and
accurate registration over a wide flow range. The register is
permanently sealed in a copper cup with a heat treated glass
enclosure which eliminates moisture penetration. This register
is of the same design, with the same fcatures, as used on our
PMM product line. 'Through years of use this register has
proven to be moisture free.
INSTALLATION The MAGNUM can be installed in either
a horizontal, vertical or on a inclined position with no affect on
the accuracy. Turbine meters should have a minimum of five
times the diameter of straight pipe upstream and a minimum
of three tunes the diameter of straight pipe down stream of the
meter. The turbine meters should be sized so water demand
requirements do not exceed the rated meter capacities (see
technical details).
MAINTENANCE Should service be necessary a calibrated
measuring chamber can bc installed in place of the existing unit
with no accuracy loss. If a spare measuring chamber is not
available a blank cover plate can be installed for limited service
interruption while the measuring chamber is being serviced.
The removed unit can be sent to our factory for calibration or
repair if necessary. We offer a complete maintenance program
for all measuring chambers. For more information about our
products contact your local distributor or Precision Meters
direct.
TM
SIZE
2' 3" 4" 6" 8'
Starting Mow (gpm) Yr 1 Yr 1 7Ya 8
Low Flow (± SR) (gpm)
Optimum Operating
Flow Range (2 1 ' %6) (gpm)
Max Continuous
Flow (± 1 'fa%) (gpm)
MAX Intermittent
Flow (2 1'h%) (gpm)
Pressure Lou @
Max Optimum Operating
Flow (psi)
Pressure Lou @
Max Continuous Flow (psi)
Pressure Lou @
Max Intermittent (psi)
Operating Pressure (psi)
Operating Temperature (F')
Sweep Hand Revolution
Value In Gallon
Sweep }land Revolution
Value In C.F.
2 2.5 5 13.5 22
3.5- 5- 7- 20 35-
200 600 1000 2000 3000
175 525 790 1760 2420
350 880 1250 2640 3520
2.0 5.4 5.8 2.9 22
1.6 4.1 3.8 2.1 1.5
6.1 11.4 9.6 4.3 2.8
150 150 150 150 150
130' 130' 130' 130' 130'
100 100 100 1000 1000
10 10 10 100 100
Sweep }land Revolution .1 .1 .1 1 1
Value In M'
Length
Height
Width
Pipe Length Opening
Required
10" 12" 14" 18" 20"
9l'4" 11" 11'/r" 14W 15Y.'
69': 7y " 9' 11" 131/2"
10Y4" 121/4" 141/4" 1844" 201/4"
Note: To provide extended service and reliability it is recommended that
a .strainer be installed up stream of all turbine meters.
PRECISIJN
JMETERS TM
MOO Astronaut Blvd.
Orlando, Florida 32837
(4071851-4470 • FAX [phone]
Revised 3/23/93

MIN IM JIX
ir
Orlando, Florida
The World's Leader in Design
MAGNUM
TURBINE SERIES
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES A standard sized body for ease in replacing
old existing meters. A pre -equipped register housing
design that allows for electronic capabilities without
the expense or labor of changing the register in the
field. The removel of the protective tab below the
register allows access to secure a reed device. Its
output provides an industry standard digital signal. A
built-in 2' test part on sizes 3". 4". 6" & 8` for ease in field
testing. Should service be required you can remove the
measuring chamber from the top of the main case with
no pipe line disconnect necessary.
PERFORMANCE Extreme low flow registration with low
head loss at high flows and maximum accuracy over
a wide flow range, Turbine reliability with minimal wear
due to the patented pending Hydro -Dynamic rotor
design.
APPLICATION The measuring element is designed to
measure cold potable water in one direction. The
MAGNUM is factory calibrated and tested to meet or
exceed AWWA C-701.
CONSTRUCTION The MAGNUM has been designed to
give optimum performance and reliable maintenance
free service. The main housing is of brass construction.
It houses a measuring element that is designed for
peak performance. The design of the rotor allows It to
float between the two stainless steel bearings during
the optimum operating flow ranges. This exclusive
design reduces wear and friction which allows for
superior performance and accurate registration over
a wide flow range. The register is permanently sealed
in a copper cup with a heat treated glass enclosure
which eliminates moisture penetration. Through years
of use in our PMM product line this register design has
proven to be moisture free.
INSTALLATION The MAGNUM can be installed in either
a horizontal, vertical or on a inclined position with no
effect on the accuracy. Turbine meters should have a
minimum of five times the diameter of straight pipe
upstream and a minimum of three times the diameter
of straight pipe down stream of the meter. Turbine
meters should be sized so water demand requirements
do not exceed the rated meter capacities (see
technical details).
MAINTENANCE Should service be necessary a
calibrated measuring chamber can be installed in
place of the existing unit with no accuracy loss. If a
spare measuring chamber is not available a blank
cover plate can be installed for unmetered service with
limited interruption while the measuring chamber is
being serviced. The removed unit can be sent to our
factory for calibration or repair if necessary We offer a
complete maintenance program for all measuring
chambers. For more information about our products
contact your local distributor or Precision Meters.
Shown with optional
reed device
Starting Flow
(gpm)
Low Flow
(:5%) (gpm)
Optimum
Operating 3.5- 5- 7- 20- 35-
Flow Range 200 600 1000 2000 3000
(s 1 1/2%) (gPm)
Max Continuous 175 525 790 1760 2420
Flow('_ 1 1 /2%) (gpm)
Max Intermittent 350 880 1250 2640 3520
Row(*11/2%) (gpm)
Pressure Loss
Max Optimum
Operating Flow 2.0 5.4 5.8 2.9 2.2
(psi)
Pressure Loss
Max Continuous 1.6 4.1 3.8 2.1 1.5
Row (psi)
Pressure Loss @
Max Intermittent 6.1 11.4 9.6 4.3 2.8
(psi)
Operating 150 150 150 150 150
Pressure (psi)
Operating 130° 130° 130° 130° 130°
Temperature (F°)
Sweep Hand
Revolution Valve 100 100 100 1000 1000
In Gallon
Sweep Hand 10 10 10 100 100
Revolution Valve
In C.F.
Sweep Hand 1 1 1 1 1
Revolution Valve
in M3
SIZE
2" 3" 4" 6' 8
7/8 11/8 13/8 7:+,.
2 2.5 5 13.5 22
Note: To provide extended service and reliability it is
recommended that a strainer be installed up stream of all
turbine meters.
E V GE D OB O , 93
MAG !OM

• Bold number wheels
• Registration units
• Leak detector
• Year of manufacture
Size
2"
3"
Gal.
9
9
9
9
9
91919
91]
9
9
00
00
4" 919191919
6" 9I9I9I9I9 M
8" 1919191919
9
9
00
000
000
\owl,
.‘`90
\ 10000
GALLC:'NS
80
2"
94 MAGNUM
O SERIES
• Clear sweep hand
I I =
20<;
• Meter size
'Gj60 50 40�\N'
emu,Iu0\
C.F.
191919 9 91:1
9�
9
919191919191
19I9I9 919191
9191919
9I9I9
9
0
0
0
00
ze
eng
2' 10"
3" 12"
4" 14"
6" 18"
8" 20"
♦ Meter type
e er ' lmensions
eig
9 3/4'
11"
11 7/8"
14 1/4"
15 1/2"
I1
6 3/4"
7 1/2"
9"
11"
13 1/2"
Pipe Length
Opening Req.
10 1/4'
12 1/4"
14 1/4"
18 1/4"
20 1/4"
en er ine
Height
w/Lid Open
9 3/4"
9 3/4"
9 3/4"
10 3/8"
10 3/8"
GPM GPM
Magnum 2" 2 5
Magnum 3" 2.5 10
Magnum 4" 5 10
Magnum 6" 13.5 50
Magnum 8" 22 50
ACCURACY
PERCENT
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
GPM
20
50
50
200
200
GPM
75
100
100
600
800
GPM
350
900
1250
2700
3600
Register output is standard with one digital pulse for each complete rotation of the sweep hand. If higher
resolution is needed specify a 10 to 1 value when ordering. This will give you 10 digital pulses for each
complete rotation of the sweep hand. Either of these digital signals can be sent to any of our COLLECTORTm
electronic meter reading systems. The COLLECTORTM system offers the versatility of TOUCH-LESSTM pad
reading, digital remote registers or total automation either by phone or radio, Also for high resolution graphing
and charting reports our DATA LOGGERTM can be connected to this standard digital output. This standard
digital output will provide information for todays AMR without limiting your future options. Digital information
is the future, don't commit to the brush & contact obsolescence. For complete information on the
COLLECTORTM system and the DATA LOGGERT"' contact your authorized distributor or Precision Meters,
.RECISIOU
—METERS .,."
moo Astronaut Blvd.
Orlando, Florida 32837
[phone]• FAX [phone]

1
2
3
4
5
6
Ll
7 ®y
10
9
J
!PRECISI
TERI TM
0 Astronaut Blvd.
Orlando, Florida 32837
[phone] • FAX [phone]
MAGNUM TM
RETAIL PART PRICES
PART NAME
2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
1. Lid
2. Hinge Pin
3. Register
4. Clamp Ring
5_ Reed Switch Holder
6. Transmission Shaft Assy.
7. Transmission Shaft I3carings
8. Rotor
9. Rotor Bearings
10. Calibration Assy.
11. Flange Plate
12. Flange Seal
13. Fastening Screw Kit (4)
14. Measuring Cage
15. Chamber Seal
lb. Measuring Element
Includes Items
6, 7, 8, 9. 10, 12, 13. 14. 15
17. Main Case Bolts
18. Test Pon Plug
19. Main Case
rf
11
- 17
MAGNUM
19
18
10/17/91
MAC: • IM

MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
MODEL MAGNUM"
ITEM MATERIAL
Housing Brass CDA844 (81-3-7-9)
Measuring Mechanism Noryl GFN 2
Rotary Vane (2" - 4") Luran 378P
Rotary Vane (6" - 8") Polystyrene 52
Bearing (2" - 4") Polyamide
Bearing (6" - 8") Harden Rubber Compound
Shafts Stainless Steel
Sealing Plates Brass CDA 844
Lid Bronze
Retaining Ring Synthetic Polymer
Lens Glass
Revolution Counter Polystyrene, Nylon, Polycarbonate
Register Base Copper
Other Materials Delrin 500
Maximum Permissible Temperature: Continuous = 105 Deg. F
Short Term = 140 Deg. F
Chemical Limitations:
Not Resistant to Following Materials -
Concentrated Nitric or Sulfuric Acid
Organic Solvents
Aromatic and Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
MC-3

BURKS PUMPS
INSTALLATION, OPERATING AND
MAINTENANCE INSTUCTIONS
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
brands you trust.
BURKS HIGH TEMPERATURE SERIES
For Temperatures to 500 ºF
Burks High Temperature Pumps
with "MJ" Jacketed Seal Option
The Burks jacketed seal is a unique, fi eld proven design
for handling heat transfer fl uids at temperatures of 200ºF
to 500ºF. It employs a Viton-fi tted, rotary face-type, shaft
seal with carbon face and Ni-Resist stationary seat. This
simplifi ed design eliminates the need for complicated
jacketing arrangements and expensive exotic shaft seals.
Other models available with the "MJ" High Temperature option include:
Series G6-1½ thru G7-2, Series GNA, Series GNB, Series CS, Series EC & ED and Series ET
Series CT
Series ES
Series G5-1¼ & G6-1¼
Furnish and Install as Specified:
Turbine Pump are furnished with cast iron case and
adapter of 30,000 PSI tensile strength; bronze race way
and bronze impeller with monel blades; single inside
unbalanced Viton mechanical shaft seal.
Centrifugal Pump are furnished with cast iron casing
and adapter of 30,000 PSI tensile strength; bronze or
cast iron impeller; bronze or steel casing wear rin g;
single inside unbalanced Viton mechanical shaft seal.
Jacketed Seal configuration to cool mechanical shaf t
seal while pumping heat transfer fluids up to 500ºF.
 2012 Crane Pumps & Systems, Inc.
A Crane Co. Company
Printed in U.S.A.
BKHIGHTEMP - Rev. B (6/12)Crane Pumps & Systems Canada
83 West Drive
Brampton, Ont. Canada L6T 2J6
[phone]
Fax [phone]
Crane Pumps & Systems
420 Third Street
Piqua, Ohio 45356
[phone]
Fax [phone]
www.cranepumps.com
A Crane Co. Company
brands you trust.
Burks Pumps Available with "MJ" Jacketed Seal Option
All Turbine pumps except CR Series
All G & GN Series centrifugal pumps except sizes 7-2½, 9-1½, 9-2 and 9-2½
COOLING CURVES INDICATE THE FLOW OF COOLING LIQUID
NECESSARY TO OBTAIN DESIRED SEAL TEMPERATURES AT ANY
GIVEN TEMPERATURE OF THE FLUID TO BE PUMPED.
HOW THEY WORK...CENTRIFUGALS
TURBINES (EXCEPT EC & ED SERIES)
EC SERIES TURBINES
ED SERIES TURBINES
Exchange of liquid between the seal cavity and the pump casing is restricted by a throttle
bushing A on all models except the EC/ED Series turbine pumps. The throttle bushing also
serves as a cooling B jacket On centrifugal pump models this cooling jacket surrounds the
seal cavity C . Turbine pump models use the patented "Film Cooling Principle" design. The
cooling jacket surrounds the gap between the throttle bushing and shaft spacer sleeve D ,
through which a thin fi lm of the pumped fl uid passes on its way to the seal cavity.
EC/ED Series turbine pumps employ an optional "MJ" Mechanical Seal Housing which
contains the seal cavity surrounded by a cooling jacket. A shaft spacer sleeve restricts the
exchange of liquid between the pump casing and the seal cavity.
Cooling liquid from an external source is allowed to fl ow into and out of the cooling jacket
through tapped holes E provided for that purpose. The fl ow of cooling liquid through the
jacket dissipates heat transmitted through its walls, thereby cooling the liquid in, or on its
way to the seal cavity. Less than one gallon per minute fl ow through the cooling jacket will
usually keep liquid in the seal cavity below 225ºF, resulting in greatly extended seal life.
Cooling Liquid Supply
Cooling liquid may be piped into either side of the cooling jacket and out of the opposite
side. The cooling jacket may be pressurized to a maximum 60 PSIG, depending on application
and type of cooling liquid utilized.
Burks High Temperature Series
FORM
706D
burks pumps..
P.O Box 603 Piqua, Ohio 45356-0603
Ph [phone] Fax [phone]
REV. 6/94
INSTALLATION, OPERATING
AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
WARNING: Do not work on this pump until you are sure the pump and associated piping are totally depressurized,
and if pumping hot Liquids that the temperature is safe to handle
Be sure that electricity to the motor is shut off and locked out, or if the motor is to be tested while running that it is
conducted by a qualified person and safe electrical procedures are followed.
To insure safety and a successful repair, if there is anything about the pump and motor you do not completely
understand contact your distributor or the factory for instructions.
CRANE
PUMPS & SYSTEMS

,: 1;; I. III
! . • _ .u..i : ii..ii.
A
ii..il.., •,
Murkspumps.
7-Xlitttiteb3Uarrautg
We warrant to our immediate customer and to the ultimate consumer that products of our manufacture will be
free of defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for the following time periods, when
installed and maintained in accordance with our instructions Pump Products: One (1) year from date of
installation or (24) twenty-four months from date of shipment, whichever occurs first. Cleaning Products:
Twelve (12) months from date of installation or eighteen (18) months from date of shipment, whichever occurs
first. As used herein, "the ultimate consumer" is defined as the purchaser who first uses the product after its
initial installation or, in the case of product designed for nonpermanent installation. the first owner who used the
product It is the purchaser's or any sub-vendee's obligation to make known to the ultimate consumer the terms
and conditions of this warranty. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and there may also be other rights
which vary from state to state. In the event the product is covered by the Federal Consumer Product Warranties
Law (1) the duration of any implied warranties associated with the product by virtue of said law is limited to the
same duration as stated herein, (2) this warranty is a LIMITED WARRANTY. and (3) no claims of any naturc
whatsoever shall be made against us, until the ultimate consumer. his successor. or assigns. notifies us in writing
of the defect, and delivers the product and/or defective part(s) freight prepaid to our factory or nearest authorized
service station. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
limitation may not apply. THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF ANY AND ALL
WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY PRODUCT SHALL BE TO REPLACE OR REPAIR AT OUR
ELECTION, F.O.B. POINT OF MANUFACTURE OR AUTHORIZED REPAIR STATION, SUCH
PRODUCTS AND/OR PARTS AS PROVEN DEFECTIVE. THERE SHALL BE NO FURTHER LIABIL-
ITY, WHETHER BASED ON WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE. Unless expressly stated
otherwise, guarantees in the nature of performance specifications furnished in addition to the foregoing material
and workmanship warranties on a product manufactured by us, if any, are subject to laboratory tests corrected for
field performance. Any additional guarantees, in the nature of performance specifications must be in writing and
such writing must be signed by our authorized representative. Due to inaccuracies in field testing if a conflict
arises between the results of field testing conducted by or for user, and laboratory tests corrected for field
performance, the latter shall control. Components or accessories supplied by us but manufactured by others are
warranted only to the extent of and by the terms and conditions of the original manufacturer's warranty.
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS OR THOSE RESULTING FROM SYSTEMS
ANALYSES AND EVALUATIONS WE CONDUCT WILL BE BASED ON OUR BEST AVAILABLE
EXPERIENCE AND PUBLISHED INDUSTRY INFORMATION. SUCH RECOMMENDATIONS DO
NOT CONSTITUTE A WARRANTY OF SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE AND NO SUCH WAR-
RANTY IS GIVEN.
This warranty shall not apply when damage is caused by (a) improper installation, (b) improper voltage
(c) lightning (d) sand or other abrasive material (c) scale or corrosion build-up due to excessive chemical content.
Any modification of the original equipment will also void the warranty. We will not bt responsible for Toss,
damage or labor cost due to interruption of service caused by defective parts. Neither will we accept charges
incurred by others without our prior written approval
This warranty is void if our inspection reveals the product was used in a manner inconsistent with normal
industry practice and\or our specific recommendations. The purchaser is responsible for communication of all
necessary information regarding the application and use of the product. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES
WILL WE BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY OTHER DIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS, LOST INCOME, LABOR CHARGES, DELAYS
IN PRODUCTION, IDLE PRODUCTION, 11'HICH DAMAGES ARE CAUSED BY ANY DEFECTS IN
MATERIALAND\OR WORKMANSHIPAND\OR DAMAGE OR DELAYS IN SHIPMENT. THIS
WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY,
INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
No .rights extended under this warranty shall be assigned to any other person. whether by operation of law or
otherwise. without our nnor written approval
CRANE
PUMPS&SYSTEMS
Crane Pumps & Systems. Inc . Burks P.jmps Division
420 Third Street • Piqua. Ohio 45356 • (5t3) 773 2442 • Fax [phone]
f' rTIT=/-ril! �7P.: a r '
1
•
-r
SAFETY FIRST!
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE INSTALLING
OR OPERATING PUMP.
GENERAL
1. Most accidents can be avoided by using COMMON SENSE.
2. Read the operation and maintenance instruction manual supplied with the pump.
3. Do not wear loose clothing that may become entangled in the impeller or other moving parts.
4. This pump is designed to handle materials which could cause illness or disease through direct exposure
Wear adequate protective clothing when working on the pump or piping
PUMPS
5. Pump builds up heat and pressure during operation -allow time for pump to cool before handling or servicing
6. Only qualified personnel should install, operate and repair pump.
7. Keep clear of suction and discharge openings. DO NOT insert fingers in pump with power connected
8. Do not pump hazardous materials (flammable, caustic, etc.).
9. Do not block or restrict discharge hose -be careful of discharge hose whipping under pressure
10 Make sure lifting handles are securely fastened each time before lifting.
11. Do not lift pump by the power cord
12 Do not exceed manufacturers recommendation for maximum performance, as this could cause the motor to
overheat.
13.Secure the pump in its operating position so it can not tip over, fall or slide
14 Keep hands and feet away from impeller when power is connected
15 Submersible Non -Clog Pumps are not approved for use in swimming pools, recreational water installations,_
decorative fountains or any installation where human contact with the pumpedfluid is common.
16.Do not operate pump without guards or safety devices in place.
17. For hazardous locations, use pumps that are listed and classified for such locations
18. When towing pump behind a vehicle; make sure hitch is properly attached, always attach safety chains.
19.Always replace safety devices that have been removed during service or repair
ELECTRICAL
20 To reduce nsk of electncal shock, pump must be properly grounded in accordance with the National Electric
Code and all applicable state and local codes and ordinances.
21 To reduce risk of electrical shock, disconnect the pump from the power source before handling or servicing
22.Any wiring of pumps should be performed by a qualified electrician
23 Never operate a pump with a power cord that has frayed or brittle insulation
24. Never allow cords or plugs to lay in water
25. Never handle connected power cords with wet hands.
26. Never operate a pump with a plug-in type power cord without a ground fault circuit interrupter
GAS/DIESEL ENGINE POWER PUMPS ONLY
27. Never operate in a enclosed building or area where exhaust gases can accumulate
28. Do not breath exhaust fumes when working in the area of the engine (Exhaust gases are odorless and deadly
poison )
29. Never operate near a building where exhaust gases can seep inside
30. Never operate in a pit or sump without making provisions for adequate ventilation.
31.Allow exhaust system to cool before touching.
32. Never add fuel to the tank while the engine is running Stop engine and allow to cool.
33. Do not smoke while refueling the engine.
34. Do not refuel near open flame.
IMPORTANT! Burks Pumps® is not responsible for losses, injury, or death resulting from a failure to
observe these safety precautions, misuse or abuse of pumps or equipment.
-3-

PIPING
RIGHT
GENERAL INFORMATION
To the Purchaser:
Congratulations! You are the owner of one of the finest pumps on the market today. Burks Pumps® are
products engineered and manufactured of high quality components. With years of pump building
experience along with a continuing quality assurance program combine to produce a pump which will
stand up to the toughest sewage removal projects.
This Burks Pumps manual will provide helpful information concerning installation maintenance and
proper service guidelines
Receiving
Upon receiving the pump, it should be inspected for damage or shortages If damage has occurred, file a
claim immediately with the company that delivered the pump. If the manual is removed from the crating, do
not lose or misplace.
Storage
Short Term- Burks Pumps are manufactured for efficient performance following ong inoperative periods
in storage. For best results, pumps can be retained in storage, as factory assembled, in a dry atmosphere
with constant temperatures for up to six (6) months.
Long Term- Any length of time exceeding six (6) months but not more than twenty four (24) months The
units should be stored in a temperature controlled area, a roofed over walled enclosure that provides
protection from the elements (rain snow, wind blown dust, etc..), and whose temperature can be
maintained between +40 deg. F and +120 deg F
If extended high humidity is expected to be a problem, all exposed parts should be inspected before
storage and all surfaces that have the paint scratched, damaged, or wom should be recoated with a water
base, air dry enamel paint. All surfaces should then be sprayed with a rust -inhibiting oil
Pump should be stored in its original shipping conta ner and on initial start up rotate impe ler by hand to
assure seal and impeller rotate freely.
If it is required that the pump be installed and tested before the long term storage begins such installation
will be allowed provided:
1) The pump is not installed under water for more than one (1) month
2) Immediately upon satisfactory completion of the test, the pump is removed thoroughly dried,
repacked in the original shipping container, and placed in a temperature controlled storage area
SERVICE CENTERS:
For the location of the nearest Burks Pumps Service Center, check your catalog, your Burks Pumps, Inc.
representative or Burks Pumps Inc Service Department in Piqua, Ohio, telephone [phone].
■
•
•
•
•
•
•
✓
WRONG

WIRING
FLOODED SUCTION PRIMING
that the dishcarge Tine has been completely filled, it is
then unnecessary to close the gate valve in starting.
INSTALLING STATIONARY ELEMENT
WARNING: DO NOT START PUMP UNTIL IT HAS
BEEN FILLED WITH WATER.
1. Motor wiring should conform to national and local
electrical codes.
2. Use wire of adequate size to prevent voltage drop.
3. Pump should be on a branch or separate circuit, lused
or circuit breaker, protected, with a manual discon-
nect.
4. Connect the electrical suppy from the switch to the
motor terminals, following the wiring diagram on the
motor nameplate or terminal coverplate. NOTE: be
sure that the connections to the motor terminals corre-
spond with the voltage to be applied. (See Chart)
Check wiring and fuse charts before connecting wires to
service line. Make sure the voltage and frequency of the
electrical current supply agrees with that stamped on the
motor nameplate. If in doubt, check with power com-
pany.
Some pumps are equipped with three phase motors
Three phase motors require magnetic starters, and can
run in either direction, depending on how they are con-
nected to the power supply.
ROTATION
The rotation is indicated by an arrow on the casing, and
the correct rotation of three phase motors should be es-
tablished before assembling the coupling on base
mounted units. The pump should not be operated
backwards or in reverse rotation If the motor operates in
the wrong rotation, interchange any two of the lead wires
and the correct rotation will result.
Grounding Motor:
WIRING TO THIS PUMP MUST BE INSTALLED AND
MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NA-
TIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE OR YOUR LOCAL
ELECTRIC CODE. IF MORE INFORMATION IS
NEEDED, CALL YOUR LOCAL LICENSED ELECTRI-
CIAN OR YOUR POWER COMPANY.
It is required that a permanent ground connection be
made 10 the unit using a conductor of appropriate size
from a metal underground water pipe or a grounded lead
in the service panel. Do not ground to a gas supply line.
Do not connect to electric power supply until unit is
permanently grounded. Connect the ground wire to the
approved ground and then connect to the terminal pro-
vided.
NOTE: CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS SHOULD NEVER BE
STARTED OR RUN DRY. OPERATING A PUMP DRY
WILL CAUSE SCORING OF THE MECHANICAL SEAL,
RESULTING IN PREMATURE SEAL FAILURE. TO
PREVENT THE PUMP FROM BEING RUN DRY, IT
SHOULD BE PRIMED BEFORE STARTING.
This method of priming a pump is relatively simple The
liquid source is located above the pump and all that is
necessary to prime the pump is to open the air vent valve
or plug in the pump casing and to crack the gate valve in
the suction line. The suction line and pump should be
filled slowly until a steady stream of liquid is observed
flowing from the air vent. After the pump is operating, it
is recommended that the air vent valve or plug be opened
again to insure that all air has been expelled from the
pump casing.
SUCTION LIFT PRIMING
A foot valve should be used for priming on suction lift
applications The foot valve, located at the end or foot of
the suction piping, functions as a check valve and allows
flow in one direction only, toward the pump. Otherwise,
all the liquid will drain from the pump and suction piping
back into the sump after shutdown.
Initial priming is accomplished by completely filling the
suction piping and pump casing with the liquid to be
pumped This can be done by removing the air vent valve
or plug at the top of the pump casing, and inserting a pipe
nipple in the orifice with an appropraite increaser to
accomodate a hose connection A priming line can also
be inserted in the discharge piping between the check
valve and the pump, or the priming can be done with a
bucket and funnel The important thing is to completely
fill the custion pipe and pump casing with liquid.
When the pump is started, the vacuum created by pump-
ing the priming fluid, combined with atmospheric pres-
sure in the liquid well, forces liquid into the suction piping,
thus opening the valve and keeping it open until the pump
is shut down. When the pump is shut down, the liquid
being pumped reverses its flow causing the valve to
close. The liquid is now trapped in the suction piping and
pump casing, thus maintaining a prime on the pump.
VACUUM PRIMING
Vacuum priming consists of removing air from the pump
casing and suction pipng and drawing liquid into them by
means of a vacuum creating device. The types of
vacuum equipment range from a simple hand pump to a
complex central priming system. Your specific priming
requirements will govern what type of vacuum primer you
use.
STARTING
For initial starting, the gate valve in the discharge line
should be closed, and opened gradually as the motor
approaches full speed usually in from five to ten
seconds After the pump has once been in operation so
SEASONAL SERVICE
To Take Out of Service:
1 Dram the liquid from the pump to prevent freezing and
damage to the pump body. It is recommended that a
good rust inhibitor be put into the liquid end to prevent
excessive corrosion. Keep the motor dry and cov-
ered.
2 To drain, remove the drain plug which is located
below the suction inlet of the pump. Drain the suction
pipe to a point below the frost line All other pipes,
which may be exposed to freezing temperatures,
should also be drained.
3 Remove the priming plug. This wi I help the pump
body to drain by permitting air to enter the case
To Place Pump Back Into Service:
1 Replace all drain plugs previously removed, using
pipe joint compound on all male threads.
2. If the suction line has been removed, be certain that
it is re -connected.
3 Check to be certain that the pump shaft turns freely
4 Prime and start
DO NOT START THE PUMP UNTIL IT IS FILLED
WITH WATER.
STUFFING BOX - MECHANICAL SEAL:
With the exercise of a few precautions a mechanica seal
will furnish very satisfactory operation in pumps. Precau-
tions which should be observed are:
1. Do not run the pump dry. The flat faces of the seal
are lubricated by the liquid being pumped.
2.Vent the seal housing if it is the high point in the
pump.
3.Purge the system thoroughly to remove welding
slag, scale, or dirt which may injure the seal prema-
turely due to the abrasive condition of liquid.
INSTALLING A NEW MECHANICAL SEAL
CAUTION: This seal is a precision product and
should be handled accordingly. Be especially care-
ful not to scratch or chip the lapped sealing faces of
the washer and floating seat. If reinstalling a used
seal, both sealing faces should be relapped.
The seat must be seated securely in the seat ring with the
lapped lace out The untapped face is marked and cor
rectly assembled when shipped. Oil the seat ring with
light oil and seat it firmly and
squarely. If this cannot be
done with the fingers, use a
sleeve as shown m Fig. 1
inserting the cardboard ship-
ping disc between the sleeve
and the lapped face to prevent
scratching sealing face.
INSTALLING ROTATING ELEMENT
Oil shaft with /fight oil. Shaft should be clean and polished
smooth Slide seal body on shaft (washer end first) and
seat firmly. A sleeve as shown
in Fig. 2 will facilitate this op-
eration and prevent the rubber
driving ring from pulling out of
place as the seal body is slid
along the shaft. Assembly of
impeller automatically sets seal
in proper position.
Make sure al all limes and particularly before final as-
sembly, that both sealing faces are absolutely clean
Sealing faces should be oiled with clean, light oil
NOTE: DO NOT USE PETROLEUM BASED PROD-
UCTS TO LUBRICATE EPT OR EPDM ELASTOMERS
- USE ONLY WATER BASED LUBRICANT.
-6-
-7-

WARNING:
Do not work on this pump until you are sure the pump
and associated piping are totally depressurized, and if
pumping hot liquids that the temperature is safe to
handle.
Be sure that electricity to the motor is shut off and
locked out, or if the motor is to be tested while running
that it is conducted by a qualified person and safe
electrical procedures are followed.
To insure safety and a successful repairif there is
anything about the pump and motor you do not com-
pletely understand, contact your distributor or the fac-
tory for instructions.
SERVICE GUIDE
TROUBLE AND CAUSE
REMEDY
t Failure to Pump
a Pump not properly primed
b. Suction lift too great
c Speed too slow
d. Motor running in wrong direction
a. Be sure that pump case and suction line are full of water. See priming
instructions.
b Locate the pump closer to the water source. Make sure that the suction
piping diameter is large enough.
c Check the voltage at motor terminals and at the meter when the pump is
operating. Check for loose connections. If voltage is low, contact your
Power company Be sure that wire size is adequate
d Check the wiring diagram on the motor nameplate. If it is a 3-Phase
motor, refer to the Wiring instruction.
2. Reduced Capacity and/or Head
a Clogged Impeller
b. Air pockets or leaks in suction line
c. Strainer too small or clogged
d Insufficient submergence of suction
pipe
e Excessive suction lift
1. Excessively worn impeller
a. Remove and clean
b Check the line for air leaks for excessive lift.
c Check the end of suction pipe or foot vlave to see that is is not plugged
or buried in mud or sediment. When installing in pond or lake, support
the suction line so that it will be submerged in water, but not imbedded in
mud or sediment. A strainer with greater screen area may be required.
d Add sufficient pipe to keep the submerged end well below the water
surface.
e. 1f caused by suction pipe friction, increase the size of the pipe; otherwise
move the pump closer to the water level.
1 Order replacement parts. See repair list.
3 Pump Loses Prime
a Air leaks in suction line
b. Excessive suction lift and operating
too near shut-off point.
c Water level drops while pumping,
exposing suction pipe or straine•
a Check suction piping. Piping might have frozen, causing it to split.
b Move the pump closer to the water level.
c. Check the water supply Add a length of pipe to the suction line to keep
the submerged end under water.
4 Motor Will Not Start
a. Blown fuses
b. No electric current at motor
c. Motor hums but will not start
d Motor damaged by lightning or voltage
surge
a Replace with new luses
b The power supply may be off, the connections may be loose or incorrect,
or the wire may have been chewed by rodents.
c. Turn power oll. Check the rotating element of the pump to see that it turns
freely.
d Take the motor to any authorized motor repair shop.
-8-

GORMAN-RUPP PUMPS
T6A60-B
G
OM-01929-0B02
October 20, 1983
Rev. G
INSTALLATION, OPERATION,
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WITH PARTS LIST
GORMAN RUPP
PUMPS
T SERIES PUMP
MODEL
T6A60 - B
INCLUDING: /F, /FM
o EC El FLUID HANDLING INC.
304 Pomona Drive / Suite D
Greensboro, N.C. 27407
PH, 910.294.7888
FAX [phone]
1.1 Wm
CMnENYS EG1IPMMENT COPP
THE GORMAN-RUPP COMPANY • MANSFIELD, OHIO
GORMAN-RUPP OF CANADA LIMITED • ST. THOMAS, ONTARIO, CANADA Printed in U S.A.
:Copynons Dy tro Gorman -Rupp Company y

TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION PAGE I - 1
WARNINGS - SECTION A PAGE A - 1
INSTALLATION - SECTION B PAGE B - 1
Pump Dimensions PAGE B - 1
PREINSTALLATION INSPECTION PAGE B - 2
POSITIONING PUMP PAGE B - 2
Lifting PAGE B - 2
Mounting PAGE B - 2
Clearance - PAGE B - 2
SUCTION AND DISCHARGE PIPING PAGE B - 2
Materials PAGE B - 2
Line Configuration PAGE B - 3
Connections to Pump PAGE B - 3
Gauges tt„ PAGEB-3
SUCTION LINES PAGE B - 3
Fittings, PAGE B - 3
Strainers PAGE B - 3
Sealing _ PAGE B - 3
Suction Lines In Sumps PAGE B - 3
Suction Line Positioning PAGE B - 4
DISCHARGE LINES PAGE B - 4
Siphoning PAGE B - 4
Valves PAGE B - 4
Bypass Lines PAGE B - 5
AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE , , , PAGE B - 6
Theory of Operation PAGE B - 6
Air Release Valve Installation PAGE B - 6
ALIGNMENT PAGE B - 7
Coupled Drives , PAGE B - 8
V-Belt Drives PAGE B - 8
OPERATION - SECTION C _ PAGE C - 1
PRIMING . , # PAGE C - 1
STARTING .. PAGE C - 1
Rotation PAGE C - 1
OPERATION . PAGE C - 2
Lines With a Bypass.. PAGE C - 2
Lines Without a Bypass PAGE C - 2
Leakage , , PAGE C - 2
Liquid Temperature And Overheating PAGE C - 2
Strainer Check PAGE C - 3
Pump_ Vacuum Check PAGE C - 3
STOPPING PAGE C - 3
Cold Weather Preservation PAGE C - 3
BEARING TEMPERATURE CHECK _ , , , PAGE C - 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
TROUBLESHOOTING - SECTION D PAGE D - 1
.....
PUMP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR - SECTION E PAGE E - 1
PERFORMANCE CURVE PAGE E - 1
PARTS USTS:
Pump Model T6A60-B PAGE E - 3
44163-050 Repair Rotating Assembly PAGE E - 5
PUMP AND SEAL DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY PAGE E - 6
Back Cover And Wear Plate Removal . PAGE E - 6
Suction Check Valve Removal PAGE E - 6
Rotating Assembly Removal PAGE E - 6
Impeller Removal PAGE E - 7
Seal Removal PAGE E - 8
Shaft and Bearing Removal and Disassembly , F PAGE E - 8
Shaft and Bearing Reassembly and Installation PAGE E - 9
Seal Installation PAGE E - 10
Impeller Installation PAGE E - 12
Rotating Assembly Installation PAGE E - 12
Suction Check Valve Installation PAGE E - 13
Back Cover Installation PAGE E - 13
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE MAINTENANCE PAGE E - 13
Final Pump Assembly _ . _ _ PAGE E - 13
LUBRICATION PAGE E - 14
Seal Assembly _ _ PAGE E - 14
Bearings PAGEE-14
Power Source _ PAGE E - 14
ii

T SERIES OM-01929-02
INTRODUCTION
This Installation, Operation, and Maintenance man-
ual is designed to help you achieve the best per-
formance and longest life from your Gorman -Rupp
pump.
This purnp is a T Series, semi -open impeller, serf -
priming centrifugal model with a suction check
valve. The pump is designed for handling mild in-
dustrial corrosives, residue and slurries containing
large entrained solids. The basic material of con-
struction is gray iron, with ductile iron impeller and
steel wearing parts.
tf there are any questions regarding the pump or its application which are not covered in this manual or in other
literature accompanying this unit, please contact your Gorman -Rupp distributor, or write:
The Gorman -Rupp Company or Gorman -Rupp of Canada Umtted
P.O. Box 1217 70 Burwell Road
Mansfield, Ohio 44901-1217 St. Thomas, Ontario N5P 3R7
For information or technical assistance on the power source, contact the power source manufacturer's local
Cealer cr representative.
The following are used to alert maintenance personnel to procedures which require special attention, to those
which could damage equipment, and to those which could be dangerous to personnel:
DANGER!
Immediate hazards which WILL result in
severe personal injury or death. These
instructions describe the procedure re-
quired and the injury which will result
from failure to follow the procedure.
Hazards or unsafe practices which
COULD result in severe personal injury
or death. These instructions describe
the procedure required and the injury
which could result from failure to follow
the procedure.
Hazards or unsafe practices which COULD
result in minor personal injury or product or
property damage. These instructions de-
scribe the requirements and the possible
damage which could result from failure to
follow the procedure.
NOTE
Instructions 10 aid in installation, operation, and
maintenance or which clarify a procedure.
INTRODUCTION
PAGE I - 1

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
SAFETY - SECTION A
These warnings apply to T Series basic
pumps. Gorman -Rupp has no control
over or particular knowledge of the
power source which will be used. Refer
to the manual accompanying the power
source before attempting to begin
operation.
WARNING!
Before attempting to open or service the
pump:
1. Familiarize yourself with this man-
ual.
2. Disconnect or lock out the power
source to ensure that the pump will
remain inoperative.
3. Allow the pump to cool if over-
heated.
4. Check the temperature before
opening any covers, plates, or
plugs.
5. Close the suction and discharge
valves.
6. Vent the pump slowly and cau-
tiously.
7. Drain the pump.
/ :.,•
RIN1NG!.
This pump is designed to handle mild in-
dustrial corrosives, residues and slur-
ries containing large entrained solids.
Do not attempt to pump volatile, corro-
sive, or flammable materials which may
damage the pump or endanger person-
nel as a result of pump failure.
After the pump has been positioned,
make certain that the pump and all pip-
ing connections are tight, properly sup-
ported and secure before operation.
DANGER!
Do not operate the pump without the
guards in place over the rotating parts.
Exposed rotating parts can catch cloth-
ing, fingers, or tools, causing severe in-
jury to personnel.
Do not remove plates, covers, gauges,
pipe plugs, or fittings from an over-
heated pump. Vapor pressure within the
pump can cause parts being disen-
gaged to be ejected with great force. Al-
low the pump to cool before servicing.
Do not operate the pump against a
closed discharge valve for long periods
of time. If operated against a closed dis-
charge valve, pump components will
deteriorate, and the liquid could cometo
a boil, build pressure, and cause the
pump casing to rupture or explode.
SAFETY
PAGE A - 1

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
Use Ir. rig and moving equipment in
good repair and with adequate capacity
to prevent injuries to personnel or dam-
age to equipment. Suction and dis-
charge hoses and piping must be re-
moved from the pump before lifting.
PAGE A - 2 SAFETY

T SERIES OM-01929-0:
INSTALLATION - SECTION B
Review all SAFETY information In Section A.
Since pump installations are seldom identical, this
section offers only general recommendations and
practices required to inspect, position, and arrange
the pump and piping.
Most of the information pertains to a standard static
lift application where the pump is positioned above
the free level of liquid to be pumped.
If installed in a flooded suction application where
the liquid is supplied to the pump under pressure,
some of the information such as mounting, Tine con-
figuration, and priming must be tailored to the spe-
i
29 8
(758 8I
t
n '55
C717.6)
8
22 38
(568.3]
DIMENSIONS;
INCHES
(MILLIMETERS)
cific application. Since the pressure supplied to the
pump is critical to performance and safety, be sure
to limit the incoming pressure to 50% of the maxi-
mum permissible operating pressure as shown on
the pump performance curve.
For further assistance, contact your Gorman -Rupp
distributor or the Gorman -Rupp Company.
Pump Dimensions
See Figure 1 for the approximate physical dimen-
sions of this pump.
OUTLINE DRAWING
o' NPT
2.75 :� / DISCHARGE
C69.9]
10.38
r_
E263.53
20.75
C527.0)
11.38
22.75 '-239.0]
(577.9]
6' NPT
•
SUCTION
3.06
C7 7.8]
.69/C17.5]
DIA.-4 HOLES
'2.36
C306.4] 7
10.56
C268,3J
L-
18.00/C457,2.1 REO'C.
FOR REMOVAL OF
BACK COVER PLATE
.38/19.5) X .19/[4.8]
X 3.50/[88.5] LC.
USEABLE KEYWAY
1.06
C27,0]
1.50 DIA.
r[38.1]
10.13
[257.2]
r 5.00
(127,0]
11.00 11.56
1279 4]
-mot
Fgure 1. Pump Model T6A60-B
31.56
C8C1.7]
C293.7]
INSTALLATION
PAGER-1

OM-01929-02 T SERIES
PREINSTALLATION INSPECTION
The pump assembly was inspected and tested be-
fore shipment from the factory. Before installation,
inspect the pump for damage which may have oc-
curred during shipment. Check as follows:
a, Inspect the pump for cracks, dents, damaged
threads, and other obvious damage.
b Check for and tighten loose attaching hard-
ware. Since gaskets tend to shrink atter drying,
check for loose hardware at mating surfaces.
c Carefully read all wamings and cautions con-
tained in this manual or affixed to the pump,
and perform all duties indicated. Note the ai-
rection of rotation indicated on the pump.
Check that the pump shaft rotates counter-
clockwise when facing the impeller.
Only operate this pump in the direction in-
dicated by the arrow on the pump body
and on the accompanying decal. Refer to
ROTATION in OPERATION, Section C.
d. Check levels and lubricate as necessary. Refer
to LUBRICATION in the MAINTENANCE AND
REPAIR section of this manual and perform du-
ties as instructed.
e. if the pump and power source have been stored
for more than 12 months, some of the compo-
nents or lubricants may have exceeded their
maximum shelf lice. These must be inspected
or replaced to ensure maximum pump service.
If the maximum shelf life has been exceeded, or if
anything appears to be abnormal, contact your Gor-
man -Rupp distributor or the factory to determine the
repair or updating policy. Do not put the pump into
service until appropriate action has been taken.
POSITIONING PUMP
Lifting
Use lifting equipment with a capacity of at least
4,050 pounds (1837 kg). This pump weighs ap-
proximately 810 pounds (367,4 kg), not including
the weight of accessones and base. Customer in-
stalled equipment such as suction and discharge
piping must be removed before attempting to lift.
The pump assembly can be seriously
damaged if the cables or chains used to lift
and move the unit are improperly wrapped
around the pump.
Mounting
Locate the pump in an accessible place as close as
practical to the liquid being pumped. Level mount-
ing is essential for proper operation.
The pump may have to be supported or shimmed to
provide for level operation or to eliminate vibration.
Clearance
When positioning the pump, allow a minimum clear-
ance of 18 inches (457 mm) in front of the back
cover to permit removal of the cover and easy ac-
cess to the pump interior.
SUCTION AND DISCHARGE PIPING
Pump performance is adversely effected by in-
creased suction lift. discharge elevation, and friction
losses. See the performance curve and operating
range shown on Page E-1 to be sure your overall ap-
plication allows pump to operate within the safe op-
eration range.
Materials
Either pipe or hose maybe used for suction and dis-
charge lines; however, the materials must be corn -
PAGE B - 2 INSTALLATION

T SERIES OM-01929-02
patible with the liquid being pumped. If hose is used
in suction lines, it must be the rigid -wall, reinforced
type to prevent collapse under suction. Using pip-
ing couplings in suction lines is not recommended.
Line Configuration
Keep suction and discharge lines as straight as pos-
sible to minimize friction losses. Make minimum use
of elbows and fittings, which substantially increase
friction loss. If elbows are necessary, use the long -
radius type to minimize friction loss.
Connections to Pump
Before tightening a connecting flange, align it ex-
actly with the pump pert. Never pull a pipe line into
place by tightening the flange bolts and/or cou-
plings.
Lines near the pump must be independently sup-
ported to avoid strain on the pump which could
cause excessive vibration, decreased bearing life,
and inc eased shaft and seal wear. If hose -type
lines are used. they should have adequate support
to secure them when filled with liquid and under
pressure.
Gauges
Most pumps are drilled and tapped for installing dis-
charge pressure and vacuum suction gauges. If
these gauges are desired for pumps that are not
tapped, drill and tap the suction and discharge lines
not less than 18 inches (457,2 mm) from the suction
and discharge ports and install the lines. Installa-
tion closer to the pump may result in erratic read-
ings.
SUCTION LINES
To avoid air pockets which could affect pump prim-
ing, the suction line must be as short and direct as
possible. When operation involves a suction lift, the
line must always slope upward to the pump from the
source of the liquid being pumped; if the fine slopes
down to the pump at any point along the suction run,
air pockets will be created.
Fittings
Suction lines should be the same size as the pump
inlet. If reducers are used in suction Tines, they
should be the eccentric type, and should be in-
stalled with the flat part of the reducers uppermost to
avoid creating air pockets. valves are not normally
used in suction tines, but if a valve is used, install it
with the stem horizontal to avoid air pockets.
Strainers
If a strainer is furnished with the pump, be certain to
use it; any spherical solids which pass through a
strainer furnished with the pump will also pass
through the pump itself.
If a strainer is not furnished with the pump, but is in-
stalled by the pump user, make certain that the total
area of the openings in the strainer is at least three or
four times the cross section of the suction line, and
that the openings will not permit passage of solids
larger than the solids handling capability of the
pump.
This pump is designed to handle up to 3-inch (76,2
mm) diameter spherical solids.
Sealing
Since even a slight teak will affect priming, head,
and capacity, especially when operating with a high
suction lift, all connections in the suction line
should be sealed with pipe dope to ensure an air-
tight seal. Follow the sealant manufacturer's recom-
mendations when selecting and applying the pipe
dope. The pipe dope should be compatible with the
liquid being pumped.
Suction Lines In Sumps
If a single suction line is installed in a sump, it should
be positioned away from the wall of the sump at a
distance equal to 1 1 /2 times the diameter of the suc-
tion line.
If there is a liquid flow from an open pipe into the
sump, the flow should be kept away from the suction
inlet because the inflow will carry air down into the
sump, and air entering the suction line will reduce
pump efficiency.
If it is necessary to position inflow close to the suc-
tion inlet, install a baffle between the inflow and the
INSTALLATION PAGE B - 3

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
suction inlet at a distance 11/2 times the diameter of
the suction pipe. The baffle will allow entrained air to
escape from the liquid before it is drawn into the suc-
tion inlet.
If two suction lines are installed in a single sump, the
flow paths may interact, reducing the efficiency of
one or both pumps. To avoid This, position the suc-
tion inlets so that they are separated by a distance
equal to at least 3 times the diameter of the suction
pipe.
Suction Une Positioning
The depth of submergence of the suction line is criti-
SUBMERGENCE (MIN )
FT
5.15
17
4.88
16
5.57
15
427
14
3.96
13
3.66
12
335
11
3.05
10
2_74
9
2.44
8
2.13
7
1.83
6
1.52
5
122
4
0.91
3
0.61
2
030
0
0
cal to efficient pump operation. Figure 2 shows rec-
ommended minimum submergence vs. velocity.
NOTE
The pipe submergence required may be reduced
by installing a standard pipe increaser fitting at the
end of the suction line. The larger opening size will
reduce the inlet velocity. Calculate the required sub-
mergence using the following formula based on the
increased opening size (area or diameter).
T
r I I
► /111
�y
I J
f
1
1
ri
1 1 1 1 1
V>=1... (FTJSEC.)
V6(hi/SEC)
1i213
41516171819 10111
12
13114115116
OLVW.(G.P.f.�)x321
VELOCITY (FTJSEC.)= AREA
VELOCITY (MJSEC.)_ FLOW (MJMItr)x2122
0.4M I .H IN MIA2
G.PJLx.4085
OR D2
OR FLOW (f.13/SEC.)
AREA IN M 2
Figure 2. Recommended Minimum Suction Line Submergence vs. Velocity
DISCHARGE LINES
Siphoning
Do not terminate the discharge line at a level lower
than that of the liquid being pumped unless a siphon
breaker is used in the line. Otherwise, a siphoning
action causing damage to the pump could result.
Valves
If a throttling valve is desired in the discharge line,
use a valve as large as the largest pipe to minimize
friction losses. Never install a throttling vatve in a
suction line.
With high discharge heads, it is recommended that
a throttling valve and a system check valve be in-
stalled in the discharge line to protect the pump from
excessive shock pressure and reverse rotation
when it is stopped.
PAGER-4
INSTALLATION

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
If the application involves a high discharge
head, gradually close the discharge
throttling valve before stopping the pump.
Bypass I1nes
Self -priming pumps we not air compressors. During
the priming cycle, air from the suction line must be
vented to atmosphere on the discharge side. If the
discharge line is open, this air will be vented through
the discharge. However, if a check valve has been
installed in the discharge line, the discharge side of
the pump must be opened to atmospheric pressure
through a bypass line installed between the pump
discharge and the check valve. A self -priming cen-
trifugal pump will not prime if there is sufficient
static liquid head to hold the discharge check valve
closed.
NOTE
The bypass line should De sized so that it does not
affect pump discharge capacity; however, the by-
pass line should be at least 1 inch in diameter to
minimize the chance of plugging.
In low discharge head applications (less than 30
feet or 9 meters), it is recommended that the bypass
line be run back to the wet well, and located 6 inches
below the water level or cut-off point of the low level
pump. In some installations, this bypass line may be
terminated with a six -to -eight foot length of 1 1/4 inch
I.D. smooth -bore hose; air and liquid vented during
the priming process will then agitate the hose and
break up any solids, grease, or other substances
likely to cause clogging.
A bypass line that is returned to a wet wel
must be secured against being drawn into
the pump suction inlet.
It is also recommended that pipe unions be installed
at each 90° elbow in a bypass line to ease disas-
sembly and maintenance.
In high discharge head applications (more than 30
feet), an excessive amount of liquid may be by-
passed and forced back to the wet well under the full
working pressure of the pump; this will reduce over-
all pumping efficiency. Therefore, it is recom-
mended that a Gorman -Rupp Automatic Alr Re-
lease Valve be installed In the bypass line.
Gorman -Rupp Automatic Air Release Valves are reli-
able, and require minimum maintenance. See
AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE in this section
for installation and theory of operation of the Auto-
matic Air Release Valve_ Consult your Gorman -Rupp
distributor, or contact the Gorman -Rupp Company
for selection of an Automatic Air Release Valve to fit
your application.
If the installation involves a flooded suction such as
a below -ground lift station. A pipe union and manual
shut-off valve may be installed in the bleed line to al-
low service of the valve without shutting down the
station, and to eliminate the possibility of flooding. If
a manual shut-off valve is installed anywhere in the
air release piping, it must be atull-opening ball type
valve to prevent plugging by solids.
DANGER!
If a manual shut-off valve is installed in
a bypass line, it must not be left closed
during operation. A closed manual shut-
off valve may cause a pump which has
lost prime to continue to operate without
reaching prime, causing dangerous
overheating and possible explosive
rupture of the pump casing. Personnel
could be severely injured.
Allow an over -heated pump to cool be-
fore servicing. Do not remove plates.
covers, gauges, or fittings from an over-
heated pump. Liquid within the pump
can reach boiling temperatures, and va-
por pressure within the pump can cause
parts being disengaged to be ejected
with great force. After the pump cools,
drain the liquid from the pump by re-
moving the casing drain plug. Use cau-
INSTALLATION
PAGE B - 5

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
tion when removing the plug to prevent
injury to personnel from hot liquid.
AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE
When properly installed and correctly adjusted to
the specific hydraulic operating conditions of the
application, the Gorman -Rupp Automatic Air Re-
lease Valve will permit air to escape through the by-
pass line, and then close automatically when the
pump is fully primed and pumping at full capacity.
Theory of Operation
Figures 3 and 4 show a cross -sectional view of the
Automatic Air Release Valve, and a corresccnding
description of operation.
Figure 3. Valve in Open Position
Curing the priming cycle. air from the pump casing
flows through the bypass line, and passes through
the Air Release Valve to the wet well (Figure 3).
Figure 4. Valve In Closed Position
When the pump is fully primed, pressure resulting
from flow against the valve diaphragm compresses
the spring and closes the valve (Figure 4). The valve
will remain closed, reducing the bypass of liquid to 1
to 5 gallons (3.8 to 19 liters) per minute, until the
pump loses its prime or steps.
Some leakage (1 to 5 gallons [3.8 to 19
liters] per minute) will occur when the
valve is fully closed. Be sure the bypass
line is directed back to the wet well or
tank to prevent hazardous spills.
When the pump shuts down, the spring returns the
diaphragm to its original position. Any solids that
may have accumulated in the diaphragm umber
settle to the bottom and are flushed out during the
next priming cycle.
NOTE
The valve will remain open if the pump does not
reach its designed capacity or head. Valve closing
pressure is dependent upon the discharge head of
the pump at full capacity The e range of the valve
closing pressure is established by the tension rate
of the spring as ordered from the factory. Valve clos-
ing pressure can be further adjusted to the exact
system requirements by moving the spring retaining
pin up or down the plunger rod to increase or de-
crease tension on the spring. Contact your Gor-
man -Rupp distributor or the Gorman -Rupp Com-
pany for information about an Automate Air Release
Valve for your specific application.
Air Release Valve Installation
The Automatic Air Release Valve must be independ-
ently mounted in a horizontal position and con-
nected to the discharge line of the self -priming cen-
trifugal pump (see Figure 5).
NOTE
1f the Air Release Valve is to be installed on a staged
pump application, contact the factory for specific in-
stallation instructions.
PAGE B - 6
I NSTALLATi O N

T SERIES OM-01929-02
CLEAN -OUT
COVER
INSTALL AIR RELEASE VALVE
IN HORIZONTAL POSITION
90° LONG
RADI
ELBOW
BLEED UNE
4 AIM) DIA- MIN. .CUSTOMER
URNISHED)
EXTEND 6'
(152.4 MM)
BELOW UGUID
LEVEL SURFACE
;FL-1737r
•
WET WELL
OR SUMP
: DISCHARGE PIPE
DISCHARGE
CHECK VALVE
PUMP DISCHARGE
SELF -PRIMING
CENTRIFUGAL
PUMP
Figure 5. Typical Automatic Air Release Valve Installation
The valve inlet line must be installed between the
pump discharge port and the ncn-pressurized side
of the discharge check valve. The valve inlet is at the
large end of the valve body, and is provided with
standard 1-inch NPT pipe threads.
The valve outlet is located at the opposite end of the
valve, and is also equipped with standard 1-inch
NPT pipe threads. The outlet should be connected
to a bleed line which slopes back to the wet well or
sump. The bleed line must be the same size as the
inlet piping, or larger. It piping is used for the bleed
line, avoid the use of elbows whenever possible.
NOTE
It is recommended that each Air Release Valve be
fitted with an independent bleeder line directed
back to the wet well. However, if multiple Air Release
Valves are installed in a system, the bleeder lines
may be directed to a common manifold pipe. Con-
tact your Gorman -Rupp distributor or the Gorman -
Rupp Company for information about installation of
an Automatic Air Release Valve for your specific ap-
plication.
ALIGNMENT
The alignment of the pump and its power source is
critical for trouble -free mechanical operation. In
either a flexible coupling or V-bett driven system, the
driver and pump must be mounted so that their
shafts are aligned with and parallel to each other tt is
imperative that alignment be checked after the
pump and piping are installed, and before opera-
tion.
NOTE
ChecK Rotation, Section C, before final alignment
of the pump.
When mounted at the Gorman -Rupp factory, driver
and pump are aligned before shipment. Misalign-
ment will occur in transit and handling. Pumps must
be checked and realigned before operation. Before
checking alignment, tighten the foundation botts.
The pump casing feet and/or pedestal feet, and the
driver mounting bolts should also be tightly secured.
INSTALLATION
PAGE B - 7

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
en c ec trig a ignme , • isconnect
the power source to ensure that the
pump will remain inoperative.
CAUTION
Adjusting the alignment in one direction
may alter the alignment in another direc-
tion. check each procedure after altering
alignment.
Coupled Drives
When using couplings, the axis of the power source
must be aligned to the axis of the pump shaft in both
the horizontal and vertical planes. Most couplings
require a specific gap or clearance between the driv-
ing and the driven shafts. Refer to the coupling
manufacturer's service literature.
Align spider insert type couplings by using calipers
to measure the dimensions on the circumference of
the outer ends of the coupling hub every 90 degrees.
The coupling is in alignment when the hub ends are
the same distance apart at all points (see Figure 6A).
Figure 6A. Aligning Spider -Type Couplings
Figure 6B. Aligning Non -Spider Type Couplings
Align non -spider type couplings by using a feeler
gauge or taper gauge between the coupling halves
every 90 degrees. The coupling is in alignment when
the hubs are the same distance apart at all points
(see Figure 6B).
Check parallel adjustment by laying a straightedge
across both coupling rims at the top, bottom, and
side. When the straightedge rests evenly on both
halves of the coupling, the coupling is in horizontal
parallel alignment. If the coupling is misaligned, use
a feeler gauge between the coupling and the
straightedge to measure the amount of misalign-
ment.
V-Belt Drives
When using V-belt drives, the power source and the
pump must be parallel. Use a straightedge along the
sides of the pulleys to ensure that the pulleys are
properly aligned (see Figure 6C). In drive systems
using two or more belts, make certain that the betts
are a matched set; unmatched sets will cause accel-
erated belt wear.
PAGE B - 8 INSTALLATION

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
MISALIGNED: SHAFTS NOT
PARALLEL
MISAUGNED: SHAFTS NOT
IN UNE
ALIGNED: SHAFTS PARALLEL
AND SHEAVES IN UNE
Figure 6C. Alignment of V-Belt Driven Pumps
Tighten the belts in accordance with the belt manu-
facturer's instructions. If the belts are too loose, they
will slip; if the belts are too tight, there will be exces-
sive power loss and possible bearing failure. Select
pulleys that will match the proper speed ratio; over-
speeaing the pump may damage both pump and
power source.
DANGER!:
Do not operate the pump without the
guard in place over the rotating parts.
exposed rotating parts can catch cloth-
ing, fingers, or tools, causing severe in-
jury to personnel.
INSTALLATION PAGE B - 9

T-SERIES
OM-01929-02
OPERATION - SECTION C
Review all SAFETY Information In Section A.
Follow the instructions on all tags, labels and decals
attached to the pump.
This pump is designed to handle mild in-
dustrial corrosives, slurries and slurries
containing large entrained solids. Do
not attempt to pump volatile, corrosive,
or flammable liquids which may darn -
age the pump or endanger personnel as
a result of pump failure.
Pump speed and operating conditions
must be within the performance range
shown on page E-1.
PRIMING
Install the pump and piping as described in INSTAL-
LATION. Make sure that the piping connections are
tight, and that the pump is securely mounted. Check
that the pump is properly lubricated (see LUBRICA-
TION in MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR).
This pump is self -priming, but the pump should
never be operated unless there is liquid in the pump
casing.
C UTI ON
Never operate this pump unless there is liq-
uid in the pump casing. The pump will not
prime when dry. extended operation of a
dry pump will destroy the seal assembly.
Add liquid to the pump casing when:
1. The pump is being put into service for the first
time.
2. The pump has not been used for a consider-
able length of time.
3. The liquid in lie pump casing has evapo-
rated.
Once the pump casing has been filled, the pump will
prime and reprime as necessary.
After filling the pump casing, reinstall
and tighten the fill plug. Do not attempt
to operate the pump unless all connect-
ing piping is securely installed. Other-
wise, liquid in the pump forced out
under pressure could cause injury to
personnel.
To fill the pump, remove the pump casing fill cover or
fill plug in the top of the casing, and add clean liquid
until the casing is filled. Replace the fill cover or fill
plug before operating the pump
STARTING
Consult the operations manual furnished with the
power source.
Rotation
The correct direction of pump rotation is counter-
clockwise when facing the impeller. The pump could
be damaged and performance adversely affected
by incorrect rotation. If pump performance is not
within the specified limits (see the curve on page
E-1), check the direction of power source rotation
before further troubleshooting.
If an electric motor is used to drive the pump, remove
V-belts, couplings, or otherwise disconnect the
OPERATION PAGE C - 1

OM-01929-02 T-SERIES
pump from the motor before checking motor rota-
tion. Operate the motor independently while observ-
ing the direction of the motor shaft, or cooling fan.
If rotation is incorrect on a three-phase motor, have a
qualified electrician interchange any two of the three
phase wires to change direction. tf rotation is incor-
rect on a single-phase motor, consult the literature
supplied with the motor for specific instructions.
OPERATION
Lines With a Bypass
It a Gorman-Ruop Automatic Air Release Valve has
been installed,the valve will automatically open to
al low the pump to prime, and automatically close af-
ter priming is complete (see INSTALLATION for Air
Release Valve operation).
lithe bypass line is open, airfrom the suction line will
be discharged througn the bypass line back to the
wet well during the priming cycle. Liquid will then
continue to circulate through the bypass line while
the pump is in operation.
Lines Without a Bypass
Open all valves in the discharge line and start the
power source. Priming is indicated by a positive
reading on the discharge pressure gauge or by a
quieter operation. The pump may not prime immedi-
ately because the suction line must first fill with liq-
uid. If the pump fails to prime within five minutes,
stop it and check the suction line for leaks.
After the pump has been primed, partially close the
discharge line throttling valve in order to fill the line
slowly and guard against excessive shock pressure
which could damage pipe ends, gaskets, sprinkler
heads, and any other fixtures connected to the line.
When the discharge line is completely filled, adjust
the throttling valve to the required flow rate.
Do not operate the pump against a
closed discharge throttling valve for
long periods of time. If operated against
a closed discharge throttling valve,
pump components will deteriorate, and
the liquid could come to a boil, build
pressure, and cause the pump casing to
rupture or explode.
Leakage
No leakage should be visible at purnp mating sur-
faces, or at purnp connections or fittings. Keep all
line connections and fittings tight to maintain maxi-
mum pump efficiency.
Liquid Temperature And Overheating
The maximum liquid temperature for this pump is
160° F (71 ° C). Do not apply it at a higher operating
temperature.
Ovemeating can occur if operated with the valves in
the suction or discharge lines closed. Operating
against closed valves could bring the liquid to a boil,
build pressure, and cause the pump to rupture or ex-
plode. tf overheating occurs, stop the pump and al-
low it to cool before servicing it. Refill the pump cas-
ing with cool liquid.
DANGER±
allow an over -heated pump to cool be-
fore servicing. Do not remove plates,
covers, gauges, or fittings from an over-
heated pump. Liquid within the pump
can reach boiling temperatures, and va-
por pressure within the pump can cause
parts being disengaged to be ejected
with great force. After the pump cools,
drain the liquid from the pump by re-
moving the casing drain plug. Use cau-
tion when removing the plug to prevent
injury to personnel from hot liquid.
As a safeguard against rupture or explosion due to
heat, this pump is equipped with a pressure relief
valve which will open if vapor pressure within the
PAGE C - 2
OPERATION

T-SERIES OM-01929-02
pump casing reaches a critical point. If overheating
does occur. stop the pump immediately and allow it
to cool before servicing it. Approach any over-
heated pump cautiously. It is recommended that
the pressure relief valve assembly be replaced at
each overhaul, or any time the pump casing over-
heats and activates the valve. Never replace this
valve with a substitute which has not been specified
or provided by the Gorman -Rupp Company.
Strainer Check
If a suction strainer has been shipped with the pump
or installed by the user, check the strainer regularly,
and clean it as necessary. The strainer should also
be checked if pump flow rate begins to drop. It a vac-
uum suction gauge has been installed, monitor and
record the readings regularly in detect strainer
blockage.
Never introduce air or steam pressure into the pump
casing or piping to remove a blockage. This could
result in personal injury or damage to the equipment.
If back -flushing is absolutely necessary, liquid pres-
sure must be limited to 50% of the maximum per-
missible operating pressure shown on the pump
performance curve.
Pump Vacuum Check
With the pump inoperative, install a vacuum gauge
in the system, using pipe dope cn the threads. Block
the suction line and start the pump. At operating
speed the pump should pull a vacuum of 20 inches
(508,0 mm) or more of mercury. If it does not, check
for air leaks in the seal, gasket, or discharge valve.
Open the suction line, and read the vacuum gauge
with the pump primed and at operation speed. Shut
off the pump. The vacuum gauge reading will imme-
diately drop proportionate to static suction lift, and
should then stabilize. If the vacuum reading Calls off
rapidly after stabilization, an air leak exists. Before
checking for the source of the leak, check the point
of installation of the vacuum gauge.
STOPPING
Never halt the flow of liquid suddenly. tf the liquid be-
ing pumped is stopped abruptly, damaging shock
waves can be transmitted to the pump and piping
system. Close all connecting valves slowly.
On engine driven pumps, reduce the throttle speed
slowly and allow the engine to idle briefly before
stopping.
Llk CAUTION
If the application involves a high discharge
head, gradually close the discharge
throttling valve before stopping the pump.
After stopping the pump, lock out or disconnect the
power source to ensure that the pump will remain in-
operative.
Do not operate the pump against a
closed discharge throttling valve for
long periods of time. If operated against
a closed discharge throttling valve,
pump components will deteriorate, and
the liquid could come to a boil, build
pressure, and causethe pump casing to
rupture or explode.
Cold Weather Preservation
In below freezing conditions, drain the pump to pre-
vent damage from freezing. Also, clean out any sol-
ids by flushing with a hose. Operate the pump for ap-
proximately one minute; this will remove any remain-
ing liquid that could freeze the pump rotating parts. If
the pump will be idle for more than a few hours, or if it
has been pumping liquids containing a large
amount of solids, drain the pump, and flush it thor-
oughly with clean water. Tc prevent large solids from
clogging the drain port and preventing the pump
OPERATION
PAGE C - 3

OM-01929-02 T-SERIES
from completely draining, insert a rod or stiff wire in
the drain port, and agitate the liquid during the drain-
ing process. Clean out any remaining solids by
flushing wtth a hose.
BEARING TEMPERATURE CHECK
Bearings normally run at higher than ambient tem-
peratures because of heat generated by friction.
Temperatures up to 160°F (71 ° C) are considered
normal for bearings, and they can operate safely to
at least 180°F (82° C).
Checking bearing temperatures by hand is inaccu-
rate. Bearing temperatures can be measured accu-
rately by placing a contact -type thermometer
against the housing. Record this temperature for fu-
ture reference.
A sudden increase in bearing temperature is a warn-
ing that the bearings are at the point of failing to op-
erate properly. Make certain that the bearing lubri-
cant is of the proper viscosity and at the correct level
(see LUBRICATION in MAINTENANCE AND RE-
PAIR). Bearing overheating can also be ra„sed by
shaft misalignment and/or excessive vibration.
When pumps are first started, the bearings may
seem to run at temperatures above normal. Contin-
ued operation should bring the temperatures down
to normal levels.
PAGE C - 4 OPERATION

T SERIES OM-01929-02
TROUBLESHOOTING - SECTION D
Review all SAFETY information in Section A.
Before attempting to open or service the
pump:
1. Familiarize yourself with this manu-
al.
2. Lock out or disconnect the power
source to ensure that the pump will
remain inoperative.
3. Allow the pump to cool if over-
heated.
4. Check the temperature before
opening any covers, plates, or
plugs.
5. Close the suction and discharge
valves.
6. Vent the pump slowly and cautious-
ly.
7. Drain the pump.
TROUBLE
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PROBABLE REMEDY
PUMP FAILS TO
Not enough liquid in casing.
Add liquid to casing. See PRIMING.
PRIME
Suction check valve contaminated or
damaged.
Clean or replace check valve.
Air leak in suction line.
Correct leak.
Lining of suction hose collapsed.
Replace suction hose.
Leaking or worn seal or pump gasket.
Check pump vacuum. Replace
leaking or worn seal or gasket.
Suction lift or discharge Head too high.
Check piping installation and in-
stall bypass Tine if needed. See
INSTALLATION.
Strainer clogged.
Check strainer and clean if neces-
sary.
TROUBLESHOOTING
PAGE D - 1

OM-01929-02 T SERIES
TROUBLE
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PROBABLE REMEDY
PUMP STOPS OR
FAILS TO DELIVER
RATED FLOW OR
PRESSURE
Air leak in suction line_
Lining of suction hose collapsed.
Leaking or wom seal or pump gasket.
Strainer clogged.
Suction intake not submerged at
proper level or sump too small.
Impeller or other wearing parts wom or
damaged.
Impeller clogged.
Pump speed too slow.
Discharge head too high.
Suction lift too high.
Correct leak.
Replace suction hose.
Check pump vacuum. Replace
leaking or wom seal or gasket.
Check strainer and clean if neces-
sary.
Check installation and correct sub-
mergence as needed.
Replace wom or damaged parts.
Check that impeller is properly
centered and rotates freely.
Free impeller of debris.
Check driver output; check belts or
couplings for slippage.
Install bypass line.
Measure lift w/vacuum gauge. Re-
duce lift and/or friction losses in
suction line.
PUMP REQUIRES
TOO MUCH POWER
Pump speed too high.
Discharge head too low.
Uquid solution too thick.
Bearing(s) frozen.
Check driver output; check that
sheaves or couplings are correctly
sized.
Adjust discharge valve.
Dilute if possible.
Disassemble pump and deck
bearing(s).
PUMP
CLOGS FRE-
QUENTLY
Uquid solution too thick.
Discharge flow too slow.
Suction check valve or foot valve
clogged or binding.
Dilute if possible.
Open discharge valve fully to in-
crease flow rate, and run power
source at maximum governed
speed.
Clean valve.
PAGE D - 2 TROUBLESHOOTING

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
TROUBLE
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PROBABLE REMEDY
EXCESSIVE NOISE
Cavitation in pump.
Reduce suction lift and/or friction
losses in suction line. Record vac-
uum and pressure gauge readings
and consult local representative or
factory.
Pumping entrained air.
Locate and eliminate source of air
bubble.
Pump or drive not securely mounted.
Secure mounting hardware.
Impeller clogged or damaged.
Clean out debris; replace dam-
aged parts.
BEARINGS RUN
Bearing temperature is high, but
Check bearing temperature regu-
TOO HOT
within limits.
larly to monitor any increase.
Low or incorrect lubricant.
Check for proper type and level of
lubricant.
Suction and discharge lines not prop-
Check piping installation for
erly supported.
proper support.
Drive misaligned.
Align drive properly.
TROUBLESHOOTING
PAGE D - 3

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
PUMP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR - SECTION E
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE WEARING PARTS OF THE PUMP WILL MAINTAIN PEAK OPER-
ATING PERFORMANCE.
Toth H•ad
M I PSI !FAA'
40-
36-.
w,
110
32
too
20-1 AS-1
--. 90 -
I
24- SS
20-�
16-4
120►1
+ i i
c_ oer, M alr+al
01.0*.R aura 11S0 rps
awn. Ont.Ont. .raY 21 AIL
1
ILTTOYfti UFTs
op rpm 1 WI • 15e ma f r-
154 rpm 12 WI . 950 T 14 lea
1050rIT 11wr• 1150rpm 21 km
23l rim 21 1wt - 1350 rpm 22 1.0
100 rpm 21 I..S - ,53E eve 25 ism
Form a WIx " r PO t. ai a
nig Im1aeaft.
w
ar ...
12-.
8-
4�
0-' a
n n°.uwn 8 $ 8 8 8 $ 8 $ 8
tom -
41
3D ��
10 -r i
r
I
I S5 I
Mo0•1 T6A-8 Sint
Imo. Dia 124/8-
6" : 6-
RPM VARIOUS
Max. Solidi r
C
»s..or. *'..._... ;
I
SS
TEST f4StfOR*AXM
i4'f tYi war- • Stl newt
1.5 wit arenwtal Wirt ratb
II cm moss poi
NO 8 H
tB
7.5 low S.ro .-S-ara wain
Karam, rw.gr au r Cart.
J 0
L TRts •ew
MINIM DI
r„.s0rrt01
O . C N w)
g g E
1 I I 1 I 1 1 1 I
rr o o . S rr m O
M FT -
10- 30
8-
20 0
cc
4-. 10
2- Q
0-- 0
8-
STANDARD PERFORMANCE FOR PUMP MODEL T6A60-B
*Based on 70° F (21 ° C) clear water at sea level
with minimum suction lift. Since pump installations
are seldom identical, your performance may be Cif-
ference due to such factors as viscosity. specific
gravity, elevation, temperature, and impeller trim.
If your pump serial number is followed by an "N-,
your pump is NOT a standard production model.
Contactthe Gorman -Rupp Company to verify per-
formance or part number's.
Pump speed and operating condition
points must be within the continuous per-
formance range shown on the curve.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
PAGEE-

OM-01929-C2
T SERIES
SECTION DRAWING
3
34
33
32
31
30
29
25 28
27
26
4
5
6
7, 8
9
10
r
P.
04
of de'
IN i �rrrlfN.
24�
23
22
21
19
18
0
17 16,15
Figure 1. Pump Model T6A60—B
14
2
PAGE E - 2
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES
OM-01925—G2
PARTS LIST
Pump Model T6A60—B
(From S/N 791258 up)
If your pump serial number is followed by an 'N', your pump is NOT a standard production model. Contact
the Gorman -Rupp Company to verify part numbers.
ITEM PART NAME
NO.
PART MAT' L OTY
NUMBER CODE
REM PART NAME
NO.
PART MAT'L OTY
NUMBER CODE
1 PUMP CASING
2 * REPAIR ROTATING ASSY
3 SUCTION FLANGE
4 CHECK VALVE PIN
5 * SUCTION FLANGE GSKT
6 PIPE PWG
7 HEX HD CAPSCREW
8 LOCKWASHER
9 DISCHARGE FLANGE
10 * DISCH FLANGE GSKT
11 NAME PLATE
12 DRIVE SCREW
13 * ROTATING ASSY 0-RING
14 ROTATION DECAL
15 HEX HD CAPSCREW
16 LOCKWASHER
17 * ROT ASSY SHIM SET
18 * WEAR PLATE ASSY
19 CASING DRAIN PWG
20 * BACK COVER 0-RING
21 HEX NUT
22 LOCKWASHER
23 HAND NUT
24 STUD
25 BACK CVR PLATE ASSY
26 -BACK COVER PLATE
27 -WARNING PLATE
28 -DRIVE SCREW
29 - PRESS REUEFVALVE
30 -CAUTION DECAL
31 HEX HD CAPSCREW
32 LOCKWASHER
33 PIPE PWG
34 * SUCT CHK VALVE ASSY
35 PIPE PWG
36 CLAMP BAR
37 MACHINE BOLT
39 CLAMP BAR SCREW
40 FILL COVER ASSY
41 -FILL COVER PLATE
42 -WARNING PLATE
43 -DRIVE SCREW
44 -COVER GASKET
10957C
44163-050
11402
11645
11402G
PO4
B1208
J12
1758
1679G
38818-040
BM#04-03
S1676
2613M
B0806
JOS
13131
46451-723
P20
S1676
D06
J06
10701A
C1211
10010
10010
17010
19370
15079
15991
15991
10010
19370
13990
15990
15991
15991
17000
24150
10009
15991
15991
15040
15991
42111-905 ---
NOT AVAILABLE
2613EV 13990
BM#04-03 15990
26662-005 ---
2613FG ---
B1211 15991
J12 15991
PO4 15079
46411-064 ---
PO4 15C79
38111-004 11010
A1014 15991
31912-009 15000
42111-344 ---
NOT AVAILABLE 1
38816-097 13990 1
BM#04-03 17000 2
50G 19210 1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
1
1
4
REF
1
4
4
REF
1
1
1
4
4
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
a
8
1
2
1
1
INDICATES PARTS RECOMMENDED FOR STOCK
Above Serial Numbers Do Not Apply To Pumps Made In Canada.
CANADIAN SERIAL NO. AND UP
NOT SHOWN:
LOBE DECAL
WARNING DECAL
OPTIONAL
11421 ---
1
38816-096 --- 1
ADI IMPELLER 10958
DISASSEMBLY TOOL 12859
/F RANGE KTT
- SUCTION
- DISCHARGE
1102H 1
24000 1
48213-041 --- 1
11402A 10010 1
11402E 10010 1
/FM METRIC FLNG KIT 48213-078 ---
- SUCTION 38642-502 10000
- DISCHARGE 38642 - 503 10000
WEAR PLATES:
- SPA ALLOY 46451- 729 - - - 1
- TUNGSTEN CARBIDE 46451-726 - - -
CASING HEATERS:
- 120V
-240V
CHECK VALVE ASSYS-
- NEO SCUD TYPE
-VTTON SCUD
-V1TON BLOW-OUT
47811-004 --- 1
47811-005 --- 1
46411-019 -
46411-078 ---
46411-088 ---
1
PRESS RELIEF VALVES:
- SEWAGE TYPE 46431-628 - - - 1
-STAINLESS STEEL 26662 -101 - - - 1
HI TEMP SHUT -DOWN KITS:
-145°F 48313-186
- 130°F 48313-256
-120 ° F 48313-257
AIR RELEASE VALVES;
-10# COMP SPRING
-25# COMP SPRING
-80# COMP SPRING
GRP33-07A - - -
GRP33-07 ---
GRP33-07B ---
1
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR PAGE E — 3

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
ECTION DRAWING
SEAL AREA DETAIL
1
2
I I
. as zugin
krr
�f1 rk..
�Eil
11
4 5 6,30 7,31 8
DRIVE END VIEW
25 26
9 10
I Weil
"la n'IrC
;1 12
13
14
21 20,19 18 33 32 17 16,15
Figure 2.44163-050 Repair Rotating Assembly
27
PAGE E - 4
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES OM-01929-02
PARTS LIST
44163-050 Repair Rotating Assembly
ITEM PART MAT'L
NO. PART NAME NUMBER CODE QTY
1 * IMPELLER 10958 11010 1
2 * SEAL PLATE GASKET 10959G 20000 1
3 * SEAL ASSEMBLY 46513-151 1
4 * INBOARD BALL BEARING 23276-009 --- 1
5 BEARING HOUSING 10959B 10010 1
6 VENTED PLUG 4823A 15079 1
7 AIR VENT S1530 1
8 REDUCING PIPE BUSHING AP0802 15079 1
9 * OUTBOARD BALL BEARING S1040 1
10 BEARING CAP 38322-215 10010 1
1 1 t IMPELLER SHAFT 10529 16040 1
12 * SHAFT KEY N0612 15990 1
13 * BEARING CAP OIL SEAL S1352 1
14 BEARING RETAINING RING S244 1
15 HEX HD CAPSCREW B0605 15991 4
16 LOCKWASHER J06 15991 4
17 at* BEARING CAP GASKET 38683-248 18000 1
18 * INBOARD OIL SEAL S1352 1
19 HEX HD CAPSCREW B0805 1/2 15991 4
20 LOCKWASHER J08 15991 4
21 SEAL PLATE 11837E 10010 1
22 SOCKET HD CAPSCREW DM1004S 15991 1
23 IMPELLER WASHER 10278 15030 1
24 PIPE PLUG P12 15079 1
25 BEARING HOUSING DRAIN PLUG P08 15079 1
26 SEAL CAVITY DRAIN PLUG P08 15079 1
27 SIGHT GAUGE S1471 1
28 * IMPELLER ADJ SHIM SET 37J 17090 REF
29 * SEAL SLEEVE 0-RING S2088 REF
30 SNIFFING PLUG 114953 15079 1
31 SHIPPING PLUG 11495B 15079 1
32 4, ROTATING ASSY ADJ SHIM SET 13131 17000 4
33 * ROTATING ASSY 0-RING 51676 1
OPTIONAL
SST IMP SHAFT (LESS SLEEVE) 10529B 17060 1
SPACER WASHER (FOR SST SHAFT) 38329-041 1
IMPELLERS:
—AUSTEMPERED DUCTILE IRON 10958 1102H 1
—TUNGSTEN CARBIDE COATED 10958A 11000 1
SEAL. PLATE (TUNGSTEN CARBIDE COATED) 11837F 10010 1
i PERMALON COATED MECH SEAL ASSY 46512-150 1
t STD MECHANICAL SEAL ASSEMBLY 46512-047 1
t MECH SEAL SHAFT SLEEVE 11876A 16000 1
INDICATES PARTS RECOMMENDED FOR STOCK
FOR PUMPS WITH SERIAL NUMBERS BELOW 864836, ORDER 10530G/18000 BEARING CAP
GASKET. _
IF BOTH BEARING CAP AND GASKET MUST BE REPLACED, ORDER PARTS LISTED ABOVE.
MECHANICAL SEAL SHAFT SLEEVE MUST BE USED WITH OPTIONAL MECHANICAL SEAL(S).
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR PAGE E —

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
PUMP AND SEAL DISASSEMBLY
AND REASSEMBLY
Review all SAFETY information In Section A.
Follow the instructions on all tags, label and decals
attached to the pump.
This pump requires little service due to its rugged,
minimum -maintenance design. However, if it be-
comes necessary to inspect or replace the wearing
parts, follow these instructions which are keyed to
the sectional views (see Figures 1 and 2) and the ac-
companying parts lists.
Many service functions may be performed by drain-
ing the pump and removing the back cover assem-
bly. tf major repair is required, the piping and/or
power source must be disconnected. The following
instructions assume complete disassembly is re-
quired.
Before attempting to service the pump, disconnect
or lock out the power source and take precautions to
ensure that it will remain inoperative. Close all
valves in the suction and discharge lines.
For power source disassembly and repair, consult
the literature supplied with the power source, or con-
tact your local power source representative.
Before attempting to open or service the
pump:
1. Familiarize yourself with this man-
ual.
2. Disconnect or lock out the power
source to ensure that the pump will
remain inoperative.
3. Allow the pump to cool if over-
heated.
4. Check the temperature before
opening any covers, plates, or
plugs.
5. Close the suction and discharge
valves.
6. Vent the pump slowly and cau-
tiously.
7. Drain the pump.
lifting an moving equipment in
good repair and with adequate capacity
to prevent injuries to personnel or dam-
age to equipment.
Back Cover And Wear Plate Removal
(Figure 1)
The wear plate (18) is easily accessible and may be
serviced by removing the back cover assembly
(25). Before attempting to service the pump, remove
the pump casing drain plug (19) and drain the pump.
Clean and reinstall the drain plug.
Remove the hand nuts (23) and pull the back cover
and assembled wear plate from the pump casing
(1). Inspect the wear plate, and replace it i1 badly
scored or wom. To remove the wear plate, disen-
gage the hardware (21 and 22).
Inspect the back cover 0-ring (20) and replace it if
damaged or worn
Suction Check Valve Removal
(Figure 1)
If the check valve assembly (34) is to be serviced,
remove the check valve pin (4), reach through the
back cover opening and pull the complete assem-
bly from the suction flange (3).
NOTE
Further disassembly of the check valve is not re-
quired since it must be replaced as a complete unit.
Individual parts are not .sold separately.
Rotating Assembly Removal
(Figure 2)
The rotating assembly may be srevided without dis-
connecting the suction or discharge piping; howev-
PAGE E - 6
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES OM-01929-02
er, the power source must be removed to provide
clearance.
The impeller (1) should be loosened while the rotat-
ing assembly is still secured to the pump casing. Be-
fore loosening the impeller, remove the seal cavity
drain plug (26) and drain the seal Iubricarn. This will
prevent the oil in the seal cavity from escaping when
the impeller is loosened. Clean and reinstall the seal
cavity drain plug.
Immobilize the impeller by wedging a block wood
between the vanes and the pump casing, and re-
move the impeller capsc rew and washer (22 and
23)
Install a lathe dog on the drive end of the shaft (11)
with the "V" notch positioned over the shaft keyway.
With the impeller rotation still blocked, see Figure 3
and use a long piece of heavy bar stock to pry
against the arm of the lathe dog in a counterclock-
wise direction (when facing the drive end of the
shaft). Use caution not to damage the shall or key-
way. When the impeller breaks loose, remove the
lathe dog and wood block.
NOTE
Do not remove the impeller until the rotating assem-
bly has been removed from the pump casing.
Heavy
Bar
Stock
Turn
Counterclockwise
Lathe Dog Arm
"V" Notch
Shaft Keyway
Impeller Shalt
Lathe Dog
Set Screw
Figure 3. Loosening Impeller
(Figure 1) -
Remove the hardware (15 and 16) securing the rotat-
ing assembly to the pump casing. Separate the ro-
tating assembly by pulling straight away from the
pump casing.
NOTE
An optional disassembly tool is available from the
factory. It the tool is used, follow the Instructions
packed with it. A similar tool may be assembled us-
ing 1/2-inch pipe (schedule 80 steel or malleable
iron) and a standard tee (see Figure 4). All threads
are 1/2-inch NPT, Do not pre -assemble the tool.
TEE
'IL
APPROX. 6 IN.
(152MM) LONG
APPROX. 14 IN.
(356 MM) LONG
Flgure 4. Rotating Assembly Tool
To install the tool, remove the air vent (7, Figure 2)
from the bearing housing, and screw the longest
length of pipe into the vent hole until fully engaged.
Install the tee, and screw the handles into the tee.
Use caution when lifting the rotating assembly to
avoid injury to personnel or damage to the assem-
bly.
Remove the bearing housing O-ring (13).
Impeller Removal
(Figure 2)
With the rotating assembly removed from the pump
casing, unscrew the impeller from the shaft. Use
caution when unscrewing the impeller, tension on
the shaft seal spring will be released as the impeller
is removed. Inspect the impeller and replace if
cracked or badly worn.
Remove the impeller adjusting shims (28); tie and
tag the shims, or measure and record their thickness
for ease of reassembly.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
PAGE E - 7

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
Seal Removal
(Figure 2)
Slide the integral snail sleeve and rotating portion of
the seal off the shaft as a unit.
Use a pair of stiff wires with hooked ends to remove
the stationary element and seat.
An alternate method of removing the stationary seal
components is to remove the hardware (19 and 20)
and separate the seal plate (21) and gasket (2) from
the intermediate (5). Position the seat plate on a flat
surface with the impeller side down. Use a wooden
dowel or other suitable tool to press on the back side
of the stationary seat until the seat, 0-rings, and sta-
tionary element can Ce removed.
Remove the shaft sleeve 0-ring (29).
tf no further disassembly is required, refer tc Seal In-
stallation.
Shaft and Bearing Removal and Disassembly
(Figure 2)
When the pump is properly operated and main-
tained, the bearing housing should not require dis-
assembly. Disassemble the shaft and bearings only
when there is evidence of wear or damage.
Shaft and bearing disassembly in the field
is not recommended. These operations
should be performed only in a properly -
equipped shop by qualified personnel.
Remove the bearing housing drain plug (25) and
drain the lubricant. Clean and reinstall the drain plug.
Disengage the hardware (15 and16) and slide the
bearing cap (10) and oil seat (13) off the shaft.Re-
move the bearing cap gasket (17). and press the oil
seal from the bearing cap.
Place a block of wood against the impeller end of
the shaft and tap the shaft and assembled bearings
(4 and 9) from the bearing housing.
After removing the shaft and bearings, clean and in-
spect the bearings in place as follows.
To prevent damage during removal from
the shaft, it is recommended that bearings
be cleaned and inspected in place. It is
strongly recommended that the bearings
be replaced any time the shaft and bear-
ings are removed.
Clean the bearing housing, shaft and all component
parts (except the bearings) with a soft cloth soaked
in cleaning solvent. Inspect the parts for wear or
damage and replace as necessary.
WARN
Most cleaning solvents are toxic and
flammable. Use them only in a well -ven-
tilated area free from excessive heat,
sparks, and flame. Read and follow ail
precautions printed on solvent contain-
ers.
Clean the bearings thoroughly in fresh cleaning sol-
vent. Dry the bearings with littered compressed air
and coat with light oiL
CAUTION
Bearings must be kept free of all dirt and
foreign material. Failure to do so will greatly
shorten bearing life. DO NOT spin dry
bearings. This may scratch the balls or
races and cause premature bearing failure.
Rotate the bearings by hand to check for roughness
or binding and inspect the bearing balls. tf rotation is
rough or the bearing balls are discolored, replace
the bearings.
The bearing tolerances provide a tight press fit onto
the shaft and a snug slip fit into the bearing housing.
Replace the bearings, shaft, or bearing housing if
the proper bearing fit is not achieved.
If bearing replacement is required, remove the out-
board bearing retaining ring (14), and use a bearing
puller to remove the bearings from the shaft.
Press the inboard oil seal (18) from the bearing
housing
PAGE E - 8
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
Shaft and Bearing Reassembly and Installation
(Figure 2)
Clean the bearing housing, shaft and all component
parts (except the bearings) with a soft cloth soaked
in cleaning solvent- Inspect the parts for wear or
damage as necessary.
WARNING!.....
Most c eaning solvents are toxic and
flammable. Use them only in a well -ven-
tilated area free from excessive heat,
sparks, and flame. Read and follow all
precautions printed on solvent contain-
ers.
Inspect tie shaft tor distortion, nicks or scratches. or
for thread damage on the impeller end. Dress small
nicks and burrs with a fine file or emery cloth. Re-
place tie shaft if defective.
Position the inboard oil seal (18) in the bearing hous-
ing bore with the lip positioned as shown in Figure 2.
Press the oil seal into the housing until the face is
just flush with the machined surface on the housing.
•y.;..:. , ...
To prevent damage during removal from
the shaft, it is recommended that bearings
be cleaned and inspected in place. It is
strongly recommended that the bearings
be replaced any time the shart and bear-
ings are removed.
NOTE
Position the inboard bearing (4) on the shaft with the
shielded side toward the impeller end of the shaft.
Position the outboard bearing (9) on the shaft with
the integral retaining ring on the bearing O.D. to-
ward the drive end of the shaft.
The bearings may be heated to ease installation. An
induction heater, hot oil bath, electric oven, or hot
plate may be used to heat the bearings. Bearings
should never be heated with a direct flame or di-
rectly on a hot plate.
NOTE
li a hot oil bath is used to heat the bearings, both The
oil and the container must be absolutely clean. If
the oil has been previously used, it must be thor-
oughly filtered.
Heat the bearings to a uniform temperature no
higher than 250°F (120°C), and slide the bearings
orrto the shaft, one at a time, until they are fully
seated. This should be done quickly, in one continu-
ous motion, to prevent the beanngs from cooling
and sticking on the shaft.
After the bearings have been installed and allowed
to cool, check to ensure that they have not moved
away from the shaft shedders in sttrn.e;r,g. If move-
ment cve-
ment has occurred, use a suitable sized sleeve and
a press to reposition the bearings against Inc shaft
shoulders.
tf heating the bearings is not practical, use a suitable
sized sleeve, and an arbor (or hydraulic) press to in-
stall the bearings on the shaft.
CAUTION
When installing the bearings onto the shaft
never press or hit against the outer race
balls, or ball cage. Press only on the inner
race.
Secure the outboard bearing on the shaft with the
bearing retaining ring (14).
Slide the shaft and assembled bearings into the
bearing housing until the retaining ring on the out-
board bearing seats against the bearing housing.
CAU1IQN
When installing the shaft and bearings into
the bearing bore, push against the outer
race. Never hit the balls or ball cage.
Press the outboard oil seal (13) into the bearing cap
(10) with the lip positioned as shown in Figure 2. Re-
place the bearing cap gasket (17), and secure the
bearing cap with the hardware (15 and 16). Be care-
ful not to damage the oil seal lip on the shaft keyway.
Lubricate the bearing housing as indicated in LU-
BRICATION.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
Seal Installation
(Figures 2, 5, 6 and 7)
ost -Craning solvents are toxic and
flammable. Use them only in a well -ven-
tilated area free from excessive heat,
sparks, and flame. Read and follow all
precautions printed on solvent contain-
ers.
Clean the seal cavity and shaft with a cloth soaked in
fresh cleaning solvent. Inspect the stationary seat
bore in the seal plate for dirt, nicks and burrs, and
RETAINER
SPRING
IMPELLER
IMPELLER
SHIMS
remove any that exist. The stationary seat bore must
be completely clean before installing the seal.
A LJ I N•.
A new seal assembly should be installed
any time the old seal is removed from the
pump. Wear patterns on the finished faces
cannot be realigned during reassembly.
Reusing an old seal could result in prema-
ture failure.
To ease installation of the seal, lubricate the shaft
sleeve 0-ring and the external stationary seat 0-ring
with a very small amount of light lubricating oil. See
Figure 5 for seal part identification.
---: Milil �x
M61 /
:: :16.11\wroifoW
.. r
/
1111
r.�
SEAL PLATE
IMPELLER
SHAFT
BELLOWS
SPRING
CENTERING
WASHER
ROTATING STATIONARY
ELEMENT ELEMENT
A ealtap—
I-
—m
.17
'� ` /1 /
t Si
DRIVE BAND
Figure 5.
46513-151 Cartridge Seal Assembly
If the seal plate was removed, install the seal plate
gasket (2). Position the seal plate over the shaft and
secure it to the intermediate with the hardware (19
and 20).
cAoTto.::.N....
This seal is not designed for operation at
temperatures above 160 ° F (71 ° C). Do not
use at higher operating temperatures.
0-RINGS
SLEEVE
0-RING
INTEGRAL
SHAFT
SLEEVE
SHEAR
RING
(SHEARED)
STATIONARY
SEAT
To prevent damaging the shaft sleeve 0-ring (29) on
the shaft threads, stretch the 0-ring over a piece of
tubing 1-1/4 I.D. x 1-1 /2 Q.D. x 2-inches long (32 mm
PAGE E - 10
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
x 38 mrn S1 mm). Slide the tube over the shaft
threads, then slide the 0-ring off the tube and onto
the shaft. Remove the tube, and continue to slide the
0-ring down the shaft until it seats against the shaft
shoulder.
When installing a new cartridge seal assembly.
remove the seal from the container, and remove the
mylar storage tabs from between the seal faces.
F
I
CAUTiON
New cartridge seal assemblies are
equipped with mylar storage tabs between
the seal faces. These storage tabs must be
removed before installing the seat
Lubricate the extemal stationary seat 0-ring with
Tight oil. Slide the seal assembly onto the shaft until
the external stationary seat 0-ring engages the bcre
in the seal plate.
Clean and inspect the impeller as described in Im-
peller Installation and Adjustment. Install the full
set of impeller shims (28) provided with the seal, and
screw the impeller onto the shaft until it is seated
against the seal (see Figure 6).
1//
0-RING ENGAGED
WITH SEAL PLATE
BORE
SHEAR RING
(UNSHEARED)
Figure 6. Seal Partially Installed
Continue to screw the impeller onto the shaft. This
will press the stationary seat into the seal plate bore.
NOTE
A firm resistance will be felt as the impeller presses
the stationary seat into the seal plate bore.
As the stationary seat becomes fully seated, the
seal spring compresses, and the shaft sleeve will
break the nylon shear ring. This allows the sleeve to
slide down the shaft until seated against the shaft
shoulder. Continue to screw the impeller onto the
snaft until the impeller, shims, and sleeve are fully
seated against the shaft shoulder (see Figure 7).
STATIONARY SEAT
FULLY SEATED IN
111111SIL 11;!‘
/ SEAL PLATE BORE
s-114hhi.
44 III ���;�.i~ "K6.vit
IF ar HiAR RING
(SHEARED)
Figure 7. Seal Fully Installed
Measure the impeller -to -seal plate clearance, and
remove impeller adjusting shims to obtain the prop-
er clearance as described in Impeller Installation
and Adjustment.
If necessary to reuse an old seal in an emergency,
carefully separate the rotating and stationary seal
faces from the bellows retainer and stationary seat.
CAUTION
A new seal assembly should be installed
any time the old seal is removed from the
pump. Wear patterns on the finished faces
cannot be realigned during reassembly.
Reusing an old seal could result in prema-
ture failure.
Handle the seal parts with extreme care to prevent
damage. Be careful not to contaminate precision fin-
ished faces; even fingerprints on the faces can
shorten seal life. If necessary, clean the faces with a
non -oil based solvent and a clean, Tint -free tissue.
Wipe lightly in a concentric pattern to avoid scratch-
ing the faces.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
FAGEE- 11

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
Carefully wash all metallic parts in fresh cleaning
solvent and allow to dry thoroughly.
Do not attempt to separate the rotating
portion of the seal from the shaft sleeve
when reusing an old seal. The rubber bel-
lows will adhere to the sleeve during use,
and attempting to separate them could
damage the bellows.
Inspect the seal components for wear, scoring,
grooves, and other damage that might cause leak-
age. Insoect the integral shaft sleeve for nicks or
cuts on either end. It any components are worn, or
the sleeve is damaged, replace the complete seal:
never mix old and new seal parts.
Install the stationary seal element in the stationary
seat. Press this stationary subassembly into the
seal plate bore until it seats squarely against the
bore shoulder. A push tube made from a piece of
plastic pipe would aid this installation. The I. D. et the
pipe should be slightly larger than the 0.0. of the
shaft sleeve.
Slide the rotating portion of the seal (consisting of
the integral shaft sleeve, spring centering washer,
spring, bellows and retainer, and rotating element)
onto the shaft until the seal faces contact.
Proceed with impeller Installation and Adjust-
ment.
Impeller installation
(Figure 2)
Inspect the impeller, and replace it if cracked or
badly wom. Inspect the impeller and shaft threads
for dirt or damage, and clean or dress the threads as
required.
The shaft and impeller threads must be
completely clean before reinstalling the im-
peller. Even the slightest amount of dirt on
the threads can cause the impeller to seize
to the shaft, making suture remoea;
or impossible without damage to the im-
peller or shaft.
Install the same thickness of impeller adjusting
shims (28) as previously removed. Apply 'Never-
Seez' or equivalent to the shaft threads and screw
the impeller onto the shaft until tight. Be sure the seal
spring seats squarely over the shoulder on the back
side of the impeller.
NOTE
At the slightest sign of binding, immediately back
the impeller off, and check the threads for din. Do
not try to force the impeller onto the shaft.
A clearance or .025 to .040 inch (0,64 to 1,02 mm)
between the impeller and the seal plate is recom-
menced for maximum pump efficiency. Measure this
clearance, and add or remove impeller adjusting
shims as required.
NOTE
If the rotating assembly has been installed in the
pump casing, this clearance may be measured by
reaching through the priming port with a feeler
gauge.
NOTE
Proceed with Rotating Assembly Installation be-
fore installing the impeller capscrew and washer (22
and 23). The rotating assembly must be installed in
the pump casing in order to torque the impeller cap -
screw.
After the rotating assembly is installed in the pump
casing, coat the threads of the impeller capscrew
(22) with 'Never-Seez' or equivalent compound, and
install the impeller washer (23) and capscrew:
torque the capscrew to 90 ft. lbs. (1080 in. lbs. or
12,4 m. kg.).
Rotating Assembly Installation
(Figure 1)
NOTE
if the pump has been completely disassembled, it is
recommended that the suction check valve and
..a�n cover assembly be reinstalied atthis point. The
PAGE E - 12
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
back cover assembly must be in place to adjust the
impeller face clearance.
Install the bearing housing and lubricate it with light
grease. Ease the rotating assembly into the pump
casing using the installation tool. Be careful not to
damage the 0-ring.
Install an the four sets of rotating assembly adjusting
shims (17) using the same thic:<ness as previously
removed. Secure the rotating assembly to the pump
casing with the hardware (15 and 16). Do not fully
tighten the capscrews until the back cover has been
reinstalled and the impeller face clearance has been
set.
A clearance of .010 to .020 inch (0,25 to 0,51 mm)
between the impeller and the wear plate is also rec-
ommended for maximum pump efficiency. This
clearance can be obtained by removing an equal
amount of shims from each rctating assembly shim
set until the impeller scrapes against the wear plate
when the shaft is tumed. Atter the impeller scrapes,
add approximately .015 inch (0,4 mm) of shims to
each shim set.
NOTE
An alternate method of adjusting this clearance is to
reach through the suction porr with a feeler gauge
and measure the gap. Add or subtract rotating as-
sembly shims accordingly.
Suction Check Valve Installation
(Figure 1)
Inspect the check valve assembly (34), and replace
it if badly worn.
NOTE
The check valve assembly must be replaced as a
complete unit. Individual pans are not sold sepa-
rately.
Reach through the back cover opening with the
check valve (42), and position the check valve adap-
tor in the mounting slot in the suction flange (3). Align
the adaptor with the flange hole, and secure the as-
sembly with the check valve pin (4).
NOTE
if the suction or discharge flanges were removed,
replace the respective gaskets, apply 'Pemnatex
Aviation No. 3 Form -A -Gasket' or equivalent com-
pound to the mating surfaces, and secure them to
the pump casing with the attaching hardware.
Back Cover Installation
(Figure 1)
If the wear plate (18) was removed for replacement,
carefully center it on the back cover and secure it
with the hardware (21 and 22). The wear plate must
be concentric to prevent binding when the back
cover is installed.
Replace the back cover 0-ring (20), and lubricate it
with a generous amount of No. 2 grease. Clean any
scale or debris from the contacting surfaces in the
pump casing that might interfere or prevent a good
seal with the back cover. Slide the back cover as-
sembly into the pump casing. Be sure the wear plate
does not bind against the impeller.
NOTE
To ease future disassembly, apply a film of grease or
'Never-Seez' on the back cover shoulder, or anysur-
face which contacts the pump casing. This action
will reduce rust and scale build-up.
Secure the back cover assembly by tightening the
hand nuts (23) evenly. Do not over -tighten the hand
nuts; they should be just tight enough to ensure a
good seal at the back cover shoulder. Be sure the
wear plate does not bind against the casing.
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
MAINTENANCE
(Figure 1)
The back cover is equipped with a pressure relief
valve (28) to provide additional safety for the pump
and operator (refer to Liquid Temperature And
Overheating in OPERATION).
It is recommended that the pressure relief valve as-
sembly be replaced at each overhaul, or any time
the pump ovemeats and activates the valve. Never
replace this valve with a substitute which has not
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
PAGE E-13

OM-01929-02 T SERIES
been specified or provided by the Gorman -Rupp
Company.
Periodically, the valve should be removed for in-
spection and cleaning. When reinstalling the relief
valve, apply 'Loctite Pipe Sealant With Teflon No.
592', or equivalent compound, on the relief valve
threads. Position the valve as shown in Figure 1 with
the discharge port pointing down.
Final Pump Assembly
(Figure 1)
Install the shaft key (12, Figure 2) and reconnect the
power source. Be sure to install any guards used
over the rotating members.
ik DANGER!
Do not operate the pump without the
guards in place over the rotating parts.
Exposed rotating parts can catch cloth-
ing, fingers, or tools, causing severe in-
jury to personnel_
Install the suction and discharge lines and open au
valves. Make certain that all piping connections are
tight, properly supported and secure.
Be sure the pump and power source have been
properly lubricated, see LUBRICATION.
Remove the fill cover assembly (40) and fill the
pump casing with clean liquid. Reinstall the fill cover
and tighten it. Refer to OPERATION, Section C, be-
fore putting the pump back into service.
LUBRICATION
Seal Assembly
(Figure 2)
Before starting the pump, remove the vented plug (6)
and fill the seal cavity with approximately 40 ounces
(1,4 liters) of SAE No. 30 non -detergent oil, or to a
level just below the tapped vented plug hole. Clean
and reinstall the vented plug. Mairrtain the oil at this
level.
Bearings
(Figure 2)
The bearing housing was fully lubricated when
shipped from the factory. Check the oil level regu-
larly through the sight gauge (27) and maintain it at
the middle of the gauge. When lubrication is re-
quired, add SAE No. 30 non -detergent -oil through
the hole tor the air vent (7). Do not over -lubricate.
Over -lubrication can cause the bearings to over-
heat, resulting in premature bearing failure.
NOTE
The white reflector in The sight gauge must De posi-
tioned horizontally to provide proper drainage.
Under normal conditions, drain the bearing housing
once each year and refill with approximately 32
ounces (1 liter) clean oil. Change the oil more fre-
quently if the pump is operated continuously or in-
stalled in an environment with rapid temperature
change.
Monitor the condition of the bearing lubri-
cant regularly for evidence of rust or mois-
ture condensation. This is especially im-
portant in areas where variable hot and
cold temperatures are common.
For cold weather operation, consult the factory or a
lubricant supplier for the recommended grade of oil.
Power Source
Consult the literature supplied with the power
source, or contact your local power source repre-
sentative.
PAGE E - 14
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

July 18, 1979
C
WARRANTY
Pumping units manufactured by The Gorman -Rupp Company,
Mansfield, Ohio are guaranteed to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for one year from date of shipment from factory
in Mansfield. Ohio. The obligation under this Warranty, statutory or
otherwise, is limited to replacement or repair at Mansfield, Ohio
factory or at a point designated by Gorman -Rupp, of suci part as
shall appear to us upon inspection at such point, to have been de-
fective in material or workmanship.
This Warranty does not obligate The Gorman -Rupp Company to
bear the cost of labor or transportation charges in connection with
replacement or repair of defective parts; nor shall it apply to a
pump upon which repairs or alterations have been made unless
authorized by Gorman -Rupp.
No warranty is made in respect to engines, motors. or trade acces-
sories, such being subject to warranties of their respective manu-
facturers.
In Submersible Pumps, pump and motor are integral and Submer-
sibles are warranted as a unit. Since motor is subject to an impor-
tant degree upon quality and performance of electrical controls,
unit warranty is valid only when controls have been specified and
provided by Gorman -Rupp.
No express implied or statutory warranty, other than herein set forth
is made or authorized to be made by Gorman -Rupp.
In no event shall The Gorman -Rupp Company be liable for conse-
quential damages or contingent liabilities arising out of the failure
of any Gorman -Rupp pump or parts thereof to operate properly
THE GORMAN-RUPP COMPANY
Mansfield, Ohio
NOTE: In Canada, all above references to "The Gorman -Rupp
Company, Mansfield, Ohio" is understood to mean "Gorman -
Rupp of Canada Limited, St. Thomas, Ontario."
THE GORMAN-RUPP COMPANY • MANSFIELD, OHIO
GORMAN-RUPP OF CANADA LIMITED • ST. THOMAS, ONTARIO, CANADA Pwnrso,nu.SA
©Cowngru Cry the Gcmun-Re;,;D ati y

AUMA MULTI-TURN ACTUATORS
SA 07.1 - SA 48.1
ll
auma
Multi -turn actuators
SA 07.1 - SA 48.1
Operation instructions

.0
auma
Technical Data
Worm Gearboxes
GS 40.3 - GS 125.3
Worm gearbox model -
GS40.3
GS50.3
GS63.3
GS80.3
GS100.3
GS100.3
GS100.3
GS125.3
GS125.3
GS125.3
Primary reducer
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
VZ2 3
VZ4 3
n/a
VZ2.3
VZ4.3
Manual
Operation
Rated torque (ft Ibs) 7)
185
370
740
1475
2960
2960
2960
5900
5900
5900
Input torque at max. rated torque (ft Ibs)
15
22
44
83
153
69
43
308
137
86
Max. rec. handwheel dia. (in)
8
10
12.5
16
20
16
12.5
31 5
20
16
Suitable for buried service
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
yes
yes
no
Electric
Operation
-
Rated torque (ft Ibs)
130
260
515
1030
2060
2060
2060
4130
4130
4130
Input torque al max. rated torque (ft Ibs)
10
15
31
I 58
116
48
30
215
I96
60
Mounting flange for mulliturn actuator
GO
GO
GO
GO
G0-G'/
GO
GO
G'h
GO-G'h
GO
Max. allowable wl -mulliturn actuator
66
66
66
88
155
88
66
155
155
88
Suitable multiturn actuator model
SA07.1 41
SA07.1
SA07.5
SA10.1
SA14.1
SA10.1
SA07.5
SA14.1
SA10.1
SA10.1
SA14.55)
SA14.1 E4
Operating
time (sec)
for 90 degree
stroke
at actuator
rpm (60hz)
4 8 rpm
122
160
160
167
163
393
n./a
163
393
nia
6 7rpm
88
114
114
118
117
282
455
117
282
455
9.6 rpm
61
80
80
83
82
197
318
82
197
318
13 rpm
44
58
58
60
59
143
232
59
143
232
19 rpm
30
40
40
42
41
98
159
41
98
159
26 rpm
23
29
29
30
29
72
116
29
72
116
38 rpm
n/a
20
20
21
20
49
80
20
49
80
54 rpm
n/a
nra
14
15
14
35
57
14
35
57
75 rpm
n/a
n/a
nia
n/a
n/a
25
40
n/a
25
40
108 rpm
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
nia
n/a
28
n/a
Na
28
Common Data
Max. permitted input torque bl
185
185
300
300
300
300
185
I 300
300
185
Overall reduction ratio
39:1
51 1
51:1
53:1
52:1
126:1
204 1
52' 1
126:1
204:1
Turns for 90 degrees
9.75
12.75
12.75
13.25
13
31.5
51
13
31 5
51
Mechanical advantage 2)
12.5
16.9
16 6
17 9
17.7
43
69
19 2
43
69
Valve mounting flange (MSS SP101)
FA07
FA10
FA12
FA14
FA16
FA16
FA16
FA25
FA25
FA25
Max. valve shaft dia. (Inches) a)
1
17,,
1'/.
214
3
3
3
3'i.
3'i,
3'A
Max. valve shaft dia. (mm) 9)
28
38
50
60
80
80
80
90
90
90
Max. valve shaft • square (mm)
19
32
41
50
65
65
65
75
75
75
Max. valve shaft - two flats (mm)
23
36
46
55
75
75
75
85
85
85
Geaibox Input shaft dia. (in)
0.63
0.63
0.787
0 787
1.181
0.787
0.787
1.181
0.787
0.787
Gearbox input shaft dia. (mm)
16
16
20
20
30
20
20
30
20
20
Gearbox weight (Ibs) 3)
11
15
29
39
71
84
84
88
110
110
Notes:
1) 15°S higher input torque required during wear -in period. 6) Safe against end -stop.
2) Conversion factor of output torque to input torque. 7) Not for AWWA service. Consult separate selection chart.
3) With undrilled coupling. 8) When using sq,Jare keys per ANSI B 17.1.
4) Requires actuator with reduced output torque. 91 When using reuangutar keys per DIN 6885.
5) Required for max, output torque of gearbox Data subject to change without notice.
AUMA Actuators, Inc.
Issue 4.96
MA-DS-04-0002

1.94
DO 04.04.005USA
---„,________
-------------
auma
GS 40.3 - GS 125.3

auma
Technical Data for
Multi -turn Actuators
SA07.1 thru SA16.1
Model
Speed
(rpm) 1)
Rated Torque
(i Ibs)
Min. Max
Max. Thrust
(lbs)
Type •'A' Drive
Max. Stem Acceptance
(inches)
Type "A" Drive Type "B" Drive
MSS
Mounting
Flange
itandwheel
Diameter
(inches)
Handwheel
Ratio
(XX:1)
Weight
(Ibs► 3)
SA 07 1
SA 07 1
SA 07 1
SA 07 1
SA071
SA 07 -1
SA 07 1
SA 07 1
— SA 07 1
SA071
SA 07 1
SA 07 1
SA OT 5
SA 075
SA 07 -5
SA075
48
07
96
13
19
26
38
54
75
•108
•150 2)
•216 2)
48
67
96
13
7
7
7
7
20
20
20
20
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
18
45
45
45
45
SA075
SA 07.5
SA075
SA 07 5
19 15
26 15
15
64 15
45
45
45
45
SA 07 5
SA 07.5
SA 07 5
SA 07.5
75
108
150 2
-216 2)
15
15
15
15
45
45
45
37
9.000
9 000
— SA101
SA 10 1
SA 10 1
SA 10-1
48
67
96
13
SA 10 1
SA 10 1
SA 10.1
SA 10 1
19
26
38
54
SA 10 1
SA 10 1
SA 10.1
SA 10 1
75
•108
-150 2)
216 2)
Eg lIdiSo8
30
30
30
30
88
88
88
8
8
8
88
8
sa
88
8
74
15 000
SA 14 1
SA 14 1
SA 14 1
SA 14 1
SA 14 1
SA141
SA 14 1
SA 14 1
4.8
67
96
13
19
- 26
SA141
SA141
SA 14.1
SA 14 1
SA145
SA 14 5
SA145
SA 14
38
54
75
108
70
70
70
70
185
185
185
85
70
70
70
70
185
185
185
185
150 2)
-2162)
48
67
96
13
70
70
70
70
150
150
150
150
185
185
150
370
3370
0
370
SA 14 5
SA 14 5
SA145
SA145
- 19 150
26 150
38 150
54 150
370
70
370
370
SA145
SA 14 5
SA 14 5
SA145
75 150
-108 150
150 2) 150
-216 2) 150
370
370
370
300
SA 16 1
SA 16 1
SA 16 1
SA 16 1
48
67
96
13
290
29900
2b0
740
740
740
740
SA 16 1
SA 16 1
SA 16 1
SA 18
- 19
26
38
54
290
290
290
290
740
740
740
740
SA 16 T 75 290
SA 16.1 108 290
SA 16 1 •150 2) 290
SA 16.1 -216 2) 290
740
740
600
600
36 000
36,000
56 I10u
Noles. 1 al 60 h1
2� non sell locking gearing (recommended for posilion sealing appllcalions only)
3 AIJMA NOHM version with Type "B" drive
All data subject to change without notice.
111
21/4
214
3
1Y,
IY.
21/�
FA10
IA10
IAIu
6
A
11
8
11
8
11-
8
11
8
47
47
47
47
47
47
50
50
11
8
5
4
11
8
11
8
52 —
52
52
52
50
50
50
50
11
8
1t
8
52
52
52
52
11
8
5
4
54
54
54
54
11
8
11
8
61
61
61
61
1t
6
11
8
63-
63
65
65
11
8
5
4
72
72
72
72
FA14
121/1
11
8
11
a
11
8
11
8
11
8
5
4
126
126
126
126
131
131
146
146
146
146
146
146
FA14
16
11
8
11
8
135
135
135
135
1t
8
11
8
It
8
5
4
135
135
155
155
155
155
155
155
FA16
20
11
8
It
8
225
225
225
225
11
6
It
8
236
236
279
279
1t
8
5
4
290
290
290
290
AUMA ACTUATORS, INC.
Issue SA.1-11 B
USA 9i93

Actuator Technical Data Sheet
Sales Order No: q1 osEg
Customer: 4Vinson
Customer Item No:
(!)
RAPuatOrS, nc.
SA-FO-00-0004
Customer PO #: S\ n — tea()
Qty: � Valve/Gate Size 8 Type :
Project: Part No: Tag:
AUMA Model: SA M 1 — (a)) GS5O, 3 Item No(s):a - 7
Motor: 10;01&4 (_"-4 ( : 1) Power Supply: lox) volts / 1 phase / (00 hertz
HP: 113 RPM: llo£S0 FLA: 5.0 LRA: 1 L1 NEC: F—Duty (Min.): 10
4 n0
NEMA Rating: Oper. Time: (sec.) Stroke/ #of turns: yt) / 13 Rot. to Close: OW
[ ] 2 gtls - contacts • 4 gtls - 16 contacts [ 1 [ ] MDPI ( • 1)
[] RWG _ Position Transmitter (4-20mA output) [ ] Potentiometer [] _ k [ ] _k /_k [ ] Mylar
Accessories: [] Declutch Lever -Lock [ ] ft. Stem Protection Tube (Steel / Plastic) [ ] Motor Heater
[1
MOTOR CONTROLS:
[ ] NORM BASIC COMPACT [ ]MATIC 'C' [ J MATIC 'S' [ ] INTEGRAL NEMA CONTROL BOX
Reversing Starters [ ] Transformer/Power Supply (110vac / 24vdc) [ ] Overload Relays amp
[ ] Positional- (4-20mA input) [ ] Interface Board (110vac / 24vdc) [
Pushbuttons (/ �� • Indicating Lights ( C) / _ / } [
Selector Switch(
/ / ) with [ ]aux. contact in remote [ ] padlockable
[] Control Switch (_ / __ / _) [
Wiring Diagram: _ C I C) Q (- rev: z
Outline Drawing: _ � 0 1 9 0 0 0 rev:
Accessory Dwg: rev:
[] REMOTE NEMA_ CONTROL BOX:
[] Reversing Starters [ ] Transformer/Power Supply (110vac / 24vdc) [ ] Overload Relays amp
[ ] Positioner (4-20mA input) [] Interface Board (110vac / 24vdc) [
[ ] Pushbuttons (_ /_ / ) [] Indicating Lights (_ / _ / _) []
[ ] Selector Switch( / / _) with U aux. contact in remote [ ] padlockable
[1 Control Switch ( / / _) 1 CYI L [.� ► j'EJYS
Wiring Diagram: rev:
Outline Drawing: rev:
GEARBOX DATA (if applicable):
Style: • RR (cw to close) [] LL (ccw to dose) []
NEMA Enclosure: • 4 [] 4X [1 6 (IP68 Submersible) [ ] AWWA [ ] Buried Service • Standard Service
Degrees of Rotation: • 90 [ ] 180 [] 360 [ ] [ ] Handwheel Dia: [] 2" Sq. Operating Nut
[] Chainwheel Dia: w/ ft. chain []
Outline Drawing: rev:
OUTPUT DRIVE TYPE:
• Coupling (Gearbox / SG Only) [ ] Bronze 'A' Nut [ ] Steel 'B' Nut [] Machined • Blank (un-machined)
[1 Bore Dia: / Keyway: / Overkey: / [ ]
Output Drive / Mounting Flange Drawing: S Q Q Q G_a 5 5 rev: 2-
Certified By:(..
Date: / 1/ �7 Rev: ..
AUMA ACTUATORS, INC. PITTSBURGH, PA 15205
PH. (412) 787 - 1340 FAX (412) 787 - 1223
SHEET OF1.

U2
1 PRASE L1 UI
SUPPLY L2
POWER —VT
--R
2 R
Lip
s
-1
OFF
DUCAL 4 SPUD,"
31
L
ilRy
4I--11
!•1 ' Y
rt r� 1 H7
TO TA 17,15 =
• TN
WU
HOUSING r:fi — wi11III21
-((
10 -(f a
11
�TSC
2
14
T1
- S PROW DEP
. I 14.9
n- O.JA2t
u
1•
SO
Is
•S --(f 1!
n-(E-e
•9
*-1LSS
Jtp.«( I
TC ` J TA
LCUSTOMER
CONNECTIONS
I PHASE Li
H
—.UIH
L2 —1V1
Ft
4-1
1 PH
I I
r — — •1 REYOTE
� I ENCLOSUluzl I AUNA SUPPREUEO
L=1_ _ J
OP►
T11 LOCAt�RWOTE
�
LSO 111
STOP OPEN
c1.OSE
IoF--I I
1 1—,--,
•
IITOP oral I
,. o�
a. 0 -r _
CLOSE ,1.
r• —• —- G •
• CLOSE
LSO 1! •_
▪ OBI-- 0
LSC e
LSO 7
_ _ o
L30 •
cum0
LSC s rac I
C -
ADO FOR 1OROUE SEAT
SWITCH
NUMBERS
VALVE POSITION
WT8RNEDIATE CLOSE
LSC S 131
LSC •
114
L_-_
LSO 7 110 t_
_J__-ma
LSO 9 j0P --
LSA 9 1E1
LSA 10 I1111 _ _ -
i
LSO 11 1191 . -
1
1!O 12 1201
1- -1 OPEN CONTACTS ICI CLOSE CONTACT31
HOME
L - • - • - FOLD WIRING BY OTHERS.
Z !WITCHES WITHIN BRACKET! MUST HAW SANE VOLTAGE
3. ACTUATOR DRAWING SNOWS THE UNIT N THE NO410/I1104
a u m a AUMA ACTUATORS, INC
Mn N AIM
SINGLE PHASE WIRING FOR SA
BASIC COMPACT
WITH 40113 / PSC MOTOR
as ee a
76801670 a1/'iae SE010000 t 2

16 2' 14111
10.8' 12751 9 8' 12481
1
(21 3i 4' CONDUIT ENTRIES -
NOTES:
NOTE 3 —
f I
I
4.9. 11251 .j'-.@4)
18 0' 14571
J I
-5.3• 11601-4
7 0. 11781
28.8' 17311
L
2.5' 1621 2.0' 1501
1. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES.
METRIC EQUIVALENCE IN BRACKETS
2. SEE DRAWING NUMBER S0000355 FOR
MOUNTING FLANGE DIMENSIONS.
3. SEVEN INCH MINIMUM CLEARANCE RECOMMENDED
I FOR REMOVAL OF ACCESS COVER AND
EQUIPMENT ADJUSTMENT.
4. CONSULT FACTORY FOR MORE
DETAILED DIMENSIONALS
5. ACTUATOR DIMENSIONS WILL NOT EXCEED
DRAWING DIMENSIONS.
NOTE 3
5.6' 11431
10.9' 12771
f
l DK,wORDO VIAC
REF JOINT X
FOR S0000355
NOTE 2
1.6' 1401
3.2' 1801
au m a IAUMA ACTUATORS,INC
SA 07.1 • 07.5 / GS50.3
AM02.1 MS01.2
ISTYLE RR - RLI
SOO Ia0o0 11

auma
AUMA ACTUATORS, INC.
PITTSE3URGH, PA 15205
d4
419
05)
4 HOLE PATTERN
(FA 07 - FA 18)
OF
A
el?
d3
#L
FLANGE TYPE PER
MSS STANDARD SP— 101
ALL DIMENSIONS STATED IN INCHES
ACTUATOR FLANGE dl d2 d3
MODEL TYPE (118 TOL)
GS40.3 FA 07 3.54
GS50.3 FA 10 4.92
3.346
2.75
(gty.)d4,unc
(4) 5/16 - 18
n1
h1
0.138
(` J
�Gl
�aV
8 HOLE PATTERN
(FA 25)
h2
0.51
4.00
GS63.3 FA 12 5.91
GS80.3 FA 14 6.89
GS100.3 FA 16 8.27
4.134
4.92
(4) 3/8 - 16
0.157
0.63
(4) 1/2 - 13
0.157
0.7 5
4.527
5.51
(4) 5/8 - 11
0.197
0.98
5.512
6.50
(4) 3/4 - 10
0.197
1.26
GS125.3
FA 25 11.81 8.858 10.00
(8) 5/8 - 11
0.197
0.98
FA FLANGE DIMENSIONS
2.362
GS40.3 - GS125.3
BY/DATE APP/DATE
TL 3/14/97 ths ,1 ill q 7
DWG. No. REV
S0000355 2

CADMAN TRAVELLER REEL SYSTEM

3000 / 3250 / 3500
WIDE BODY SERIES
CADMAN TRAVELLER

OPERATOR’S PARTS and MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2007 EDITION

TR-MAN-3000
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Creation Revision
date: 26JAN02 date: 03APR07 by: Greg Laemers by: Ivon LeBlanc

Page 1 of 90
Table of Contents

Table of Contents................................................................................................. 1
Wide Body Series Traveller.................................................................................. 3
Warranty Policy .................................................................................................... 4
When Applying Liquid Manure.............................................................................. 5
Safety Precautions ............................................................................................... 6
Safety Decals ....................................................................................................... 7
Planning Your Application .................................................................................... 8
Example of Retrieve Rate Selection................................................................... 12
Equipment Set-up............................................................................................... 15
Beginning the Retrieve Cycle ............................................................................. 25
Parts Section...................................................................................................... 33
Required Maintenance ....................................................................................... 82
Indexing System Adjustment.............................................................................. 87
Useful Information .............................................................................................. 90

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 2 of 90

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 3 of 90

Wide Body Series Traveller
We would like to thank you for purchasing your new Cadman Wide Body Series
Traveller. You have purchased a product of superior quality that will serve your needs
for a long time provided you follow this manual and safety procedures.

Figure 1 – 3500 Wide Body Traveller
img-00229.png

BEFORE operating your new Wide Body Series Traveller, inspect the machine for
any damage or parts which may have come loose during shipping. REPORT ANY
DAMAGE TO CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED OR YOUR LOCAL DEALER
IMMEDIATELY!
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 4 of 90

Warranty Policy
CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED warrants that each machine it
manufactures shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship. The terms of
this warranty are as follows:
• All components manufactured by CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED shall
be warranted for a period of one (1) year from the date of delivery, except the frame
and hose drum structures which shall be warranted for a period of three (3) years.
• The polyethylene hose used on CADMAN HARD HOSE DRAG REELS will be
warranted for a period of five (5) years from the date of delivery, on a pro-rata basis.
The schedule for the polyethylene hose warranty is as follows:
1st to 10th month from the date of delivery is 100%
11th to 60th month from the date of delivery, the warranty shall diminish from 100%
to 0% at a rate of 2% per month.
• CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED makes no warranty whatsoever in regard
to tires, engines, and other trade accessories used on its equipment. The customer
shall rely solely on the warranties offered (if any) by the respective manufacturer of
these trade accessories.
The sole obligation to CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED under this
warranty is limited to the repair or replacement of any part it manufactured, which, in
the judgment of CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED, failed under normal and
proper use and maintenance due to defective materials or workmanship. All freight
charges incurred shall be the sole responsibility of the customer.
CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED and its dealers (who are neither
authorized nor qualified to undertake any obligations on behalf of CADMAN
POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED) DO NOT, under any circumstances, accept any
responsibility for any losses or costs incurred due to parts failure and/or delays during
the parts replacement process.
This warranty will be considered void if any alterations or modifications have been
made to the machine without the express written consent of CADMAN POWER
EQUIPMENT LIMITED outlining the nature and the extent of such modifications.
CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED, whose policy is one of continuous
improvement, reserves the right to change specifications and designs without notice or
incurring obligation.
The warranties expressed herein are non-transferable and replace any other
warranties, either written or verbal, which may have been given or implied.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 5 of 90

When Applying Liquid Manure
Environmental concerns seem to be driving legislative agendas in many agricultural
areas across the continent. Current and pending laws in many agricultural regions of
North America are changing the ways in which the agricultural community is expected
to manage their liquid animal waste products.
The changes in legislation typically target two main issues; run-off prevention during
and after application and soil nutrient loading.
Run-off seems to be the largest concern with nutrient application. Run-off may result
from several different factors, most of which are controllable. These factors include;
exceeding the soil intake rate; nutrient application on steep grades; high application
amounts; leaking mainline fittings and seals; sudden rainfall during or immediately after
application; ground frost; etc. Constant watch must be kept and immediate action taken
when necessary to prevent run-off from occurring.
Soil nutrient loading depends on many variables. Some of these variables (but
certainly not all) are soil type, type of crop being grown in the irrigated area, application
timing, nutrient value of the material being applied (nutrient value should be assessed
at the time of application as it can change throughout the year), etc.
Soil type will determine the intake rate at which liquid may be applied. Cultivation of
the field just prior to application can improve the intake rate of some soils.
Great potential benefit lies in using the nutritional value of the nutrient being applied
to replace some or all of the traditional chemical fertilizer used. Application timing and
amount are important considerations. Soil analysis taken prior to planting and during
the growth periods of the crop will help determine if there is room for further application
amounts to be added prior to crop maturity. A total management plan should include
provisions to end the crop season without surplus nutrients left as residual. These
excess nutrients typically end up in the ground water supply. Local colleges,
universities and agricultural extension services are usually a good source of
information. They can usually help you determine an application program that prevents
soil nutrient overload due to excess application.
Cadman Power Equipment Limited cannot possibly provide up-to-date
recommendations with regard to the legal obligations you must deal with in your
particular area. However, as a manufacturer of equipment used in nutrient application
(liquid manure, milk house run-off, etc.), we feel it necessary to make you aware that
the municipal, regional and state governing bodies in your area may have recently
enacted new legislation or revised existing legislation with regard to nutrient handling
practices and procedures.
It is your responsibility to make yourself aware of and abide by the current legislation
in your area. Please take the time to contact your local agricultural representative to
obtain the latest information regarding legal handling and application of nutrient.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 6 of 90

Safety Precautions
Please take the time to read and understand this manual so that unnecessary
errors and risks are avoided. If you have any questions or concerns, please contact
Cadman Power Equipment Ltd. or your local dealer/distributor.
• DO NOT move or operate this machine until you have read
and understand these instructions in this manual.
• NEVER allow untrained persons to operate this machine.
• DO NOT attempt to service this machine while it is in
operation.
• MAKE CERTAIN all mechanical and hydraulic tension has
been released before attempting any service on the
machine.
• CHECK all fasteners (nuts and bolts) regularly for tightness.
• PERFORM REQUIRED MAINTENANCE as prescribed or
as necessary to keep this machine in safe operating
condition.
• KEEP ALL SPECTATORS at a safe distance.

• STAY CLEAR of high pressure supply lines, especially when first pressurizing
the system.
• STAY CLEAR of power lines, contact with power lines with irrigation water WILL
result in the machine being a conductor of electricity.
• DO NOT remove or alter any shielding on this machine.
• BE CERTAIN that the machine is securely anchored (using stabilizer legs) before
unwinding the hose.
• KEEP CLEAR of all moving parts.
• NEVER tow this machine at speeds greater than 10 mph / 16 km/h and be certain
the tow vehicle has adequate braking capacity to maintain safe control at all times.
• REGULAR INSPECTION of your pipe couplings, tubing and gaskets should be a
part of your regular set-up routine. Any defective parts MUST be replaced or
repaired before the machine is put into service.

This symbol, the safety-alert symbol, indicates a hazard. When you
come across this safety-alert symbol in this manual, make certain you
fully understand and abide by the given instructions or warnings.
OPERATOR NOTE
Safety is just a word
until put into practice.
Safety must be the first
thing on your mind when
operating any piece of
machinery.
Failure to follow all
safety instructions can
result in serious injury or
death to you or any
spectators.
Remember…
SAFETY FIRST!
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 7 of 90

Safety Decals
The safety decals on this machine are intended to warn the operator of potential
hazards. It is important that these decals are properly maintained.
• keep all safety decals legible (remove dirt or debris)
• replace any damaged or illegible decals
• replace any missing decals
• if applicable, include the current safety decal specified by Cadman Power
Equipment Limited on any components installed during repair

Figure 2 - Replace Decal
img-00131.png
To obtain the required replacement safety decals contact Cadman Power
Equipment Limited. Re-install all decals in the proper location on the machine. For
part numbers and locations please refer to the Assembly drawings of this manual.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 8 of 90

Planning Your Application
You will benefit from having an accurate plan to follow before you set-up or operate
your equipment. When creating your plan, remember that a properly planned field
layout will cover the most area with the least amount of set-up time.
Field Preparation:
1. Determine the depth of application in inches.
• Irrigating deeper than the root zone is considered over watering. This will result
in lost productivity and adds to the overall cost of irrigation.
•
Figure 3 - Root Zone - Depth of Application
img-00197.png
2. Divide your field into the least number of sections to obtain complete
coverage.
• First determine the area you plan to irrigate. If your field width is greater than
what can be achieved with one (1) pull you will be required to divide the field
into the least number of sections to reduce setup time. Use the performance
data tables (see Table 1 on page 13) of your sprinkler gun to determine the
coverage of your Traveller.
A
B
A = B
2 + C
C Hose Length
3000WB = 1075ft (327m)
3250WB = 975ft (297m)
3500WB = 925ft (281m)
A = Total Irrigated Length / B = Sprinkler Diameter of Throw / C= Length of Hose (maximum)
Figure 4 - Reel Coverage
img-00193.wmf
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 9 of 90

You MUST leave as a MINIMUM one (1) coil of hose on the drum at all
times. Failure to do so WILL result in hose damage.
• Several nozzle sizes are supplied with the sprinkler gun. The “best” nozzle
choice for application may take some experimentation to determine. Typically,
two nozzle sizes will perform well for each model. See the chart below for
nozzles to try.
MODEL NOZZLE SIZE
3000WB 0.97” or 1.08”
3250WB 1.08” or 1.18”
3500WB 1.18” or 1.24”

• Customize your application by choosing the right nozzle
and pressure combination to accommodate the area to
be irrigated. Changing the nozzle size and adjusting the
pressure setting can improve your irrigation plan.
• Avoid quarter circle (partial pattern) operations while
irrigating. During quarter circle operation, gun thrust
tends to steer the gun cart in the direction of the water
being thrown. Reduce the size of the gun nozzle and
pressure to reduce the diameter of spray. Remember the
retrieve rate WILL require adjustment to accommodate
the reduced flow.
PREFERRED
AVOID

Figure 5 - Avoid Quarter Circle Applications
img-00199.wmf

OPERATOR NOTE
There are two (2)
reasons for this.
(1)
Even divisions of the
field allow maximum
versatility to combat
rising winds from any
direction.

(2)
The gun cart will track
straight and be less
affected by gun thrust.

210° - 270°
Full Pattern
Partial Pattern
img-00200.wmf
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 10 of 90

• If conditions dictate that a quarter circle (partial pattern) pass is unavoidable,
prepare the travel lane with a shallow trench for the hose to follow. Adding
extra weight to the rear of the gun cart is also beneficial. If these preparations
are not possible or prove inadequate you must adjust your step up to allow for a
full spray pattern.
• During normal operation, (full pattern the gun operates to both sides of the cart)
gun thrust will correct this steering action automatically. The side to side
movement of the cart should be no more than the width of the cart’s rear tube.
(where hose and gun cart are connected)
3. If a curved pull is necessary.
• If you are required to curve the hose, pull a minimum of 200 feet (61 m) of hose
straight out from the machine prior to beginning a long gradual curve. The arc
or curve must not form a ninety degree (90°) bend.
The hose will naturally take the shortest path (a straight line). Without
resistance such as a contour, trench or a furrow the hose will tend to
straighten. The gun cart will make contact with any obstacle if there is
no resistance. Failure to provide a form of resistance will result in
serious equipment damamge and could result in you and/or your
spectators becoming injured.
4. Plan to leave open travel lanes and ample head lands.
• If you typically hill your row crops and plan to leave open travel lanes, hill and
cultivate your travel lanes as well. The absence of grass and weeds will
dramatically reduce the amount of towing effort and traction required to pull out
the hose. The hills will also help guide the hose and cart through the field.
Provide ample head land (lane way) space to allow the machine chassis to be
pivoted and setup.
5. Some crops provide a great deal of resistance.
• Crops such as sod, alfalfa, potatoes and peas provide a great deal of
resistance to pulling the hose. If you irrigate such a crop, consider uncoupling
the feeder hose at the mainline valve and pull out the hose slightly slower. This
WILL expel a great deal of water from the P.E. (polyethylene) hose, reducing
the amount of towing effort required.
Several hundred gallons of water can be expelled. Exercise good
judgement to prevent excessive muddying of the area near the chassis
of the machine.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 11 of 90

6. Determine the best position for your reel in each section.
• The best start position for your reel is at the center of the furthest section away
from the source of water. (see Figure 6) By doing this your subsequent setups
will not require additional water source changes.

Figure 6 - Multiple Pass Setup
img-00233.png
• Where field conditions permit, always attempt to pull the hose either up or down
sloping terrain instead of operating on the side of a hill. If a side hill condition is
unavoidable, provide a hilled trench as a guide for the hose and add extra
weight to the gun cart to prevent upset.
The hose will slide down the hill if a trench is not created. The hose
will become much heavier once water is introduced. Failure to provide
a trench will result in serious equipment damage and could result in
you and/or spectators becoming injured.
• Obstacles will play a big part in the planning process. If an obstacle interferes
with the area to be irrigated an adjustment to the plan will be required.

Figure 7 - Obstacles in plan
img-00234.png
7. Determine the retrieve rate.
• With your sprinkler gun data chart, system pressure, field width and desired
application depth you can choose the retrieve rate. Follow the example below.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 12 of 90

Example of Retrieve Rate Selection
Determine the retrieve rate required to apply 0.75” to a field 250 feet in width.
A 3250 model traveller is fitted with a Nelson SR-150 gun. The gun has a 1.18” ring
nozzle operating at 70 PSI.
• From the Nelson gun chart (Table 1 and Table 2 found on page 13), find the
GPM you are pumping under the nozzle size you have in the gun. The shaded
block under the 1.18” ring nozzle column tells you that the gun is flowing 245
GPM.
• From Table 3 on page 14, determine how long it should take to cover one (1)
acre, in minutes, by crossing the GPM (from above) by the required application of
0.75”. The shaded block tells you that it should take 81 minutes to cover one (1)
acre.
• From Table 4 on page 14, determine the retrieve rate you need to obtain the
desired application of 0.75” by crossing the time required to cover one acre (81
minutes) by the lane spacing (250 feet). The shaded block tells you to set the
hose retrieve rate at 26 inches per minute as a starting point.
• The gun should be set up so that the 250 foot width is covered plus sufficient
overlap (beyond the edge of the crop) to provide adequate watering at the edge
of the field.
Keep in mind that the charts are to be used as a guide only. Always
check the actual application amount with rain gauges to confirm that
the application amount is correct.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 13 of 90

Nelson 150 Series Big Gun® 27° Trajectory
NOZZLE 0.86 RING 0.97 RING 1.08 RING 1.18 RING 1.26 RING 1.34 RING 1.41 RING
PSI GPM DIA. GPM DIA. GPM DIA.GPM DIA.GPM DIA.GPM DIA. GPM DIA.
50 100 245 130 265 165 285 205 300 255 320 300 335 350 350
60 110 260 143 280 182 300 225 315 275 335 330 350 385 365
70 120 270 155 290 197 310 245 330 295 350 355 365 415 380
80 128 280 165 300 210 320 260 340 315 360 380 380 445 395
90 135 290 175 310 223 330 275 350 335 370 405 390 475 405
100 143 300 185 320 235 340 290 360 355 380 425 400 500 415
110 150 310 195 330 247 350 305 370 370 390 445 410 525 425
120 157 315 204 335 258 360 320 380 385 400 465 420 545 435
Table 1 - Nelson 150 Series Big Gun® (Ring)
NOZZLE 0.7 TAPER 0.8 TAPER 0.9 TAPER 1.0 TAPER 1.1 TAPER 1.2 TAPER 1.3 TAPER
PSI GPM DIA. GPM DIA. GPM DIA.GPM DIA.GPM DIA.GPM DIA. GPM DIA.
50 100 250 130 270 165 290 205 310 255 330 300 345 350 360
60 110 265 143 285 182 305 225 325 275 345 330 365 385 380
70 120 280 155 300 197 320 245 340 295 360 355 380 415 395
80 128 290 165 310 210 3350 260 355 315 375 380 395 445 410
90 135 300 175 320 223 345 275 365 335 390 405 410 475 425
100 143 310 185 330 235 355 290 375 355 400 425 420 500 440
110 150 320 195 340 247 365 305 385 370 410 445 430 525 450
120 157 330 204 350 258 375 320 395 385 420 465 440 545 460
Table 2 - Nelson 150 Series Big Gun® (Taper)
The diameter of throw is approximately 2% less for the 24® trajectory angle and 5%
less for the 21° trajectory angle. The NELSON BIG GUN® performance data has been
obtained under ideal test conditions and may be adversely affected by wind, poor
hydraulic entrance conditions or other factors. Nelson Irrigation Corporation makes no
representation regarding droplet condition, uniformity or application rate.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 14 of 90

PRECIPITATION RATE ( ACRE INCHES )
GPM 0.20" 0.30" 0.40" 0.50" 0.75" 1.00" 1.25" 1.50" 2.00"
150 36 54 72 91 136 181 226 272 ***
175 31 47 62 78 116 155 194 233 ***
200 27 41 54 68 102 136 170 204 272
225 24 36 48 60 91 121 151 181 241
250 22 33 43 54 81 109 136 163 217
275 20 30 39 49 74 99 123 148 197
300 18 27 36 45 68 91 113 136 181
350 16 23 31 39 58 78 97 116 155
400 *** 20 27 34 51 68 85 102 136
450 *** 18 24 30 45 60 75 91 121
500 *** 16 22 27 41 54 68 81 109
550 *** 15 20 25 37 49 62 74 99
600 *** *** 18 23 34 45 57 68 91
650 *** *** 17 21 31 42 52 63 84
Table 3 - Minutes Required to Water One (1) Acre
MIN. / LANE SPACING ( FEET )
ACRE 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400
15 *** *** *** 127 116 107 100 93 87
20 *** 116 105 95 87 80 75 70 65
25 105 93 84 76 70 64 60 56 52
30 87 77 70 63 58 54 50 46 44
35 75 66 60 54 50 46 43 40 37
40 65 58 52 48 44 40 37 35 33
45 58 52 46 42 39 36 33 31 29
50 52 46 42 38 35 32 30 28 26
60 44 39 35 32 29 27 25 23 22
70 37 33 30 27 25 23 21 20 19
80 33 29 26 24 22 20 19 17 16
90 29 26 23 21 19 18 17 15 15
100 26 23 21 19 17 16 15 14 13
125 21 19 17 15 14 13 12 11 10
150 17 15 14 13 12 11 10 *** ***
175 15 13 12 11 10 *** *** *** ***
200 13 12 10 10 *** *** *** *** ***
225 12 10 *** *** *** *** *** *** ***
250 10 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** ***
Table 4 - Retrieve Rate (Inches per Minute)
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 15 of 90

Equipment Set-up
Now that you have created a plan you are ready to set up your Wide Body Series
Traveller in the field. Complete the following instructions to prepare for irrigation.
Step 1
Following your plan, tow the machine to the first section.
It is important to verify that the drive system is engaged and the
engine fuel valve is in the OFF position prior to moving your Wide
Body Traveller. Failure to do so can result in equipment damage.

Figure 8 - Engage Drive System Prior to Transport / Shut Fuel Valve
img-00231.png / img-00263.png
For the first use of a new machine or a machine which has been
drained prior to storage, start in an area which will allow you to pull
out the full length of hose ( EXCEPT for one full coil ). This will allow
you to be sure that the hose is properly laid on the base layer and
properly indexed.
If you are unable to pull out all of the hose in the area you are working,
pull out enough hose to reach the base layer. This will allow you to see
if the coils of hose in the base layer are stacked tightly together. If the
hose is found to be improperly indexed (the hose tries to climb up on
itself or gaps exist between the coils of hose), complete the Indexing
System Adjustment found on page 87.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 16 of 90

Low pressure operation can cause indexing problems. The hose
indexing system of your Cadman Traveller is set up to properly index
the polyethylene hose onto the hose drum under most operating
conditions. However, when operating at very low inlet pressures (110
PSI or less), the P.E. (polyethylene) hose can flatten slightly causing
the indexing system to appear to be either out of adjustment or not
functioning properly. This is probably not the case in this
circumstance.
It is advisable to increase the inlet pressure at the machine to at least
110 PSI to help prevent further hose indexing problems related to low
inlet pressures.
Step 2
Park the traveller on the head land (lane way) at right angles to the row to be
irrigated. Keep the machine on firm and level ground. Use the tongue jack to level the
frame prior to machine operation.

Figure 9 - Work on firm and level ground (image exaggerated)
img-00119.wmf
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 17 of 90

Step 3
Release the turntable lock and rotate the upper frame to the desired operation
position and re-engage the turntable lock.

Figure 10 – Rotate Upper Frame
img-00239.png

Figure 11 - Correct Upper Frame Position
img-00240.png
The upper frame position MUST allow the hose to be pulled out
striaght from the machine. Adjust the upper frame position if
necessary to insure proper unreeling of the hose. Failure to have the
correct upper frame position will result in equipment damage.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 18 of 90

Step 4
Stabilize your machine by fully engaging the stabilizers.

Figure 12 - Engage Stabilizers
img-00241.png
Lower BOTH Stabilizer legs. Remove the leg pin “A” (see Figure 12 above)
allowing the drop leg to extend.
Replace the pin in one of the available holes so that when the stabilizer is extended,
the drop leg and extension leg will be approximately equal length. This will balance the
side loading of the stabilizer and help to prevent damage caused by over-extending
one of the inner jack legs. Repeat these steps for the other stabilizer.

Never operate this machine without BOTH (2) stabilizers engaged.
Failure to engage both stabilizers will result in serious equipment
damage and potential for injuries to you and/or spectators.

If a rear pull is needed, provisions MUST be made to leave the tractor
attached to the tongue of the machine. The tractor must be left in gear
and the parking brake engaged. This provides extra anchoring in
addition to the stabilizer legs during the retrieve cycle.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 19 of 90

Step 5
Shift the transmission lever to the disengaged position.

Figure 13 – Disengage Drive System
img-00242.png
Step 6
Adjust the brake handle position so that a slight amount of brake tension is applied.
This tension should be enough to control the hose drum and prevent loosening of the
hose on the drum when the tractor stops pulling the hose.

Figure 14 - Adjust Brake Tension
img-00243.png
Step 7
Set the gun cart track width as wide as possible to maximize stability.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 20 of 90

With gun flows exceeding 240 gallons per minute, or when operating on uneven
terrain, additional weight MUST be added to maintain gun cart stability and help
prevent gun cart upset.

Figure 15 - Gun Cart Weight
img-00258.png
Additional weight may be gained by “loading” the rear gun cart tires and/or using
tractor front end weights as required.
Lower the cart to the ground by operating the hand winch on the cart lift assembly.
Disconnect the lift chain from the cart.
Step 8
Move the tractor from the front of the machine, position it behind the gun cart and
attach the gun cart tow chain to the tractor drawbar.
Step 9
Tow the gun cart to the start point of irrigation. Always leave as a minimum one (1)
wrap of hose on the drum. When pulling the hose out keep it straight. (See Figure 16
on page 21)
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 21 of 90

Figure 16 - Pull Out Hose Straight
img-00244.png
DO NOT exceed 3 mph (5 km/h) while pulling out the hose. DO NOT
stop suddenly at the end of your travel lane. Slow gradually when
nearing the end of the pull. Keep spectators away from the machine
while pulling out the hose. Failure to follow these instructions may
result in serious equipment damage and potential for injuries to you
and/or spectators.
Step 10
Verify the gun set up is correct. Install the correct nozzle and tighten the nozzle
cone. Also at this time, set the part circle stops on the gun. The gun should be set
behind the cart so that the travel path remains dry until the cart passes.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 22 of 90

INCORRECT CORRECT
X 210° - 270°

Figure 17 - Correct Spray Setting
img-00201.wmf
If the gun is set so that it rotates forward of the rear wheels of the cart
(towards the reel), stop the retrieve cycle no less that 10 Feet (3 m) out
from the machine in order to prevent gun damage caused by the gun
hitting the cart lift assembly.
Step 11
Remove the tractor from the gun cart and clear the area of operation. Return to the
machine and inspect the hose remaining on the drum. The hose should be tightly
coiled and not loose. If the hose is loose, tighten the coils so that they form a neatly
packed spool. Rotate the drum with the hand crank if necessary.

Figure 18 - Spool Condition
img-00245.png
DO NOT leave the hand crank on the drive shaft. REMOVE IT
IMMEDIATELY after use. Failure to remove the hand crank may result
in injuries to you and/or spectators.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 23 of 90

Step 12
Inspect the indexer. The hose should travel in a straight line through the hose guide.
If the hose is angled through the indexer refer to the “Indexing System Adjustment”
found on page 87.

Figure 19 - Indexer/Hose Alignment
img-00238.wmf
Step 13
Adjust the brake handle to the full “ON” position after ensuring that the hose is tight.

Figure 20 - Adjust Brake Tension
img-00243.png
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 24 of 90

Step 14
GRADUAL pressurization of the system may now begin. Keep the pressure low
(under 50 PSI) until ALL the air is purged from the system and a steady stream is
flowing from the gun nozzle. AFTER all the air is purged from the system, pressure
may be slowly raised to a maximum of 150 PSI at the inlet of the machine.
Ideally, operating pressures at the inlet will be between 120 PSI and
150 PSI. This will allow gun pressures ranging from approximately 50
PSI to 110 PSI (depending on nozzle size, hose size and length).
Assuming proper nozzle selection has been made based on the
pressure and flow volume available, proper droplet sizing and proper
gun action, an even and uniform watering pattern will result.

The irrigation gun projects a large volume of pressurized water.
Contact with the gun’s discharge will result in injury. Avoid the area
where irrigation is taking place.
Step 15
Check the mainline and inlet elbow connections.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 25 of 90

Beginning the Retrieve Cycle
Once you have successfully set up your Wide Body Series Traveller you can begin
irrigating.
Step 1
Check the engine oil and fuel levels.

Figure 21 – Check Engine Oil
img-00246.png
Step 2
Open the fuel valve on the engine, Move the ON/OFF switch to the “ON” position
and start the engine.

Figure 22 - Fuel Valve / ON/OFF Switch
img-00247.png
If after several attempts, the engine fails to start, check the shut off bar
at the opposite end of the machine to insure that BOTH shut off
switches are depressed. The engine WILL NOT START if either switch
is released.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 26 of 90

Step 3
After engine is running smoothly, Check to ensure that all three (3) engine shut off
and safety switches are functioning properly.
To check the shut off
switches, lift the shut off
bar to a vertical position,
while manually holding
one (1) of the two (2)
switches in the depressed
position. The engine
should shut off as the
opposite switch releases.
Re-start the engine and
repeat the test for the
opposite switch.
Figure 23 - Shut OFF Bar - Shut OFF Switches
img-00248.png
Pull the compensator
frame away from the hose
drum. As the frame clears
the outer edge of the
drum, the engine should
shut off.
.
Figure 24 - Compensator - Shut OFF Switches
img-00249.png

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 27 of 90

If the engine does not
shut off at this point,
adjust the elevator bolt
(arrow) so that the engine
will.
Figure 25 - Compensator - Shut OFF Switches
img-00250.png
Step 4
Check the adjustment of the compensator system when the machine is first put into
service and periodically during normal use to insure accuracy. The following outlines
the set-up routine and operation of the compensator system.
When the engine is first
started after pulling out the
hose, the pulley cam
should rotate, positioning it
for the start of the retrieve
cycle. The cam rollers
should now be near the
top of the ramp (see
illustration)
Figure 26 – Compensator Pulley Cam - Start Position
img-00251.png
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 28 of 90

During the hose retrieve cycle, the
compensator frame rests against the
hose on the drum. As each layer of hose
is rewound, the compensator frame
moves outward with the hose. This
movement causes the pulley cam to
rotate a measured amount, allowing the
pulley to open slightly. This changes the
diameter of the pulley. The change in
pulley diameter changes the overall drive
ratio which keeps the hose retrieve rate
constant (compensating for the increase
in net drum diameter). This process
repeats for each layer of hose.
Figure 27 – Compensator Pulley Cam - Final Position
img-00252.png
As the hose is un-spooled to
prepare for the next irrigation cycle,
the compensator frame will follow the
hose level. At this time, the
compensator control cable, the cable
drive arm, and the pulley cam do not
move (the engine pulley cannot
close against the drive belt). As
soon as the engine is started, the
reset spring will cause the pulley
cam to return to its “START” position
(at the top of the cam ramp). If the
cam does not reposition properly it
can be adjusted. This is
accomplished by changing the length
of the push-rod.
Figure 28 – Push Rod Stop
img-00253.png
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 29 of 90

Step 5
Select a retrieve rate to achieve the desired application rate. (See Example of
Retrieve Rate Selection on page 12).
Step 6
With the engine running adjust the pulley control knob until the speedometer reads
the required retrieve rate (from Step 5).

Figure 29 - Control Knob / Speedometer
img-00254.png
DO NOT adjust the pulley control knob unless the engine is running.
Permanent damage to the pulley may result.
The control knob should maintain its position when released. If the control knob
position changes on its own, an increase in drag on the control stem may be gained by
tightening the drag adjustment screw. (Arrow “A”, Figure 27 on page 28)
The speedometer reads actual hose speed ONLY on the base (1st)
layer of hose.
If the retrieve rate is set or checked on the second, third, or fourth layer, the desired
retrieve rate must be set to the “corrected value” for the layer being loaded. This is
easily done by referring to the chart decal next to the speedometer. This “corrected
value” is read directly from the speedometer.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 30 of 90

Figure 30 - Speed Conversion Chart Label
img-00255.png
Example
• The desired retrieve rate is 30 inches per minute. The hose is on the
second layer when the speed is set. On the SPEED CONVERSION
CHART, find 30 inches per minute in the line labeled BASE LAYER. Read
the corrected speed value on the 2ND LAYER line in the 30 inches per
minute column.
• Set the speed so the speedometer reads this corrected value (27).
• The actual hose speed will be 30 inches per minute
If you are unsure of your retrieve rate for any reason, manually check the retrieve
rate by measuring the hose movement over a three (3) minute period and average this
measurement (divide by 3).
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 31 of 90

Step 7
Shift the transmission lever to engage the drive system.

Figure 31 - Engage Transmission
img-00257.png

Step 8
Fully release the brake.

Figure 32 - Release Brake
img-00256.png

Step 9
Make a thorough visual inspection of the of the machine’s function to insure proper
operation.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 32 of 90

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 33 of 90

Parts Section
From Serial Number:
0019901_ _ _ _WB - 3000WB / 3250WB / 3500WB

Frame Assembly – Lower ................................................................................ 34
Frame Assembly – Upper ................................................................................ 36
Hose Drum Assembly ...................................................................................... 40
Hose Indexing System ..................................................................................... 42
Compensator System....................................................................................... 44
Cart Lift Assembly............................................................................................ 46
Electrical System.............................................................................................. 48
4.0 HP Engine Assembly.................................................................................. 50
4.0 HP Drive System......................................................................................... 52
6” V.S. Pulley w/ Cam Kit................................................................................. 56
6” V.S. Spring Loaded Pulley .......................................................................... 58
Stabilizer Jack Assembly................................................................................. 60
3000 Series Gun Cart Assembly...................................................................... 62
3000 Series 28” Gun Cart Assembly ∗............................................................ 66
Symmetrical Cart Assembly ∗......................................................................... 70
Asymmetrical Cart Assembly ∗....................................................................... 72
Drive System and Shielding ∗.......................................................................... 76
Gear Box Assembly ∗....................................................................................... 78
Sprinkler Kit ∗................................................................................................... 80

∗

∗ All assemblies marked with an asterisk are optional equipment.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 34 of 90

Frame Assembly – Lower All
171416915131219111882122 23726224101432025562728
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 35 of 90

Frame Assembly – Lower All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 LOWER FRAME 07-100-99 1
2 TURNTABLE RING 07-602-A 1
3 CLEVIS HITCH (STANDARD) 01-111-A 1
4 PINTLE HITCH (OPTIONAL) 02-662 1
5 JACK DROP LEG 40-122-A 1
6 HAIR PIN CLIP 90-PIN-HP016X331 1

7 WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF; 55-047 2
8 TIRE, 11L-15 8 PLY. TUBELESS 55-048 1
9 RIM, 15 X 10 X 6 BOLT, H.D. 55-049 1
10 VALVE STEM 55-046 1

HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF; 55-026 2
11 GREASE SEAL 55-033 1
12 BEARING CONE, INNER 55-028 1
- BEARING CUP, INNER (NOT SHOWN) 55-027 1
13 HUB, 6-BOLT 55-026-A 1
14 BEARING CONE, OUTER 55-030 1
- BEARING CUP, OUTER (NOT SHOWN) 55-029 1
15 DUST CAP 55-031 1
16 WHEEL BOLT, 9/16"-18 55-032 6

17 SPINDLE WASHER, 1.00" 55-016 2
18 SPINDLE NUT 55-034 2
19 COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 1 3/4" LG. 90-PIN-CT018X175 2
20 LOCK PIN, PLATED 07-601 1
21 ROLL PIN, 3/16" X 1 1/2" LG. 90-PIN-RL018X150 2
22 COMPRESSION SPRING (TURNTABLE) 40-053 1
23 SAE FLAT WASHER, 3/4" 90-WSR-SAE075 2
24 BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-05013X125 6
25 BOLT, 3/4" X 4 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-07510X450 2
26 LOCKNUT, 1/2"-13 90-NUT-LOC050-13 6
27 LOCKNUT, 3/4"-10 90-NUT-HEX075-10 2
28 LABEL – MAX TOW SPEED 40-291-A 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 36 of 90

Frame Assembly – Upper All
34239311924729302513371091112403917182341162615282312427203422331823352153236142338172418242720333182341618
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 37 of 90

Frame Assembly – Upper All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 UPPER FRAME 07-400-03 1
2 INDEXER SHIELD 07-685-A 1
3 IDLER SHIELD 07-625-B 1
4 SAFETY SWITCH COVER 07-643-A 1
5 DRIVE COVER DOOR 07-677-A 1
6 BRASS HINGE PIN, 3/16" X 3" LONG 40-200-C 2
7 FUEL TANK CRADLE 07-676-C 1
8 END COVER 07-678 1
9 FUEL TANK, 3.0 IMP. GAL. 40-175 1
10 GAS CAP, VENTED 40-017-A 1
- 14mm O-RING (NOT SHOWN) 40-HDA-91353671004 1
11 FUEL LINE STRAINER 40-HDA-16955ZE1000 1
12 NEOPRENE FUEL LINE, 3/16" (10" LG.) 40-066 1
13 TANK CUSHION 40-093-20 2
14 VIBRATION ISOLATOR 40-095 1
15 BEARING CAP 02-631-A 2
16 ANTI-ROTATION PLATE 07-623 2
17 RUBBER GROMMET 40-253 2
18 TEK SCREW, 1/4" X 1" LG. 90-SCR-TEK025X100 12
19 BOLT, 5/16" X 3/4" LG. 90-BLT-03118X075 2
20 BOLT, 5/16" X 1" LG. 90-BLT-03118X100 5
21 BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-03816X150 1
22 BOLT, 5/8" X 1 3/4" LG. 90-BLT-06311X175 4
23 NYLON FLAT WASHER, 1/4" 90-WSR-FLT025NYLON 12
24 SAE FLAT WASHER, 5/16" 90-WSR-SAE031 9
25 SAE FLAT WASHER, 3/8" 90-WSR-SAE038 1
26 SAE FLAT WASHER, 5/8" 90-WSR-SAE063 4
27 LOCK WASHER, 5/16" 90-WSR-LOC031 5
28 LOCK WASHER, 5/8" 90-WSR-LOC063 4
29 LOCKNUT, 5/16" - 18 90-NUT-LOC031-18 2
30 LOCKNUT, 3/8" - 16 90-NUT-LOC038-16 1

Continued
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 38 of 90

Frame Assembly – Upper All
34239311924729302513371091112403917182341162615282312427203422331823352153236142338172418242720333182341618
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 39 of 90

Frame Assembly – Upper All
Item Description Part Number Qty
31 LABEL - ENTANGLEMENT 40-051-A 3
32 LABEL – MOVING PARTS HAZARD 40-290-A 2
33 LABEL - GREASE POINT 40-041-A 2
34 LABEL – INDEXER CONDITION 40-115-A 1
35 LABEL – SPEED ADJUST CHART 40-218-A 1
36 LABEL - SPEED CONTROL 40-189-A 1
37 LABEL – GASOLINE 40-039-A 1
38 LABEL - PINCH POINT 40-289-A 1
39 LABEL - ROTATING DRUM 40-287-B 2
40 LABEL – BRAKE CONTROL 40-293-A 1
41 LABEL – BURN HAZARD 40-286-B 1
42 DECAL, 3500 LEFT SIDE PANEL (3500 only) 40-281-3500 AR
- DECAL, 3250 LEFT SIDE PANEL (3250 only) 40-281-3250 AR
- DECAL, 3000 LEFT SIDE PANEL (3000 only) 40-281-3000 AR
- DECAL, 3500 RIGHT SIDE PANEL (3500 only) 40-280-3500 AR
- DECAL, 3250 RIGHT SIDE PANEL (3250 only) 40-280-3250 AR
- DECAL, 3000 RIGHT SIDE PANEL (3000 only) 40-280-3000 AR
43 LABEL – DRIVE DISCONNECT (NOT SHOWN) 40-151-A 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 40 of 90

Hose Drum Assembly All
201621423191718183CADMAN
ADMNA252128131291011272481526221246754
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 41 of 90

Hose Drum Assembly All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 DRUM 07-500-99 1
2 DRUM ACCESS PANEL 07-513-A 1
3 PE HOSE
- 3" ID X 1075 FT. LG. 50-001-1075 AR
- 3 1/4" ID X 975 FT. LG. 50-002-975 AR
- 3 1/2" ID X 925 FT. LG. 50-064-925 AR
4 FLANGE HOSE END
- FLANGED HOSE END, 3000 07-619 1
- FLANGED HOSE END, 3250 07-620 1
- FLANGED HOSE END, 3500 07-690 1
5 4" BAND-IT® CLAMP 50-017 4
6 MARKER FLAG, 3000 / 3250 02-681-A 1
7 MARKER CLAMP, 3000 / 3250 02-681-B 1
8 DRUM BEARING 40-021 2
9 SPROCKET, 50A43 10-077 1
10 4" INLET ELBOW SEAL 40-014 1
11 INLET ELBOW 07-680-A 1
12 GAUGE, 0-160 PSI, LIQUID-FILLED 45-017 1
13 GALV. REDUCING BUSHING, 3/4"-1/4" 40-NPT-RB075X025 1
14 4" RINGLOCK FITTING CLAMP IR-FCL-4 1
15 SPOOL DRIVE LUG 15-040-A 16
16 TEK SCREW, 1/4" X 1" 90-SCR-TEK025X100 11
17 BOLT, 1/4" X 2" LG. 90-BLT-02520X200 1
18 BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-03816X125 8
19 BOLT, 1/2" X 4" LG. 90-BLT-05011X400 2
20 NYLON FLAT WASHER, 1/4" 90-WSR-FLT025NYLON 11
21 SAE FLAT WASHER, 1/2" 90-WSR-SAE050 4
22 JAM NUT, 1/2" 90-NUT-JAM050-13 16
23 LOCKNUT, 1/4" - 20 90-NUT-LOC025-20 1
24 LOCKNUT, 3/8"-16 90-NUT-LOC038-16 8
25 LOCKNUT, 1/2"-13 90-NUT-LOC050-13 2
26 LOCK WASHER, 1/2" 90-WSR-LOC050 16
27 DECAL, "CADMAN" 40-031 4
28 LABEL – HIGH PRESSURE SPRAY 40-049-A 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 42 of 90

Hose Indexing System All
30
28
34 13
32
26 2
12
15
11
16
15
5
7
6
8
20
25
22
21
1
11
33
17
18
35 27
14
33
31 19
16
29 3 24
10
23
29
29
33
4
9

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 43 of 90

Hose Indexing System All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 HOSE GUIDE 07-689-A 1
2 INDEXER DRIVE BUTTON 15-041 1
3 SPACER, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG. 40-108 2
4 HOSE RUB BLOCK 07-682 1
- 4" HOSE GUIDE ROLLER ASS'Y CONSISTING OF: 15-018 1
5 SNAP RING, 5/8" EXTERNAL 15-018-D 2
6 6203 BEARING 15-018-C 2
7 ROLLER BODY, 4" 15-018-G 1
8 ROLLER SHAFT, 4" 15-018-F 1
9 6" HOSE GUIDE ROLLER ASS'Y CONSISTING OF: 15-019 2
- SNAP RING, 5/8" EXTERNAL 15-018-D 2
- 6203 BEARING 15-018-C 2
- ROLLER BODY, 6" 15-019-G 1
- ROLLER SHAFT, 6" 15-019-F 1
10 RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX 40-084 1
11 SPROCKET, 60B9 X 1" (3000,3250 ONLY) 10-SPT-60B9X100 2
- SPROCKET, 60B12 X 1" (3500 ONLY) 10-SPT-60B12X100 2
12 SPROCKET, 50B29 X 1" (3000 ONLY) 10-SPT-50B29X100 1
- SPROCKET, 50B26 X 1" (3250 ONLY) 10-SPT-50B26X100 1
- SPROCKET, 50B32 X 1" (3500 ONLY) 10-SPT-50B32X100 1
13 IDLER SPROCKET, 50A17 X 5/8" 10-SPT-50-17IDLER 1
- #50 CONNECTING LINK (NOT SHOWN) 10-LNK-50CONN 1
14 #50 ROLLER CHAIN 10-CHN-50-1RIV 200P
15 SET SCREW, 5/16" - 18 X 1/4" LG. 90-SCR-ST03118X025 6
16 KEY, 1/4" X 1 1/4" LG. 90-KEY-SQ025 3
17 INDEXER IDLER BLOCK 15-016-F 1
18 INDEXER IDLER SHAFT 15-017 1
19 OILITE BUSHING, 1" ID 15-016-B 2
20 GREASE ZERK, 1/8" NPT 40-001 1
21 #60 ROLLER CHAIN 10-CHN-60-1RIV 142P
22 #60-2 CONNECTING LINK 10-LNK-60-2CONN 1
23 BOLT, 3/8" X 1 3/4" LG. 90-BLT-03816X175 4
24 BOLT, 3/8" X 2 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-03816X250 2
25 BOLT, 3/8" X 4 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-03816X450 4
26 BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-05013X100 6
27 BOLT, 1/2" X 2 1/2" LG., (FULL THREAD) 90-BLT-FT05013X250 1
28 BOLT, 5/8" X 2 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-06311X250 1
29 FLAT WASHER, 3/8" 90-WSR-SAE038 10
30 FLAT WASHER, 5/8" 90-WSR-SAE063 3
31 SAE FLAT WASHER, 1" 90-WSR-SAE100 2
32 LOCK WASHER, 1/2" 90-WSR-LOC050 6
33 LOCK NUT, 3/8"-16 90-NUT-LOC038-16 10
34 LOCK NUT, 5/8"-11 90-NUT-LOC063-11 1
35 JAM NUT, 1/2" – 13 90-NUT-JAM050-13 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 44 of 90

Compensator System All
9315151311521204191812101476171682181
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 45 of 90

Compensator System All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 COMPENSATOR FRAME 08-631 1
2 1" SET COLLAR 40-144 1
3 SWITCH LEVER 08-648 1
4 ARM DRIVE 07-633-A 1
5 CABLE DRIVE ARM 07-632 1
6 TORSION SPRING 40-279 1
7 EXTENSION SPRING 40-228 1
8 SAFETY SWITCH COVER 07-643-A 1
9 CABLE, 66.50" LG. 40-272 1
10 THROTTLE BALL JOINT, 1/4"-28 40-226 1
11 THROTTLE BALL JOINT, #10-32 40-225 1
12 JAM NUT, 1/4"-28 90-NUT-JAM025-28 1
13 LOCK NUT #10-32 90-NUT-LOC010-32 1
14 LOCK NUT, 1/4"-28 90-NUT-LOC025-28 1
15 JAM NUT, 1/2"-20 90-NUT-JAM050-20 4
16 TEK SCREW, 1/4" X 1" 90-SCR-TEK025X100 1
17 NYLON WASHER, 1/4" 90-WSR-FLT025NYLON 1
18 SET SCREW, 5/16"-24 X 1/4" 90-SCR-STO03124X025 2
19 SHCS, 1/4"-28 X 3/4" 90-SCR-SH02528X075 2
20 CABLE BELLOWS 40-302 1
21 CABLE TIE-4" BLACK 40-391 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 46 of 90

Cart Lift Assembly All
25272326610111222242717324132727227262289141541824271617281920215
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 47 of 90

Cart Lift Assembly All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 BOOM ARM, RIGHT 06-617-RA 1
2 BOOM ARM, LEFT 06-617-LB 1
3 BOOM BRACE 06-618 2
4 BOOM 07-687 1
5 LIFT ARM 06-620 2
6 SHUT OFF BAR 07-686 1
7 RETAINING COLLAR 11-454 2
8 STABILIZER JACK BODY 07-628 2
9 STABILIZER JACK DROP LEG 07-624 2
10 PILLOW BLOCK BEARING, 1" 40-143 2
11 BEARING LOCK COLLAR PART OF ITEM #10 -
12 HOSE ROLLER 07-688 1
13 HAND WINCH, 1000# 40-024-A 1
14 AIRCRAFT CABLE, 3/16" (14FT. LG.) 40-058 1
15 CABLE CLAMP 40-060 2
16 RAPID LINK, 3/8" 40-063 4
17 GALVANIZED CHAIN, 3/8" 40-065 2
18 3/4 TON SAFETY HOOK 40-062 2
19 OILITE BUSHING, 1/2" ID 15-003-B 1
20 CABLE PULLEY ASSEMBLY, 3" 15-003 1
21 CLEVIS PIN, 1/2" X 2" LG. 90-PIN-CL050X200 1
22 BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-03816X150 10
23 BOLT, 3/8" X 1 3/4" LG. 90-BLT-03816X175 4
24 BOLT, 3/8" X 3 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-03816X325 8
25 BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-05013X125 8
26 FLAT WASHER, 3/8" 90-WSR-FLT038 5
27 LOCKNUT, 3/8"-16 90-NUT-LOC038-16 22
28 COTTER PIN, 1/8" X 1.25" - - - 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 48 of 90

Electrical System All
12CENGINEHARNESS2B17CASE BOLTENGINE15NOTE ! ALL GROUNDS AT ENGINETRAVELLER FRAME131214ENGINE ON/OFF34NOSAFTEY102ANCGUN CART SW.NCN08B5COMIGNITION COILSW.LEVELOILSPARKHONDA ENGINEPLUG11218NO798AOFF166NCN0919N0NC5COM9NCN0198A20202020202021225COMNCN0NCN0
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 49 of 90

Electrical System All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 SPEEDOMETER KIT 40-190-RL 1
2 PVC BOX 40-262 1
2A STRAIN RELIEF KIT, 3/4" 40-263 1
2B GASKET 40-264 1
2C BOX COVER W/LID 40-271 1
3 MAGNETIC PICKUP ASSEMBLY, 5/8" DIA. 40-239-RL 1
4 PICKUP MOUNT 07-645 1
5 SHUT OFF SWITCH 40-020 3
6 ON/OFF TOGGLE SWITCH 40-260 1
7 BOOT FOR TOGGLE SWITCH 40-261 1
8A MACHINE SCREW, #6-32 X 1 3/4" LG. 90-SCR-RM0632X175 4
8B MACHINE SCREW, #6-32 X 1" LG. 90-SCR-RM0632X100 2
9 LOCKNUT, #6-32 90-NUT-LOC006-32 6
10 TEK SCREW, 1/4" X 1" LG. 90-SCR-TEK025X100 1
11 FLAT WASHER, 1/4" NYLON 90-WSR-FLT025NYLON 1
12 FLAT WASHER, 1/2" SAE 90-WSR-SAE050 1
13 LOCK WASHER, 1/2" 90-WSR-LOC050 1
14 HEX NUT, 1/2" - 13 90-NUT-HEX050-13 2
15 WIRE HARNESS 40-205 1
16 ON/OFF SWITCH HARNESS 40-277 1
17 BOLT, 1/4" X 3/4"LG. 90-BLT-2520X075 1
18 LOCKNUT, 1/4" 90-NUT-LOC025-20 1
19 SWITCH SPACER BLOCK 04-628 2
20 FEMALE SPADE CONNECTOR, BLUE 40-068 6
21 TERMINAL EYE, #10 BLUE 40-069 1
22 MALE BULLET CONNECTOR, BLUE 40-070 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 50 of 90

4.0 HP Engine Assembly All
11
13
10
8
15
14
18
1
19
21
17
4
2
16
9
7
17
12
20
5
3
6
13
17
22

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 51 of 90

4.0 HP Engine Assembly All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 4.0 HP HONDA ENGINE, GX120K1HX 40-159-A 1
2 ENGINE MOUNT PLATE 07-604-C 1
3 6" VARIABLE SPEED PULLEY W/CAM 40-315-A 1
4 HAND WHEEL 40-191-B-407-712 1
5 5/8-18 LEFT-HAND THREAD. JAM NUT 90-NUT-JAM063-18LH 1
6 SET SCREW, 5/16"-24 X 1/4" LG. 90-SCR-ST03124X025 2
7 RUBBER ENGINE MOUNT 40-285 4
8 BOLT, 1/4" X 4" LG. 90-BLT-0250X400 1
9 BOLT, 5/16" X 3/4" LG. 90-BLT-03118X075 8
10 BOLT, 5/16" X 1 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-03118X150 3
11 BOLT, 5/16" X 3" LG. 90-BLT-03118X300 1
12 BOLT, 3/8" X 2" LG. 90-BLT-03816X200 3
13 SAE FLAT WASHER, 5/16" 90-WSR-SAE031 5
14 SAE FLAT WASHER, 3/8" 90-WSR-SAE050 3
15 HEX NUT, 1/4" 90-NUT-HEX025-20 1
16 LOCKNUT, 1/4" 90-NUT-LOC052-20 1
17 LOCKNUT, 5/16" 90-NUT-LOC031-18 11
18 LOCKNUT, 3/8" 90-NUT-LOC038-16 3
19 AIR FILTER 40-HDA-17210ZEO505 1
20 SQ. KEY, 3/16"X 1 1/4" LG. 90-KEY-019X125 1
21 EXHAUST DEFLECTOR 40-HAD-18340ZE1000 1
22 PAN HEAD SCREW 90-SCR-PHM4.70X006 2

NOT SHOWN: MODIFIES HONDA ENGINE HARNESS
HEAT SHRINK TUBE, 1/4" X 2 1/2" 40-210 1
FEMALE BULLET CONNECTOR, BLUE 40-247 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 52 of 90

4.0 HP Drive System All
313329342337363291739135151611125448610745433824140131434202218192142302524262827
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 53 of 90

4.0 HP Drive System All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 RIGHT ANGLE TRANSMISSION 40-267 1
2 SPRING-LOADED PULLEY, 6" 40-195 1
3 SET SCREW, 5/16"-24 X 5/32" LG. 90-SCR-ST03124X016 2
4 SQ. KEY, 3/16" X 2.00" LG. 90-KEY-019 2 in.
5 BRAKE CALIPER W/ MT. BRACKET 40-296 1
6 BRAKE DISC 40-169-CM017 1
7 BRAKE HANDLE 40-270 1
8 EXT. SPRING 40-229 1
9 SNAP RING 40-169-106-09 1
10 BOLT, 1/4" X 1/2" LG. 90-BLT02520X050 2
11 BOLT, 1/4" X 3/4" LG. 90-BLT-02520X075 2
12 LOCKNUT, 1/4" 90-NUT-LOC025-20 2
13 SHIFTER KNOB 40-182 1
14 SCREW-IN SHIFTER HANDLE 40-222 1
15 SHIFTER FORK 40-221 1
16 CLEVIS PIN, 3/8"X 1 1/4" LG. 90-PIN-CL038X125 2
17 COTTER PIN, 5/32" X 3/4" LG. 90-PIN-CT016075 2
18 IDLER TENSION BRACKET 08-650 1
19 BOLT, 3/8" X 3/4" LG. 90-BLT-03816X075 1
20 SAE FLAT WASHER, 1/2" 90-WSR-SAE050 1
21 LOCK WASHER, 3/8" 90-WSR-LOC038 1
22 LOCKNUT, 1/2" 90-NUT-LOC050-13 1
23 IDLER ARM 08-656-A 1
24 SPRING ADJUSTING ROD 06-635-B 1
VINYL CAP, 1/2" X 1" LG. 40-230 1
25 IDLER SPRING 40-056 1
26 GREASE FITTING, 45 DEGREE 40-001-45 1
27 BOLT, 5/8" X 3" LG. 90-BLT-06311X300 1
28 FLAT WASHER, 5/8" 90-WSR-FLT063 1
29 IDLER ARM BUSHING, 1 1/4" X 2" LG. 06-656-A 1
30 SPACER, 3/4" X 1/2" LG. 40-110 1
31 IDLER SPROCKET, 80-12 X 3/4" 10-SPT-80-12IDLER 1
32 BOLT, 3/4" X 2 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-07510X225 1
33 SPROCKET RETAINING PLATE 01-314-B 1
34 SPROCKET, 80B12 X 1 3/4" 10-SPT-80B12X175 1
35 SQ. KEY, 1/2" X 1 5/8" LG. 90-KEY-SQ050X163 1

Continued
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 54 of 90

4.0 HP Drive System All
313329342337363291739135151611125448610745433824140131434202218192142302524262827
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 55 of 90

4.0 HP Drive System All
Item Description Part Number Qty
36 BOLT, 1/2"-20 X 1 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-05020X125 1
37 LOCK WASHER, 1/2" 90-WSR-LOC050 1
38 V-BELT, A-42 (STANDARD) 40-294 1
V-BELT, A-41 40-294-A41 1
39 BOLT, 1/2" X 2 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-05013X225 2
40 SAE FLAT WASHER, 1/2" 90-WSR-SAE050 4
41 LOCKNUT, 1/2" 90-NUT-LOC050-13 4
42 BOLT, 1/2" X 2" LG. 90-BLT-05013X200 2
43 SET SCREW, 1/4"-28 X 1/4" LG. 90-SCR-ST02528X025 2
44 CLEVIS PIN, 1/4" X 3/4" LG. 90-PIN-CL025X075 1
45 LOCKNUT, 3/4"-10 90-NUT-LOC075-10 1

NOT SHOWN
HAND CRANK 06-647 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 56 of 90

6” V.S. Pulley w/ Cam Kit 40-315-A
1918171614151112131021221B201A279865634
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 57 of 90

6” V.S. Pulley w/ Cam Kit 40-315-A
Item Description Part Number Qty
1A PULLEY FIXED FACE Not Serviced -
1B PULLEY ADJUSTABLE FACE Not Serviced -
2 SPECIAL KEY 40-129-2181 1
3 BOLT, #10-32 X 3/8" LG. 40-129-3305 1
4 FLAT WASHER, #10 40-129-3232 1
5 SPRING WASHER 40-129-3231 1
6 CONTROL STEM BEARING 40-129-BRG60002RS 2
7 BEARING SPACER 40-216-B-407-074 1
8 CONTROL STEM 40-223-B-206-091-A 1
9 SNAP RING 40-129-2606 1
10 CAM BEARING 40-216-BRG6205 1
11 CAM 40-243-B-207-025 1
12 JAM NUT, 1/4" - 20 90-NUT-JAM025-20 1
13 CABLE TORQUE ARM 40-216-2588 1
14 NYLON PLUG 40-129-2454 1
15 SET SCREW, 1/4" - 28 X 1/4' LG. 90-SCR-ST02528X025 1
16 CAM ROLLER 40-243-2589 1
17 THRUST NUT 40-243-B-207-147 1
18 JAM NUT, 1/4" - 28 90-NUT-JAM025-28 1
19 TORQUE ARM 4/1/4" LG. 40-821-A 1
20 SET SCREW, 5/16 - 24 X 1/4" 90-SCR-ST03124X025 2
21 CONTROL STEM & BEARING PULLER 88-TOL-SSBRGPULLER OPT.
22 PULLEY PULLER 88-TOL-SSPULLEYPUL OPT.

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 58 of 90

6” V.S. Spring Loaded Pulley 40-313
47689101A51B234
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 59 of 90

6” V.S. Spring Loaded Pulley 40-313
Item Description Part Number Qty
1A FIXED PULLEY FACE Not Serviced -
1B ADJUSTABLE PULLEY FACE Not Serviced -
2 SPRING 40-195-A-632-1 1
3 SPRING CAP 40-195-A-633-1 1
4 RETAINING RING 40-195-3070 2
5 KEY 40-128-2195 1
6 PLUG RETAINING RING 40-195-2671 1
7 PLUG ADAPTER 40-195-A-625-052 1
8 SHAFT Not Serviced -
9 KEY, 3/16" SQ. X 2" LG. 90-KEY-019 1
10 SET SCREW, 5/16"-24 X 5/32 LG. 90-SCR-ST03124X016 2

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 60 of 90

Stabilizer Jack Assembly 1413121149651523781171610
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 61 of 90

Stabilizer Jack Assembly
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 STABILIZER JACK BODY 40-176-C
2 MIDDLE LEG TUBE 40-176-B
3 STABILIZER JACK DROP LEG 07-624
4 JACK HANDLE 40-176-E
5 JACK SCREW 40-176-F
6 THRUST BEARING 40-176-H
7 BEVEL GEAR, 16T 40-176-K
8 ROLL PIN, 6MM X 36MM LG. -
9 SHIM WASHER -
10 BEVEL GEAR, 32T 40-176-J
11 SQUARE KEY -
12 LOCKING NUT 40-176-L
13 COVER PLATE 40-176-G
14 LOCKNUT, 8MM - 1.25 -
15 GREASE FITTING 40-001
16 LOCK PIN -
17 HAIR PIN CLIP -

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 62 of 90

3000 Series Gun Cart Assembly All
37384158625152728112113101833313540429203119303236343911438338221623172429261243427
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 63 of 90

3000 Series Gun Cart Assembly All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 GUN CART BODY, LOW (46” CLEARANCE) 02-247 1
- GUN CART BODY, HIGH (62” CLEARANCE) 02-249 1
2 GUN CART LEG, LEFT (LOW) 02-241-LA 1
- GUN CART LEG, LEFT (HIGH) 02-245-LA 1
3 GUN CART LEG, RIGHT (LOW) 04-241-RA 1
- GUN CART LEG, RIGHT (HIGH) 02-245-RA 1
4 CROSS TUBE 04-831-72 1
5 PICK-UP COLLAR, SHORT 02-234 1
6 NELSON SR-150 GUN KIT SP-NEL-SP150KIT 1
7 GAUGE, 0-100 PSI WET 45-022 1
- GAUGE, 0-160 PSI LIQUID 45-017 Opt.
8 GUN FLANGE GASKET DO-PRT-30-040-A 1
9 HOSE END GASKET 02-216-A 1
10 3" DRAIN CAP 02-223 1
11 GUN CART TOW CLEVIS 02-220 1
12 3/8" GALVANIZED SHACKLE (CLEVIS) 40-064 2
13 3/8" GR.30, REGULAR LINK CHAIN (GALV.) 40-065-72 6 ft.
14 WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-041 2
15 TIRE, 670-15 RIB IMPLEMENT 55-043 1
16 RIM, 15 X 5 , 5-BOLT 55-042-A 1
17 VALVE STEM 55-046 1
WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-036 1
18 TIRE, 480 - 8, 5 RIB 55-037 1
19 RIM, 8 X 3.75, 4-BOLT 55-038 1
20 VALVE STEM 55-039 1
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-018 2
21 GREASE SEAL 55-015 1
22 INNER BEARING CONE 55-020 1
- INNER BEARING CUP (NOT SHOWN) 55-019 1
23 HUB, 5-BOLT 55-018-A 1
- OUTER BEARING CUP (NOT SHOWN) 55-021 1
24 OUTER BEARING 55-022 1
25 DUST CAP 55-023 1
26 WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20 55-007 5
27 SPINDLE WASHER 55-016 2
28 SPINDLE NUT 55-008 1
29 3/16" X 2" LG. COTTER PIN 90-PIN-CT019X200 1

Continued
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 64 of 90

3000 Series Gun Cart Assembly All
37384158625152728112113101833313540429203119303236343911438338221623172429261243427
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 65 of 90

3000 Series Gun Cart Assembly All
Item Description Part Number Qty
- HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-002 1
30 GREASE SEAL 55-006 1
31 BEARING CONE 55-004 2
- BEARING CUP (NOT SHOWN) 55-003 2
32 HUB, 4-BOLT 55-002-A 1
33 DUST CAP 55-005 1
34 WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20 55-007 4
35 SPINDLE NUT 55-008 1
36 3/16" X 2" LG. COTTER PIN 90-PIN-CT-019X200 1
37 BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-03816X150 6
38 BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-05013X125 10
39 BOLT, 5/8" X 2" LG. 90-BLT-06311X200 4
40 5/8" LOCK WASHER 90-WSR-LOC063 4
41 HEX NUT, 3/8"-16 90-NUT-HEX038-16 6
42 HEX NUT, 5/8"-11 90-NUT-HEX063-11 4
43 LABEL – MAX HOSE PULL 40-288-A 1
JAM NUT, 1/2"-13 90-NUT-JAM050-13 10

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 66 of 90

3000 Series 28” Gun Cart Assembly ∗ All
30635374039124644343536384342172511147452627242529283332 31323212213141694115108181920
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 67 of 90

3000 Series 28” Gun Cart Assembly ∗ All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 28" CART BODY 02-235 1
2 GUN CART LEG, RIGHT 02-243-R 1
3 GUN CART LEG, LEFT 04-243-L 1
4 CROSS TUBE 04-831-72 1
5 PICKUP COLLAR, SHORT 02-234 1
6 ORCHARD EXTENSION, 5 FT. 02-226 Opt.
7 EXTENSION, 2 FT. 02-237 Opt.
8 NELSON SR-150 GUN KIT SP-NEL-SP150KIT 1
9 GUN FLANGE GASKET DO-PRT-30-040-A 1
10 GAUGE, 0-100 PSI WET 45-022 1
- GAUGE, 0-160 PSI WET 45-017 Opt.
11 EXTENSION GASKET DO-PRT-30-040-A 1
12 HOSE FLANGE GASKET 02-216-A 1
13 GALVANIZED CHAIN, 3/8" 40-065 6 ft.
14 GALVANIZED SHACKLE (CLEVIS), 3/8" 40-064 2
15 GUN CART TOW CLEVIS 02-220 1
16 3" DRAIN CAP 02-223 1
17 WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-041 2
18 TIRE, 670-15 RIB IMPLEMENT 55-043 1
19 RIM, 15 X 5 , 5-BOLT 55-042-A 1
20 VALVE STEM 55-046 1
- HUB ASSEMBLY, 5-BOLT CONSISTING OF: 55-018 2
21 GREASE SEAL 55-015 1
22 INNER BEARING 55-020 1
- INNER BEARING RACE (NOT SHOWN) 55-019 1
23 HUB, 5-BOLT 55-018-A 1
- OUTER BEARING RACE (NOT SHOWN) 55-021 1
24 OUTER BEARING 55-022 1
25 DUST CAP 55-023 1
26 WHEEL BOLT, 1/2" 55-007 5
27 SPINDLE WASHER 55-016 2
28 SPINDLE NUT 55-008 2
29 COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG. 90-PIN-CT019X200 2
30 WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-036 1
31 TIRE, 480 X 8, 5 RIB 55-037 1
32 WHEEL RIM, 3.75" X 8", 4 BOLT 55-038 1
33 VALVE STEM 55-039 1

Continued
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 68 of 90

3000 Series 28” Gun Cart Assembly ∗ All
30635374039124644343536384342172511147452627242529283332 31323212213141694115108181920
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 69 of 90

3000 Series 28” Gun Cart Assembly ∗ All
Item Description Part Number Qty
- HUB ASSEMBLY, 4 BOLT CONSISTING OF: 55-002 1
34 GREASE SEAL 55-006 1
35 WHEEL BEARING 55-004 2
- WHEEL BEARING RACE (NOT SHOWN) 55-003 2
36 HUB, 4 BOLT 55-002-A 1
37 DUST CAP 55-005 1
38 WHEEL BOLT, 1/2" 55-007 4
39 SPINDLE NUT 55-008 1
40 COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG. 90-PIN-CT019X200 1
JAM NUT, 1/2" 90-NUT-JAM050-13 10
41 BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-03816X150 6
42 BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-05013X125 10
43 BOLT, 5/8" X 2" LG. 90-BLT-06311X200 4
44 LOCK WASHER, 5/8" 90-WSR-LOC063 4
45 HEX NUT, 3/8" 90-NUT-HEX038-16 6
46 LOCK NUT, 5/8" 90-NUT-LOC063-11 4
47 LABEL – MAX HOSE PULL (NOT SHOWN) 40-288-A 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 70 of 90

Symmetrical Cart Assembly ∗ Broadcast Cart
2219171824232021158111461216323191027294133527252628130
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 71 of 90

Symmetrical Cart Assembly ∗ Broadcast Cart
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 CART BODY, SYMMETRICAL 14-114 1
2 28 IN. CART LEG, LEFT 02-243-L 1
3 28 IN. CART LEG, RIGHT 02-243-R 1
4 72 IN. LG. CROSS TUBE 04-831-72 1
5 SHORT PICK UP COLLAR 02-234 1
6 WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-041 2
TIRE, 670-15 RIBBED IMPLEMENT 55-043 1
WHEEL RIM, 15" X 5" X 5 BOLT 55-042-A 1
VALVE STEM 55-046 1
7 WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-036 1
TIRE, 480 X 8, 5 RIB 55-037 1
WHEEL RIM, 8" X 3.75" X 4 BOLT 55-038 1
VALVE STEM 55-039 1
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-018 2
8 GREASE SEAL 55-015 1
9 BEARING CONE, INNER 55-019 1
- BEARING CUP, INNER (NOT SHOWN) 55-020 1
10 WHEEL HUB (INCL. BEARING CUPS) 55-018-A 1
- BEARING CUP, OUTER (NOT SHOWN) 55-021 1
11 BEARING CONE, OUTER 55-022 1
12 DUST CAP 55-023 1
13 WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20 55-007 5
14 SPINDLE WASHER 55-016 2
15 SPINDLE NUT 55-034 2
16 COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG. 90-PIN-CT019X200 2
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF 55-002 1
17 GREASE SEAL 55-006 1
18 BEARING CONE, INNER 55-004 1
- BEARING CUP, INNER (NOT SHOWN) 55-003 1
19 WHEEL HUB (INCL. BEARING CUPS) 55-002-A 1
- BEARING CUP, OUTER (NOT SHOWN) 55-021 1
20 BEARING CONE, OUTER 55-022 1
21 DUST CAP 55-005 1
22 WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20 55-007 4
23 SPINDLE NUT 55-008 1
24 COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG. 90-PIN-CT019X200 1
25 PRESSURE GAUGE, 0-160 PSI, WET 45-017 1
26 3/4 - 1/4 REDUCING BUSHING 40-NPT-RB075X025 1
27 BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-03816X150 8
28 FLANGE HEAD BOLT, M10 X 20MM 90-BLT-FM10150X020 4
29 LOCK WASHER, 3/8" 90-WSR-LOC038 8
30 LOCK NUT, 5/16" – 18 90-NUT-LOC031-18 4
31 RINGLOCK CLAMP, 4IN. IR-CPL-RL4P 1
32 COUPLING PLUG 14-115 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 72 of 90

Asymmetrical Cart Assembly ∗ Broadcast Cart
3133283233312329341241819162031713151426252730211081211764952273022
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 73 of 90

Asymmetrical Cart Assembly ∗ Broadcast Cart
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 CART BODY 14-101 1
2 WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-041 2
TIRE, 670-15 RIBBED IMPLEMENT 55-043 1
WHEEL RIM, 15" X 5" X 5 BOLT 55-042-A 1
VALVE STEM 55-046 1
3 WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-036 1
TIRE, 480 X 8, 5 RIB 55-037 1
WHEEL RIM, 8" X 3.75" X 4 BOLT 55-038 1
VALVE STEM 55-039 1
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-018 2
4 GREASE SEAL 55-015 1
5 BEARING CONE, INNER 55-019 1
- BEARING CUP, INNER (NOT SHOWN) 55-020 1
6 WHEEL HUB (INCL. BEARING CUPS) 55-018-A 1
- BEARING CUP, OUTER (NOT SHOWN) 55-021 1
7 BEARING CONE, OUTER 55-022 1
8 DUST CAP 55-023 1
9 WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20 55-007 5
10 SPINDLE WASHER 55-016 2
11 SPINDLE NUT 55-034 2
12 COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG. 90-PIN-CT019X200 2
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 55-002 1
13 GREASE SEAL 55-006 1
14 BEARING CONE, INNER 55-004 1
- BEARING CUP, INNER (NOT SHOWN) 55-003 1
15 WHEEL HUB (INCL. BEARING CUPS) 55-002-A 1
- BEARING CUP, OUTER (NOT SHOWN) 55-021 1
16 BEARING CONE, OUTER 55-022 1
17 DUST CAP 55-005 1
18 WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20 55-007 4
19 SPINDLE NUT 55-008 1
20 COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG. 90-PIN-CT019X200 1

Continued
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 74 of 90

Asymmetrical Cart Assembly ∗ Broadcast Cart
3133283233312329341241819162031713151426252730211081211764952273022
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 75 of 90

Asymmetrical Cart Assembly ∗ Broadcast Cart
Item Description Part Number Qty
21 REAR WHEEL COVER 14-235 2
22 FRONT WHEEL COVER 14-236 1
23 3" GATE VALVE 40-NPT-VLV300GATFF 1
24 3/4 NPT PLUG, GALV. 40-NPT-PLG075G 1
25 PRESSURE GAUGE, 0-160 PSI, WET 45-017 1
26 3/4 - 1/4 REDUCING BUSHING 40-NPT-RB075X025 1
27 CARRIAGE BOLT, ¼" X 1" LG. 90-BLT-CG02520-100 36
28 BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-03816X150 8
29 FLANGE HEAD BOLT, M10 X 20MM 90-BLT-FM10150X020 4
30 FENDER WASHER, 1/4" 90-WSR-FEN025 36
31 LOCK WASHER, 1/4" 90-WSR-LOC025 36
32 LOCK WASHER, 3/8" 90-WSR-LOC038 8
33 HEX NUT, 1/4" – 20 90-NUT-HEX025-20 36
34 LOCK NUT, 5/16" – 18 90-NUT-LOC031-18 4
35 CART TOW CHAIN GROUP (NOT SHOWN) TR-CRT-TOWCHAIN 1
36 CART LIFT CHAIN (NOT SHOWN) TR-CHN-25L 2

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 76 of 90

Drive System and Shielding ∗ Broadcast Cart
7
1
34
36
3
27
30
2
33
28 6 36
534
4
10
27
12811
14
9
13
31
25
29
15
17
18
32 21
24
26
16
35
19
20
22
23

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 77 of 90

Drive System and Shielding ∗ Broadcast Cart
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 GINSENG GUN ASSEMBLY 20-000 1
2 DRIVE ARM 14-240 1
3 ROD END, 3/4" - 16 MALE THREAD 40-488 1
4 DRIVE LINK 14-105 1
5 SPACER, 3/4" X 1/2" LG. 40-110 1
6 GEAR BOX ARM 14-108 1
7 GEAR BOX 40-486 1
8 1/4" SQ. X 1 1/4" LG. KEY 90-KEY-SQ025X125 1
9 GEAR, H50-14-1 1/8" 10-SPT-50B14X113 1
10 SET SCREW 4
11 RIVETED ROLLER CHAIN, #50-2 10-CHN_50-2RIV 14
12 CONNECTING LINK, #50-2 10-LNK-50-2CONN 1
13 GEAR, H50-14-3/4" 10-SPT-50B14X075 1
14 3/16" SQ. X 1 1/8" LG. KEY 90-KEY-SQ019X113 1
15 5.5 HP. HONDA ENGINE, GX120K1LX 40-159-A 1
16 GEARBOX HOUSING 14-102 1
- LATCH KIT (NOT SHOWN) 40-217 1
17 GEARBOX HOUSING DOOR 14-103 1
18 BRASS HINGE PIN, 3/16" X 3" LG. 40-200-C 2
19 FUEL TANK CRADLE 14-104 1
20 TANK CUSHION 40-093-20 2
21 VIBRATION ISOLATOR 40-095 1
22 ALUMINUM FUEL TANK, 5 GAL. 40-017 1
23 VENTED GAS CAP 40-017-A 1
- FUEL TANK STRAINER (NOT SHOWN) 40-HDA-16955ZE1000 1
- 14MM O-RING (NOT SHOWN) 40-HDA-91353671004 1
24 NEOPRENE FUEL LINE, 3/16" 40-066 16"
25 BOLT, 5/16" X 1 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-03118X150 4
26 BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-03816X125 1
27 BOLT, 3/4" X 3" LG. 90-BLT-07510X300 2
28 BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-05013X125 1
29 FLANGE HEAD BOLT, M10 X 20MM 90-BLT-FM10150X020 12
30 LOCK WASHER, 1/2" 90-WSR-LOC050 1
31 FLAT WASHER, 5/16" 90-WSR-FLT031 4
32 FLAT WASHER, 3/8" 90-WSR-FLT038 1
33 FLAT WASHER, 1/2" 90-WSR-FLT050 1
34 FLAT WASHER, 3/4" 90-WSR-FLT075 6
35 LOCK NUT, 3/8" - 16 90-NUT-LOC038-16 1
36 LOCK NUT, 3/4" - 10 90-NUT-LOC075-10 2

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 78 of 90

Gear Box Assembly ∗ Broadcast Cart
10
18 21
12 29
31
22
7 24
5
19
15
1
20
22
6
21
11
29
2
21
413 8 2523
27
21
17
14 28
30
29
2616 9
31
3

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 79 of 90

Gear Box Assembly ∗ Broadcast Cart
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 DRIVE ARM 14-240 1
2 SHORT INLET 20-002 1
3 LONG INLET 20-003 1
4 GUN BALL 20-004 2
5 RANGE TUBE WELDMENT 20-005 2
6 CROWN GEAR 20-006 1
7 PINION GEAR 20-007 2
8 PIVOT ARM 20-008 4
9 FLANGE GASKET - VITON 20-009-V 2
10 GUN GASKET - VITON 20-010-V 1
11 GEAR CASE - TOP 20-011 1
12 GEAR CASE - BOTTOM 20-012 1
13 O-RING 2 3/4 ID X 0.135 - VITON 20-013-V 2
14 ADJUSTING ROD 20-014 2
15 PIVOT - R.H. THREAD 20-015 2
16 PIVOT - L.H. THREAD 20-016 2
17 SHAFT 20-017 1
18 2 IN. INLET SEAL 20-018 2
19 EXT. RETAINING RING - 5/8 IN. S.S. 20-019 8
20 2 IN. TAPER BUSHING 40-467 3
21 2 IN. SHAFT SEAL 40-468 4
22 2 IN. X 14 GA. MACHINERY BUSHING 90-WSR-M51 6
23 ROTATION BUSHING SP-NEL-9993 4
24 1/4-20 X 1 1/2 LG. SHCS 89-SCR-SHO2520X150 9
25 BOLT, 5/16" X 3/4" LG. 90-BLT-03118X075 8
26 BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG. 90-BLT-03816X150 8
27 BOLT, 3/8" X 2" LG. 90-BLT-03816X200 11
28 BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/4" LG. 90-BLT-05013X125 1
29 SAE FLAT WASHER, 3/8" 90-WSR-SAE038 30
30 LOCK WASHER, 1/2" 90-WSR-LOC050 1
31 LOCK NUT, 3/8" - 16 90-NUT-LOC038-16 19

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 80 of 90

Sprinkler Kit ∗ All
1
2
3
6
7
89
4
5
11 10
12
98
7
13
14
14
15

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 81 of 90

Sprinkler Kit ∗ All
Item Description Part Number Qty
1 RAINBIRD, 65PJ TNT PART CIRCLE SP-RBD-KIT65PJTNT 1
2 1 NPT CLOSE NIPPLE GALV. 40-NPT-NPLC100G 1
3 SPRINKLER MOUNT 06-672 1
4 BOLT, 3/8" X 3 3/4" LG. 90-BLT-03816X375 2
5 LOCKNUT, 3/8" 90-NUT-LOC038-16 2
6 1" - 3/4" RED. BUSHING GALV. 40-NPT-RB100X075G 1
7 3/4" X 90 DEG STREET ELBOW GALV. 40-NPT-ELS075X90G 2
8 3/4" NPT X 3/4" HOSE BARB GALV. 40-NPT-BRB075G 2
9 GEAR CLAMP, HS-08 50-024 2
10 3/4" SUCTION HOSE IR-HOZ-SUC075 15 ft.
11 GALV. SINGLE TUBE CLAMP, 1IN. 50-058 5
12 TEK SCREW, 1/4" X 1" LG. 90-SCR-TEK025X100 5
13 3/4" BALL VALVE, F X F 40-NPT-VLV075BLLFF 1
14 3/4" CLOSE NIPPLE GALV. 40-NPT-NPLC075G 2
15 3/4" NPT GALVANIZED TEE 40-NPT-TEE075G 1

NOT SHOWN: (FOR USE ON TRAVELLERS WITHOUT AN EXISTING FLANGE)

3/4" NPT WELD-IN FLANGE 30-210 1
GALV. RED. BUSHING, 3/4"-1/4" NPT 40-NPT-RB075X025G 1

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 82 of 90

Required Maintenance
Prevention of mechanical failure is the goal of any good maintenance schedule. The
secret to preventing unwanted down time is to adhere to a maintenance schedule
suited to the way you use the equipment. Your maintenance schedule should include
the following minimum requirements:
ONLY perform maintenace when the machine is shut down and is in a
non-loaded condition. This means that no fluid is being pumped
through the reel and all mechanical and hydraulic tension has been
released from the hose rewind system.
Each Use
Maintenance Item Figure Procedure
Visually inspect equipment N / A Walk around the unit and inspect for loose, missing
or damaged items. Check the condition of the
indexer button, chains and connecting links.
Replace missing or damaged items and tighten
loosened items.
Maintain tire pressure. N / A Using a tire pressure gauge, check the pressure of
each tire and add or remove air to achieve the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure posted on
the tire sidewall.
DO NOT LOWER TIRE PRESSURE
BELOW THE RECOMMENDED LEVEL.
A lower pressure than the
recommended pressure will result in
the tire separating from the rim.
Tighten all wheel bolts 1
4
6
2
5
3

img-00224wmf
Before moving the unit, verify that the wheel bolts
are tight. When tightening the lug nuts use the star
pattern with your torque wrench set at
110 ft/lbs (149 N.m).
Adjust, if necessary, the
tension of the indexer chain
N / A Remove protective shield. The indexer chain is
properly tensioned when it has no visible slack.
Adjustments are made by moving the idler wheel
(rub block) towards the chain. Replace the shield
before operating this machine.
Lubricate the indexer drive
button and indexer slide rail.
Figure 34 Use a brush to liberally apply acceptable grease
along the length of the indexer screw and drive
button. (See Lubricants)
Check engine oil and filter. N / A Check the oil level of the Honda engine, replenish if
required. Check the condition of the air filter,
replace if necessary.
Check main drive chain. N / A Check the alignment and tension of the main drive
chain. Adjust if necessary.

Table 5 - Required Maintenance - Each Use
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 83 of 90

After First 25 Hours
Maintenance Item Figure Procedure
Change engine oil. N / A Change the oil in the Honda engine. Refer to the
Honda engine manual for detailed maintenance
instructions.
Change transmission oil. Figure 33 Change the oil in the transmission gearbox.

Table 6 – After First 25 Hours of Use

Figure 33 - Transmission Plug Layout
img-00259.png

Figure 34 - Lubricate Indexer
img-00260.png
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 84 of 90

Every 100 Hours
Maintenance Item Figure Procedure
Change engine oil. N / A Change the engine oil. Consult the Honda engine
manual for further information on oil requirements
and change intervals as well as other required
engine maintenance.
Lubricate the following. Figure 34 ▪ Turntable Ring
▪ Indexer Slide Rails
▪ Indexer Idler Block
▪ Drive Chain Idler Arm Pivot
▪ Drive Pulley Lead Screw
▪ All chains
Check transmission oil level Figure 33 Check the oil level in the transmission gearbox.
Replenish as necessary.
Check Indexer oil level Figure 35 Check the oil level in the indexer gearbox.

Table 7 – Every 100 Hours of Use

Figure 35 - Indexer Gearbox Oil Plug
img-00261.png
Every 250 Hours
Maintenance Item Figure Procedure
Check gun cart wheel
bearings
N / A Disassemble, clean, inspect, and repack the gun
cart wheel bearings. Replace any defective
components as required.

Table 8 – Every 250 Hours of Use
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 85 of 90

Before Storing
You MUST properly empty your Wide Body Series Traveller before
storing the machine for more than one day. Failure to properly clean
out the hose could result in the hose being plugged with sediment.
Maintenance Item Figure Procedure
Drain the hose. N / A Drain the hose. This is easily done by pulling out
all but one (1) coil of hoses along a level path.
Remove the drain plug from the gun cart. Use the
Honda engine or a tractor PTO shaft to rewind the
hose.
DO NOT leave the machine unattended
during the hose drain process. Without
fluid pressure present, the hose may
flatten slightly causing it to lie
improperly on the drum. It may be
necessary to manually adjust the hose
position on the hose drum during the
draining process
Disassemble and clean the
variable speed pulley.
N / A Disassemble and clean the variable speed pulley
mounted on the engine. Remove the “moving face”
of the pulley. Clean the bronze bushing and shaft
of gum and belt dust and lubricate with a thin coat
of light oil.
Main chassis wheel
bearings.
N / A Disassemble, clean, inspect and re-pack the main
chassis wheel bearings with acceptable grease.
(see Lubricants)
Lubricate all chains N / A Brush each chain with acceptable grease.
(see “Lubricants”)
Prepare Honda Engine. N / A Prepare the Honda engine for storage. See the
storage instructions provided in the Honda engine
manual.

Table 9 – Required Maintenance - Before Storing
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 86 of 90

Before Start Up (After long term storage)
Maintenance Item Figure Procedure
Review Operator’s manual. N / A Review this manual to refresh your memory
regarding the proper operation of this machine.
This will reduce the potential for equipment
damage and user injury.
Maintain tire pressure. N / A Using a tire pressure gauge, check the pressure of
each tire and add or remove air to achieve the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure posted on
the tire sidewall.
DO NOT LOWER TIRE PRESSURE
BELOW THE RECOMMENDED LEVEL.
A lower pressure than the
recommended pressure will result in
the tire separating from the rim.
Change gearbox oil. Figure 33 Change the oil in both the transmission gearbox
and the indexer gearbox.
Fill fuel system N / A Fill the fuel system with fresh fuel.

Table 10 – Every 100 Hours of Use

Lubricants
Grease: Any good grade multi-purpose, waterproof grease is compatible
with the greasing requirements of your Cadman Wide Body
Series Traveller.
Engine Oil: Consult the Honda owner’s manual for oil recommendations.
Transmission: SAE 80W or 90W gear oil.
Indexer Gearbox: SAE 80W or 90W gear oil.

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 87 of 90

Indexing System Adjustment
The indexing should ONLY be checked when only the base layer of hose is
remaining on the drum. The hose connection should be in the 6 o’clock position
(closest to the ground). If gaps exist between the coils of the hose, set the drum brake
and manually push the coils together. If the hose does not travel straight off the drum
and through the hose guide the indexing system must be adjusted using the
instructions below.
During adjustments of the indexing system safety shields are
removed. Before operating the machine you MUST properly re-install
ALL shields.
Step 1
Remove the indexer and idler shields. Remove the bolts (4) from the indexer shield
and the tek screws (5) from the idler shield and remove them both.

A

Figure 36 - Remove Shields / Loosen Chain
img-00235.wmf / img-00236.wmf
Step 2
Loosen the #50 chain (“A”). Remove the idler sprocket, and then remove the chain
from the sprocket on the gear box.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 88 of 90

Step 3
Manually adjust the hose guide position. Adjust the position of the hose guide by
rotating the sprocket.

Figure 37 - Adjust Indexer / Hose Position
img-00237.wmf / img-00238.wmf
The hose travels in a straight line through the hose guide and lays snuggly against
the drum elbow.
Step 4
Re-install the # 50 chain from the hose drum axle to the indexer gearbox.
When reinstalling the chain, hold pressure on the idler gear by pushing with a 15/16”
wrench on the inside nut. Make sure all the slack from the lower portion of the chain is
taken up. Tighten the idler gear bolt while holding pressure.
Step 5
Re-install the indexer and idler shields. Failure to complete this step can result in
serious injury or death.
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 89 of 90

TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller

Page 90 of 90

Useful Information
LENGTH
1 FOOT = 12 Inches 1 METER = 39.37 Inches
1 ROD = 0.3048 Meter 1 MILE = 3.2808 Feet
AREA
1 SQUARE FOOT = 144 Square Inches
= 0.0929 Square Meters
1 SQUARE YARD = 1296 Square Inches
= 0.8361 Square Meters
1 SQUARE METER = 1549.4 Square Inches
= 10.764 Square Feet
1 ACRE = 43560 Square Feet
= 4047 Square Meters
= 0.4047 Hectare
1 HECTARE = 107642.62 Square Feet
= 10000 Square Meters
= 2.47105 Acres
1 SQUARE MILE = 640 Acres
= 259 Hectares
VOLUME
1 GALLON ( US ) = 0.8327 Imperial Gallons
= 231 Cubic Inches
= 0.1337 Cubic Feet
= 8.345 Pounds
1 CUBIC FOOT = 1728 Cubic Inches
= 7.48 Gallons ( US )
= 62.4 Pounds
= 28.32 Liters
1 ACRE INCH = 27154 Gallons ( US )
= 254 Cubic Meters / Hectare

AREA OF A CIRCLE = Diameter x Diameter x 0.7854

CYLINDER VOLUME (US GAL.) = Diameter (ft.) x Diameter (ft.) x Length (ft.) x 5.8748
LIQUID MANORE SPREADERS AND TOOL BARS
Liquid Manure Spreaders
and Tool Bars
For spreading all types of liquid manure
GEA Farm Technologies - The right choice.
GEA Farm Technologies
The right choice.2018-4815-100 / Printed in Canada. (V.01.12)GEA Farm Equipment | Houle
GEA Farm Technologies
GEA Farm Technologies
GEA Farm Technologies Canada Inc.
Division GEA Houle
Manufacturing Plant and Canadian Sales office
4591, boul. St-Joseph, Drummondville, QC, Canada, J2A 0C6
Tel.: [phone] / Fax: [phone]
www.geahoule.com
GEA Farm Technologies
GEA Farm Technologies Inc. (Houle)
USA Distributor
1880 Country Farm Drive, Naperville, IL 60563 USA
Tel.: [phone] / Fax: [phone]
www.gea-farmtechnologies.com/houle/en
2 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|23
Table of Contents
Our Famous Spreader Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Steerable Series Spreaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Power Steering System and Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Hydraulic Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Weight Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Tandem Series Spreaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Hubs and Optional Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Mudguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
In-Tank Recirculation Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Self-Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Articulated Suction Pipe for Self-Loading Spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Nursing Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Hopper over Fill Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Flapper Door on Fill Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Hydraulic Sliding Door on Fill Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Signal Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Powerful Halogen Beam Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Steerable Series Spreaders - Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-13
Tandem Series Spreaders - Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-15
Truck Mount Spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Truck Mount Spreader - Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Tool Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
38-foot Tool Bar with Three Deflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Low Spreading Tool Bar with Deflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Tool Bar with Ground Surface Flex Drop Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
22’’ Concave Disc Incorporator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
16’’ Disc Cultivator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
S-Tine Cultivator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Sweep Injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
24’’ Hydraulic Disc Injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Tool Bars - Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Tool Bars Compatibility
Spreader
Tool Bar
EL48-8D-7400
EL48-8D
EL48-6D
EL48-4D
EL54
EL84
EL66
EL48-8D-7900
EL48-6D-3600
EL48-6D-4000
EL48-6D-4350
EL48-6D-4800
EL48-6D-5250
EL48-6D-6100
EL48-4D-3200
EL48-4D-3600
EL48-4D-4000
EL48-4D-4350
EL54-2800
EL54-3200
EL54-3600
EL54-4000
EL54-4450
EL54-5000
EL84-2650
EL84-3000
EL84-3550
EL84-4000
EL84-4450
EL84-5000
EL66-1950
EL66-2250
EL66-2650
EL66-3000
EL66-3400
EL66-3750
38-foot Tool
Bar with three
Deflectors
Low Spreading
Tool Bar with
Deflectors
22'' Concave
Disc
Incorporator
24'' Hydraulic
Disc
Injectors
16'' Disc
Cultivator
S-Tine
Cultivator
Sweep
Injectors
Tool Bar
with Flex
Drop Hoses

Compatible Incompatible Special shorter design
22 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|3
Our Famous Spreader Tanks
For over 18 years, GEA Houle Inc. has designed and manufactured state-of-the-art spreader
tanks. Now sold worldwide, they are recognized for their quality manufacturing, their re-
liability and durability.  Discover the unique features that have made and continue to make
this product a success !  
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

Tool Bars
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

Sweep Injectors
To inject the manure in a wide pattern close to the roots. Manure applied with mi-
nimum odour while maintaining the maximum concentration of nutrients.
•Heavy-duty pressurized tool bar with gauge wheel
•Individual adjustable springs on each injector
•Available with optional 20” coulter wheels
•Injectors available with 16” or 22 1/2” wide sweeps that gradually slice or cut
open the ground for slurry injection
24” Hydraulic Disc Injectors
The tool bar with hydraulic discs injects liquid manure in all types of soil at a mi-
nimum speed of 5 mph (8 km/h) and a maximum depth of 6”. Each disc injector
is connected to a hydraulic cylinder in order to better follow the contour of the
field. This means, each injector adapts to uneven ground while maintaining its
working depth not affecting the working depth of the other injectors.
The 12-foot wide tool bar provides a maximum spreading rate of:
5,000 US gal. per acre with 6 discs mounted at 24” centre to centre
6,700 US gal. per acre with 8 discs mounted at 18” centre to centre
4 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|21
Steerable Series Spreaders
Our directional spreader offers excellent manoeuvrability and control on all types of terrain. Its agility results in less
ground impact when turning. Its exclusive hydraulic power-steering and superior quality suspension provide more
resistance to obstacles.
The walls of the reservoir are made of high quality steel for long life expectancy. Baffles are installed inside the reser-
voir providing excellent liquid manure stability. As all of our line of equipment, our spreaders are coated with a layer
of Epoxy primer and 2 layers of Urethane paint making them resistant to extreme conditions. Because we believe that
a good product must be looked after, we have integrated several easily accessible lubricating points as well as openings
for cleaning on top of the reservoir.
We offer also a selection of tires and a choice of brakes to meet all your needs. Many other options are offered with
the goal of easing your daily tasks. Ask about them.
•Up-market hydraulic suspension
•Power steering system unique to GEA Houle
•Bearing housing and impeller
•Heavy-duty discharge pipe with anti-syphon
•Fill opening with protection grid
•Front fill indicator
•Drain system
•Swivel hitch
•Braided hydraulic hoses
•Integrated ladder
•8’’ access door on top
•Hydraulic hose support
•Anti-skid strip on top of spreader
•Jack
•Wheel wrench
Basic equipment provided with the steerable spreader:
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

Tool Bars
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

S-Tine Cultivator
To apply manure on growing corn fields at a time when the plants need nutrients
the most. Recommended for fields free of rocks with minimum crop residue.
•Tool bar with 4, 5, 6 or 8 floating cultivators
•Adjustable gauge wheels and cultivating width
•Aerates and fertilizes the soil between rows
•Helps control weeds
•Folding ends option available
16” Disc Cultivator
To apply manure on growing corn fields at a time when the plants need nutrients
the most. Recommended for fields with crop residue.
•The pressurized tool bar maintains a constant load on the discs to better follow
the contour of the terrain
•Discs lightly work the soil between rows of corn without disturbing the root
system
•Folding ends option available
•Available with 4, 5, 6 or 8 sets of 16” discs
The right choice.|5
Power Steering System
The GEA Houle power steering patented system is unique in that it matches the
turning angle of the tractor. The operator can disengage the power steering
system to improve stability while traveling on the road. When disengaged, the
wheels are maintained parallel to the reservoir by means of heavy-duty compres-
sion springs.
•Ensures a safer operation
•Reduces damage to vegetation and eliminate strain on spreader hubs, axles and
chassis
•Is protected by a spring-loaded mechanism
Power steering cylinder
Compression spring
EL48-4D spreader
EL48-6D spreader
EL48-8D spreader
Heavy-Duty Power Steering Swivel Hitch
Our heavy-duty power steering swivel hitch adapts to different types of tractor
tow bar. Available with a 3” or 3 1⁄2” pivot shaft.
Double hitch
Single plate hitch
20 |GEA Farm Technologies
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

Tool Bars
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

22” Concave Disc Incorporator
Fast spreading while using less tractor power than conventional injectors. Very
efficient on harvested fields with a large quantity of crop residue (corn, beans,
etc.)
•The pressurized tool bar maintains a constant load on the discs to better follow
the contour of the terrain
•Incorporates manure with the top layer of the soil while reducing odours and
maximum fertilizing value of the manure
•Folding ends option available
Tool Bar with Ground Surface Flex Drop Hoses
Low spreading tool bar to apply manure by gravity directly onto the ground,
reducing odour to a minimum. Spreads evenly under windy conditions.
•Tool bar available with 12 or 16 hoses for spreading 15 or 20 feet wide
•Folding ends option available
6 |GEA Farm Technologies
Hydraulic Suspension
The 12” stroke suspension allows
for smoother travel over irregular
terrain and reduces stress to the
reservoir.
n Axles are attached under the tank
by 4 sway bars and 1 cross member
mounted on rubber bushings.
n Suspension cylinders provide equal
weight distribution on each wheel.
n The steerable axle(s) chromed king
pins are mounted with greasable
brass bushings. Bolted axles are
easy to remove.
Suspension Design
Suspension cylinders are located close to
the centre of gravity of the reservoir.
When the spreader is full, this unique
design reduces excessive load variations
on the draw bar and improves the trac-
tor traction.
Rigid transaxles, in combination
with suspension cylinders moun-
ted close to the wheels, reduce the
“rebound effect” commonly ex-
perienced on rough roads.
The right choice.|19
Tool Bars
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

Low Spreading Tool Bar with Deflectors
Low spreading tool bar to apply manure by gravity, reducing odour to a minimum.
•Available with 5 or 6 deflectors for spreading 25 or 27 feet wide
•The tool bar folds up quickly for road travel
•Deflectors are designed to provide uniform spreading
•Folding ends option available

Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 2 1/2"

Manure flow is adjusted by
means of a restrictor
on the 8” line.
38-foot Tool Bar with Three Deflectors
The only tool bar designed to evenly spread thick liquid manure containing long fi-
brous material.
•Equipped with large 6” and 8’’ pipes, the 38-foot tool bar spreads thick liquid
manure containing long fibrous material at a rate up to 1,800 US gpm
•Unfolding the tool bar and adjusting the height is easily done from inside the
tractor
•The deflectors of the 38-foot tool bar are fed by gravity, reducing odour to a
minimum
•Depending on manure consistency, the width of spreading is set by sizing the
deflectors outlet and by adjusting the height of the tool bar
Optional Weight Transfer
System
The weight transfer system is ope-
rated on demand by the operator
to increase the tractor traction as
needed.
The right choice.|7
Tandem Series Spreaders
Combining lightness and strength, the tandem spreader remains an economical choice. Also appreciated for its effec-
tiveness, it is manufactured with the same quality as the directional spreader.
The GEA Houle tandem axle is closed by a full length central tube, providing more resistance to twisting than the conven-
tional open tandem axles. Its specific ''V'' shape design lowers the reservoir, thereby reducing the height of the centre
of gravity for greater stability. The wheels are located closer to the reservoir reducing the flex on the axle. The moun-
ting system of the adjustable tandem under the tank can move the wheels forward to decrease the load on the draw
bar or back to increase the load.
Basic equipment provided with the tandem spreader:
•Heavy-duty tandem axle
•Bearing housing and impeller
•Heavy-duty discharge pipe with anti-syphon
•Fill opening with protective grid
•Front fill indicator
•Drain system
•Braided hydraulic hoses
•Integrated ladder
•8’’ access door on top
•Hydraulic hose support
•Anti-skid strip on top of the spreader
•Jack
•Wheel wrench
18 |GEA Farm Technologies
Tool Bars
We offer a wide selection of tool bars providing easiness and
accrued work performances.  Each tool bar is designed for 
specific tasks and designed to reduce odours and spatter.
Chromed pivot pin with
greasable brass bushings
Bolted axle
V-shape cross member
Tandem bolted
to reservoir
Full-length centre tube to
reinforce the tandem
Manure Distributor
Our tool bars are provided with a high performance distributor with a-top gravity
discharge ensuring an even flow at each outlet.
Note: The manure distributor is not provided with the 38-foot tool bar.
Shredder kit
The distributor is also available
with optional hydraulic rotary
knives to spread cow manure
without fibrous material.
8 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|17
Hubs and Optional Brakes
Air Brakes
Our air braking system is designed to improve safety and to ga-
rantee maximum braking power.
These brakes can achieve up to 14.75 feet/sec 2 of deceleration and
meet ASABE standards.
Brakes that give a maximum braking stability and high performance
in any type of terrain.
Disc Brakes
Our hydraulic disc brakes comes with 2 calipers for intensive duty
and ensure good braking capacity. Our system is extremely reliable
and easy to maintain. Provided with a master cylinder and a pres-
sure regulator for the disc brake system.
18,000 lbs Heavy-Duty Hub
Certain types of terrain are hard on solicited parts. Therefore, we
designed and manufactured a hub exclusive to GEA Houle to meet
the toughest demands.
Our heavy-duty hub is made of ductile cast iron providing more
resistance and an increased life span. The bearing position gives a
better loading charge at the hub.
Optional mechanical drive Optional roll-off systemOptional supports and jacks (storage)
Options
•Steel fenders and rubber mudguards
•Four jacks with telescopic extensions for storage
•Abrasion resistant steel pump
•40 gpm hydraulic motor
•Mechanical drive
• 18’’ hopper over fill opening
•Flapper door on fill opening
•Hydraulic sliding door on fill opening
•Nursing kit
•In-tank recirculation kit
• Powerful halogen beam
• Roll-off system
Model
capacity
Length
(feet)
Width
(inches)
"A" tank
ELC-1900
2,280 US gal.
8 625 litres
10 88
ELC-2250
2,700 US gal.
10 250 litres
12 88
ELC-2650
3,150 US gal.
11 970 litres
14 88
ELC-3000
3,600 US gal.
13 690 litres
16 88
Model
capacity
Length
(feet)
Width
(inches)
ELC-3500
4,200 US gal.
15 890 litres
14 90
ELC-4000
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
16 90
ELC-4500
5,400 US gal.
20 430 litres
18 90
Model
capacity
Length
(feet)
Width
(inches)
"A" tank
ELC-2650
3,150 US gal.
11 970 litres
12 88
ELC-3100
3,720 US gal.
14 075 litres
14 88
ELC-3550
4,250 US gal.
16 160 litres
16 90
Truck Mount Spreader - Specifications

16 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|9
Tires and Wheels
Tires on GEA Houle spreaders offer good quality price ratio while reducing soil
compaction to a minimum. Tires available for each model of spreader are listed in
the specifications.
Galaxy 850/50 X32
with 27 X 32 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Goodyear 18.4L X 26
with 16 X 26 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Alliance 28L X 26
with 25 X 26 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Galaxy 725/65 X26
with 25 X 26 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Alliance 850/50-30.5
with 28 X 30.5 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Goodyear 28L X 26
with 25 X 26 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Truck Mount Spreader
Our truck mount spreader is designed to be custom-made for a wide range of vehicles. The tank is made of 1/4’’ thick
steel providing a long lifespan. The low profile tanks provide maximum visibility and great stability. As all of our line of
spreader tanks, the truck mount spreader offer many options to meet customer requirements.
•Bearing housing and impeller
•Fill opening with protective grid
•Front fill indicator
•Drain system
•Integrated ladder
•8’’ access door on top
•Anti-skid strip on top of spreader
•Spring-loaded mounted brackets
Basic equipment provided with the truck mount spreader:
Goodyear 21.5L X 16.1
with 18 X 16.1 rim
10-3/4” bolts
or 8-5/8” bolts
Goodyear 16.5L X 16.1
with 14 X 16.1 rim
8-5/8” bolts
Goodyear 23.1L X 26
with 20 X 26 rim
10-3/4” bolts
10 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|15
Options
Nursing Kit 
The nursing kit allows an easy transfer into another manure sprea-
der. An economical system that saves time!
Self-Loading
Designed to pump liquid manure from another spreader.
The optional primer pump is designed to pump very liquid manure
without long fibrous material.
Note: available for the EL48, EL54, and EL84 series
Articulated Suction Pipe 
(for self-loading with primer pump)
The operation of all equipment required for self-loading can be ac-
tivated directly from the tractor thus reducing the setup time. It is
faster, more efficient and easier to operate.
In-Tank Recirculation Kit
The recirculation kit maintains the homogeneity of liquid manure
when traveling on long distances. It uses the impeller pump to agi-
tate manure inside the spreader.
Note: Other options may be required for manure containing sand.
Mudguard
The mudguard blocks splashing mud, water, etc, and keep your
spreader cleaner. Made of steel for a long life span.
EL66 Spreaders
Model
capacity
Tires Axle Length (feet)
"A""B"
overall tank
Width (inches)
"C""D"
overall tank
Height
(inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL66-1950
2,350 US gal.
8 780 litres
16.5L X 16.1
21.5L X 16.1
23.1 X 26
tandem 3”
tandem 3”
single 3-1/2”
18
18
18
12
12
12
107
113
118
72
72
72
100
101
103
6 074
6 539
6 512
EL66-2250
2,700 US gal.
10 250 litres
16.5L X 16.1
21.5L X 16.1
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 3”
tandem 3”
tandem 3-1/2”
tandem 3-1/2”
single 4”
single 4”
20
20
20
20
20
20
14
14
14
14
14
14
107
113
109
118
129
129
72
72
72
72
72
72
100
101
103
104
100
100
6 424
6 892
9 121
9 535
7 915
8 029
EL66-2650
3,150 US gal.
11 970 litres
21.5L X 16.1
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 3-1/2”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
single 4”
single 4”
22
22
22
22
22
16
16
16
16
16
113
109
118
129
129
72
72
72
72
72
101
103
104
100
100
7 352
8 858
9 273
7 593
7 707
EL66-3000
3,600 US gal.
13 690 litres
21.5L X 16.1
23.1 X 26
tandem 3-1/2”
tandem 4”
22
22
16
16
113
118
75
75
110
114
7 762
10 276
EL66-3400
4,050 US gal.
15 350 litres
23.1 X 26 tandem 4”24 18 118 75 114 10 690
EL66-3750
4,500 US gal.
17 100 litres
23.1 X 26 tandem 4”26 20 118 75 114 11 122
Primer Pump

Max. consistency: 1"

Max. consistency: 1"
14 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|11
Hydraulic Sliding Door on Fill Opening
The hydraulic sliding door facilitates closing the fill opening of the
spreader using the tractor hydraulic controls. Includes air vent to
evacuate gases.
Signal Lights
The signal lights increase visibility and safety on the road. The LED
efficiency offers longlife and shock resistance. Built in an air sealed
housing resisting dirt, dust & moisture. Adjustable width and
height to meet road regulations of your area.
Down
position
Powerful Halogen Beam Light
A beam pattern with broad coverage providing sufficient lumens to
work in the dark. Housing is made of resistant ABS. Available in
multiple mounting options.
On rear guard
On signal light
Up position
Tandem Series Spreaders - Specifications
Model
capacity
Tires Axle Length (feet)
"A""B"
overall tank
Width (inches)
"C""D"
overall tank
Height
(inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL84-2650
3,150 US gal.
11 970 litres
21.5 X 16.1
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 3-1/2”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
20
20
20
20
20
14
14
14
14
14
131
127
136
147
147
88
88
88
88
88
102
104
106
108
108
7 928
9 509
9 923
10 822
11 052
EL84-3000
3,600 US gal.
13 690 litres
21.5L X 16.1
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 3-1/2”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
22
22
22
22
16
16
16
16
131
136
147
147
88
88
88
88
102
106
108
108
8 523
10 280
11 180
11 409
EL84-3550
4,250 US gal.
16 160 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
22
22
22
16
16
16
136
147
147
90
90
90
110
112
112
11 482
12 381
12 610
EL84-4000
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
24
24
18
18
147
147
90
90
112
112
13 380
13 609
EL84-4450
5,350 US gal.
20 200 litres
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
26
26
20
20
147
147
90
90
112
112
13 849
14 079
EL84-5000
6,000 US gal.
22 750 litres
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
26
26
20
20
147
147
91
91
119
119
14 511
14 740
EL84 Spreaders
Model
capacity
Tires Axle Length (feet)
"A""B"
overall tank
Width (inches)
"C""D"
overall tank
Height
(inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL54-2800
3,350 US gal.
12 700 litres
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
simple 4”
simple 4”
20
20
20
20
20
14
14
14
14
14
109
113
118
118
118
97
97
97
97
97
112
113
114
114
114
10 437
10 851
11 751
9 597
9 711
EL54-3200
3,850 US gal.
14 550 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
22
22
22
16
16
16
113
118
118
97
97
97
113
114
114
11 903
12 802
13 052
EL54-3600
4,300 US gal.
16 350 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
24
24
24
18
18
18
113
118
118
97
97
97
113
114
114
12 394
13 294
13 523
EL54-4000
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
26
26
20
20
118
118
97
97
114
114
14 409
14 639
EL54-4450
5,350 US gal.
20 200 litres
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
26
26
20
20
118
118
98
98
119
119
14 539
14 769
EL54-5000
6,000 US gal.
22 750 litres
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
28
28
22
22
118
118
98
98
119
119
15 309
15 538
EL54 Spreaders Hopper Over Fill Opening
The 18’’ high tapered hopper over the fill opening provides easier
positioning under the loading pipe. Comes with a protective grid.
Flapper Door on Fill Opening
An automatic spring-loaded flapper door system to prevent splash.
The right choice.|1312|GEA Farm Technologies
Steerable Series Spreaders - Specifications
EL48-6D Spreaders
Model
capacity
Tires Length (feet)
"A" overall "B"tank
Width (inches)
"C" overall "D"tank
Height (inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL48-6D-3600
4,300 US gal.
16 350 litres
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
24
24
24
24
18
18
18
18
109
113
123
123
97
97
97
97
113
114
115
115
13 845
14 467
15 816
16 160
EL48-6D-4000
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
26
26
26
26
20
20
20
20
109
113
123
123
97
97
97
97
113
114
115
115
14 273
14 894
16 244
16 588
EL48-6D-4350
5,250 US gal.
19 750 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
26
26
26
20
20
20
113
123
118
98
98
98
119
120
120
15 853
17 203
17 547
EL48-6D-4800
5,800 US gal.
21 800 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
28
28
28
28
28
22
22
22
22
22
113
123
123
137
138½
98
98
98
98
98
119
120
120
123
123
16 352
17 701
18 045
18 653
18 869
EL48-6D-5250
6,300 US gal.
23 850 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
30
30
30
30
30
24
24
24
24
24
113
123
123
137
138½
98
98
98
98
98
119
120
120
123
123
17 002
18 351
18 034
19 304
19 520
EL48-6D-6100
7,300 US gal.
27 750 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
34
34
34
34
34
28
28
28
28
28
113
123
123
137
138½
98
98
98
98
98
119
120
120
123
123
18 263
19 612
19 956
20 565
20 781
EL48-8D Spreaders
Model
capacity
Tires Length (feet)
"A" overall "B"tank
Width (inches)
"C" overall "D"tank
Height (inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL48-8D-7400
8,900 US gal.
33 650 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
36
36
36
36
36
30
30
30
30
30
113
123
123
137
137
99
99
99
99
99
125
126
126
129
129
23 104
24 903
25 362
26 173
26 461
EL48-8D-7900
9,500 US gal.
35 900 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
38
38
38
38
38
32
32
32
32
32
113
123
123
137
138½
99
99
99
99
99
125
126
126
129
129
23 620
25 419
25 878
26 689
26 977
EL48-4D Spreaders
Model
capacity
Tires Length (feet)
"A" overall "B"tank
Width (inches)
"C" overall "D"tank
Height (inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL48-4D-3200
3,850 US gal.
14 550 litres
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
22
22
22
22
22
22
16
16
16
16
16
16
109
113
123
123
137
138½
97
97
97
97
97
97
113
114
115
115
118
118
10 994
11 409
12 308
12 538
12 943
13 087
EL48-4D-3600
4,300 US gal.
16 350 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
24
24
24
24
24
18
18
18
18
18
113
123
123
137
138½
97
97
97
97
97
114
115
115
118
118
12 405
13 305
13 534
13 940
14 084
EL48-4D-4000
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
26
26
26
26
26
20
20
20
20
20
113
123
123
137
138½
97
97
97
97
97
114
115
115
118
118
13 014
13 913
14 143
14 548
14 692
EL48-4D-4350
5,250 US gal.
19 750 litres
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
26
26
26
26
20
20
20
20
123
123
137
138½
98
98
98
98
115
115
118
118
14 707
14 936
15 342
15 486
The right choice.|1312|GEA Farm Technologies
Steerable Series Spreaders - Specifications
EL48-6D Spreaders
Model
capacity
Tires Length (feet)
"A" overall "B"tank
Width (inches)
"C" overall "D"tank
Height (inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL48-6D-3600
4,300 US gal.
16 350 litres
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
24
24
24
24
18
18
18
18
109
113
123
123
97
97
97
97
113
114
115
115
13 845
14 467
15 816
16 160
EL48-6D-4000
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
26
26
26
26
20
20
20
20
109
113
123
123
97
97
97
97
113
114
115
115
14 273
14 894
16 244
16 588
EL48-6D-4350
5,250 US gal.
19 750 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
26
26
26
20
20
20
113
123
118
98
98
98
119
120
120
15 853
17 203
17 547
EL48-6D-4800
5,800 US gal.
21 800 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
28
28
28
28
28
22
22
22
22
22
113
123
123
137
138½
98
98
98
98
98
119
120
120
123
123
16 352
17 701
18 045
18 653
18 869
EL48-6D-5250
6,300 US gal.
23 850 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
30
30
30
30
30
24
24
24
24
24
113
123
123
137
138½
98
98
98
98
98
119
120
120
123
123
17 002
18 351
18 034
19 304
19 520
EL48-6D-6100
7,300 US gal.
27 750 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
34
34
34
34
34
28
28
28
28
28
113
123
123
137
138½
98
98
98
98
98
119
120
120
123
123
18 263
19 612
19 956
20 565
20 781
EL48-8D Spreaders
Model
capacity
Tires Length (feet)
"A" overall "B"tank
Width (inches)
"C" overall "D"tank
Height (inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL48-8D-7400
8,900 US gal.
33 650 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
36
36
36
36
36
30
30
30
30
30
113
123
123
137
137
99
99
99
99
99
125
126
126
129
129
23 104
24 903
25 362
26 173
26 461
EL48-8D-7900
9,500 US gal.
35 900 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
38
38
38
38
38
32
32
32
32
32
113
123
123
137
138½
99
99
99
99
99
125
126
126
129
129
23 620
25 419
25 878
26 689
26 977
EL48-4D Spreaders
Model
capacity
Tires Length (feet)
"A" overall "B"tank
Width (inches)
"C" overall "D"tank
Height (inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL48-4D-3200
3,850 US gal.
14 550 litres
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
22
22
22
22
22
22
16
16
16
16
16
16
109
113
123
123
137
138½
97
97
97
97
97
97
113
114
115
115
118
118
10 994
11 409
12 308
12 538
12 943
13 087
EL48-4D-3600
4,300 US gal.
16 350 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
24
24
24
24
24
18
18
18
18
18
113
123
123
137
138½
97
97
97
97
97
114
115
115
118
118
12 405
13 305
13 534
13 940
14 084
EL48-4D-4000
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
26
26
26
26
26
20
20
20
20
20
113
123
123
137
138½
97
97
97
97
97
114
115
115
118
118
13 014
13 913
14 143
14 548
14 692
EL48-4D-4350
5,250 US gal.
19 750 litres
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
850/50 X 30.5
850/50 X 32
26
26
26
26
20
20
20
20
123
123
137
138½
98
98
98
98
115
115
118
118
14 707
14 936
15 342
15 486
14 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|11
Hydraulic Sliding Door on Fill Opening
The hydraulic sliding door facilitates closing the fill opening of the
spreader using the tractor hydraulic controls. Includes air vent to
evacuate gases.
Signal Lights
The signal lights increase visibility and safety on the road. The LED
efficiency offers longlife and shock resistance. Built in an air sealed
housing resisting dirt, dust & moisture. Adjustable width and
height to meet road regulations of your area.
Down
position
Powerful Halogen Beam Light
A beam pattern with broad coverage providing sufficient lumens to
work in the dark. Housing is made of resistant ABS. Available in
multiple mounting options.
On rear guard
On signal light
Up position
Tandem Series Spreaders - Specifications
Model
capacity
Tires Axle Length (feet)
"A""B"
overall tank
Width (inches)
"C""D"
overall tank
Height
(inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL84-2650
3,150 US gal.
11 970 litres
21.5 X 16.1
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 3-1/2”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
20
20
20
20
20
14
14
14
14
14
131
127
136
147
147
88
88
88
88
88
102
104
106
108
108
7 928
9 509
9 923
10 822
11 052
EL84-3000
3,600 US gal.
13 690 litres
21.5L X 16.1
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 3-1/2”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
22
22
22
22
16
16
16
16
131
136
147
147
88
88
88
88
102
106
108
108
8 523
10 280
11 180
11 409
EL84-3550
4,250 US gal.
16 160 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
22
22
22
16
16
16
136
147
147
90
90
90
110
112
112
11 482
12 381
12 610
EL84-4000
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
24
24
18
18
147
147
90
90
112
112
13 380
13 609
EL84-4450
5,350 US gal.
20 200 litres
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
26
26
20
20
147
147
90
90
112
112
13 849
14 079
EL84-5000
6,000 US gal.
22 750 litres
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
26
26
20
20
147
147
91
91
119
119
14 511
14 740
EL84 Spreaders
Model
capacity
Tires Axle Length (feet)
"A""B"
overall tank
Width (inches)
"C""D"
overall tank
Height
(inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL54-2800
3,350 US gal.
12 700 litres
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
simple 4”
simple 4”
20
20
20
20
20
14
14
14
14
14
109
113
118
118
118
97
97
97
97
97
112
113
114
114
114
10 437
10 851
11 751
9 597
9 711
EL54-3200
3,850 US gal.
14 550 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
22
22
22
16
16
16
113
118
118
97
97
97
113
114
114
11 903
12 802
13 052
EL54-3600
4,300 US gal.
16 350 litres
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
24
24
24
18
18
18
113
118
118
97
97
97
113
114
114
12 394
13 294
13 523
EL54-4000
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
26
26
20
20
118
118
97
97
114
114
14 409
14 639
EL54-4450
5,350 US gal.
20 200 litres
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
26
26
20
20
118
118
98
98
119
119
14 539
14 769
EL54-5000
6,000 US gal.
22 750 litres
28L X 26
725/65 x26
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
28
28
22
22
118
118
98
98
119
119
15 309
15 538
EL54 Spreaders Hopper Over Fill Opening
The 18’’ high tapered hopper over the fill opening provides easier
positioning under the loading pipe. Comes with a protective grid.
Flapper Door on Fill Opening
An automatic spring-loaded flapper door system to prevent splash.
10 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|15
Options
Nursing Kit 
The nursing kit allows an easy transfer into another manure sprea-
der. An economical system that saves time!
Self-Loading
Designed to pump liquid manure from another spreader.
The optional primer pump is designed to pump very liquid manure
without long fibrous material.
Note: available for the EL48, EL54, and EL84 series
Articulated Suction Pipe 
(for self-loading with primer pump)
The operation of all equipment required for self-loading can be ac-
tivated directly from the tractor thus reducing the setup time. It is
faster, more efficient and easier to operate.
In-Tank Recirculation Kit
The recirculation kit maintains the homogeneity of liquid manure
when traveling on long distances. It uses the impeller pump to agi-
tate manure inside the spreader.
Note: Other options may be required for manure containing sand.
Mudguard
The mudguard blocks splashing mud, water, etc, and keep your
spreader cleaner. Made of steel for a long life span.
EL66 Spreaders
Model
capacity
Tires Axle Length (feet)
"A""B"
overall tank
Width (inches)
"C""D"
overall tank
Height
(inches)
"E"
Weight
(lbs)
EL66-1950
2,350 US gal.
8 780 litres
16.5L X 16.1
21.5L X 16.1
23.1 X 26
tandem 3”
tandem 3”
single 3-1/2”
18
18
18
12
12
12
107
113
118
72
72
72
100
101
103
6 074
6 539
6 512
EL66-2250
2,700 US gal.
10 250 litres
16.5L X 16.1
21.5L X 16.1
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 3”
tandem 3”
tandem 3-1/2”
tandem 3-1/2”
single 4”
single 4”
20
20
20
20
20
20
14
14
14
14
14
14
107
113
109
118
129
129
72
72
72
72
72
72
100
101
103
104
100
100
6 424
6 892
9 121
9 535
7 915
8 029
EL66-2650
3,150 US gal.
11 970 litres
21.5L X 16.1
18.4 X 26
23.1 X 26
28L X 26
725/65 X 26
tandem 3-1/2”
tandem 4”
tandem 4”
single 4”
single 4”
22
22
22
22
22
16
16
16
16
16
113
109
118
129
129
72
72
72
72
72
101
103
104
100
100
7 352
8 858
9 273
7 593
7 707
EL66-3000
3,600 US gal.
13 690 litres
21.5L X 16.1
23.1 X 26
tandem 3-1/2”
tandem 4”
22
22
16
16
113
118
75
75
110
114
7 762
10 276
EL66-3400
4,050 US gal.
15 350 litres
23.1 X 26 tandem 4”24 18 118 75 114 10 690
EL66-3750
4,500 US gal.
17 100 litres
23.1 X 26 tandem 4”26 20 118 75 114 11 122
Primer Pump

Max. consistency: 1"

Max. consistency: 1"
16 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|9
Tires and Wheels
Tires on GEA Houle spreaders offer good quality price ratio while reducing soil
compaction to a minimum. Tires available for each model of spreader are listed in
the specifications.
Galaxy 850/50 X32
with 27 X 32 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Goodyear 18.4L X 26
with 16 X 26 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Alliance 28L X 26
with 25 X 26 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Galaxy 725/65 X26
with 25 X 26 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Alliance 850/50-30.5
with 28 X 30.5 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Goodyear 28L X 26
with 25 X 26 rim
10-3/4” bolts
Truck Mount Spreader
Our truck mount spreader is designed to be custom-made for a wide range of vehicles. The tank is made of 1/4’’ thick
steel providing a long lifespan. The low profile tanks provide maximum visibility and great stability. As all of our line of
spreader tanks, the truck mount spreader offer many options to meet customer requirements.
•Bearing housing and impeller
•Fill opening with protective grid
•Front fill indicator
•Drain system
•Integrated ladder
•8’’ access door on top
•Anti-skid strip on top of spreader
•Spring-loaded mounted brackets
Basic equipment provided with the truck mount spreader:
Goodyear 21.5L X 16.1
with 18 X 16.1 rim
10-3/4” bolts
or 8-5/8” bolts
Goodyear 16.5L X 16.1
with 14 X 16.1 rim
8-5/8” bolts
Goodyear 23.1L X 26
with 20 X 26 rim
10-3/4” bolts
8 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|17
Hubs and Optional Brakes
Air Brakes
Our air braking system is designed to improve safety and to ga-
rantee maximum braking power.
These brakes can achieve up to 14.75 feet/sec 2 of deceleration and
meet ASABE standards.
Brakes that give a maximum braking stability and high performance
in any type of terrain.
Disc Brakes
Our hydraulic disc brakes comes with 2 calipers for intensive duty
and ensure good braking capacity. Our system is extremely reliable
and easy to maintain. Provided with a master cylinder and a pres-
sure regulator for the disc brake system.
18,000 lbs Heavy-Duty Hub
Certain types of terrain are hard on solicited parts. Therefore, we
designed and manufactured a hub exclusive to GEA Houle to meet
the toughest demands.
Our heavy-duty hub is made of ductile cast iron providing more
resistance and an increased life span. The bearing position gives a
better loading charge at the hub.
Optional mechanical drive Optional roll-off systemOptional supports and jacks (storage)
Options
•Steel fenders and rubber mudguards
•Four jacks with telescopic extensions for storage
•Abrasion resistant steel pump
•40 gpm hydraulic motor
•Mechanical drive
• 18’’ hopper over fill opening
•Flapper door on fill opening
•Hydraulic sliding door on fill opening
•Nursing kit
•In-tank recirculation kit
• Powerful halogen beam
• Roll-off system
Model
capacity
Length
(feet)
Width
(inches)
"A" tank
ELC-1900
2,280 US gal.
8 625 litres
10 88
ELC-2250
2,700 US gal.
10 250 litres
12 88
ELC-2650
3,150 US gal.
11 970 litres
14 88
ELC-3000
3,600 US gal.
13 690 litres
16 88
Model
capacity
Length
(feet)
Width
(inches)
ELC-3500
4,200 US gal.
15 890 litres
14 90
ELC-4000
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
16 90
ELC-4500
5,400 US gal.
20 430 litres
18 90
Model
capacity
Length
(feet)
Width
(inches)
"A" tank
ELC-2650
3,150 US gal.
11 970 litres
12 88
ELC-3100
3,720 US gal.
14 075 litres
14 88
ELC-3550
4,250 US gal.
16 160 litres
16 90
Truck Mount Spreader - Specifications

The right choice.|7
Tandem Series Spreaders
Combining lightness and strength, the tandem spreader remains an economical choice. Also appreciated for its effec-
tiveness, it is manufactured with the same quality as the directional spreader.
The GEA Houle tandem axle is closed by a full length central tube, providing more resistance to twisting than the conven-
tional open tandem axles. Its specific ''V'' shape design lowers the reservoir, thereby reducing the height of the centre
of gravity for greater stability. The wheels are located closer to the reservoir reducing the flex on the axle. The moun-
ting system of the adjustable tandem under the tank can move the wheels forward to decrease the load on the draw
bar or back to increase the load.
Basic equipment provided with the tandem spreader:
•Heavy-duty tandem axle
•Bearing housing and impeller
•Heavy-duty discharge pipe with anti-syphon
•Fill opening with protective grid
•Front fill indicator
•Drain system
•Braided hydraulic hoses
•Integrated ladder
•8’’ access door on top
•Hydraulic hose support
•Anti-skid strip on top of the spreader
•Jack
•Wheel wrench
18 |GEA Farm Technologies
Tool Bars
We offer a wide selection of tool bars providing easiness and
accrued work performances.  Each tool bar is designed for 
specific tasks and designed to reduce odours and spatter.
Chromed pivot pin with
greasable brass bushings
Bolted axle
V-shape cross member
Tandem bolted
to reservoir
Full-length centre tube to
reinforce the tandem
Manure Distributor
Our tool bars are provided with a high performance distributor with a-top gravity
discharge ensuring an even flow at each outlet.
Note: The manure distributor is not provided with the 38-foot tool bar.
Shredder kit
The distributor is also available
with optional hydraulic rotary
knives to spread cow manure
without fibrous material.
6 |GEA Farm Technologies
Hydraulic Suspension
The 12” stroke suspension allows
for smoother travel over irregular
terrain and reduces stress to the
reservoir.
n Axles are attached under the tank
by 4 sway bars and 1 cross member
mounted on rubber bushings.
n Suspension cylinders provide equal
weight distribution on each wheel.
n The steerable axle(s) chromed king
pins are mounted with greasable
brass bushings. Bolted axles are
easy to remove.
Suspension Design
Suspension cylinders are located close to
the centre of gravity of the reservoir.
When the spreader is full, this unique
design reduces excessive load variations
on the draw bar and improves the trac-
tor traction.
Rigid transaxles, in combination
with suspension cylinders moun-
ted close to the wheels, reduce the
“rebound effect” commonly ex-
perienced on rough roads.
The right choice.|19
Tool Bars
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

Low Spreading Tool Bar with Deflectors
Low spreading tool bar to apply manure by gravity, reducing odour to a minimum.
•Available with 5 or 6 deflectors for spreading 25 or 27 feet wide
•The tool bar folds up quickly for road travel
•Deflectors are designed to provide uniform spreading
•Folding ends option available

Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 2 1/2"

Manure flow is adjusted by
means of a restrictor
on the 8” line.
38-foot Tool Bar with Three Deflectors
The only tool bar designed to evenly spread thick liquid manure containing long fi-
brous material.
•Equipped with large 6” and 8’’ pipes, the 38-foot tool bar spreads thick liquid
manure containing long fibrous material at a rate up to 1,800 US gpm
•Unfolding the tool bar and adjusting the height is easily done from inside the
tractor
•The deflectors of the 38-foot tool bar are fed by gravity, reducing odour to a
minimum
•Depending on manure consistency, the width of spreading is set by sizing the
deflectors outlet and by adjusting the height of the tool bar
Optional Weight Transfer
System
The weight transfer system is ope-
rated on demand by the operator
to increase the tractor traction as
needed.
The right choice.|5
Power Steering System
The GEA Houle power steering patented system is unique in that it matches the
turning angle of the tractor. The operator can disengage the power steering
system to improve stability while traveling on the road. When disengaged, the
wheels are maintained parallel to the reservoir by means of heavy-duty compres-
sion springs.
•Ensures a safer operation
•Reduces damage to vegetation and eliminate strain on spreader hubs, axles and
chassis
•Is protected by a spring-loaded mechanism
Power steering cylinder
Compression spring
EL48-4D spreader
EL48-6D spreader
EL48-8D spreader
Heavy-Duty Power Steering Swivel Hitch
Our heavy-duty power steering swivel hitch adapts to different types of tractor
tow bar. Available with a 3” or 3 1⁄2” pivot shaft.
Double hitch
Single plate hitch
20 |GEA Farm Technologies
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

Tool Bars
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

22” Concave Disc Incorporator
Fast spreading while using less tractor power than conventional injectors. Very
efficient on harvested fields with a large quantity of crop residue (corn, beans,
etc.)
•The pressurized tool bar maintains a constant load on the discs to better follow
the contour of the terrain
•Incorporates manure with the top layer of the soil while reducing odours and
maximum fertilizing value of the manure
•Folding ends option available
Tool Bar with Ground Surface Flex Drop Hoses
Low spreading tool bar to apply manure by gravity directly onto the ground,
reducing odour to a minimum. Spreads evenly under windy conditions.
•Tool bar available with 12 or 16 hoses for spreading 15 or 20 feet wide
•Folding ends option available
4 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|21
Steerable Series Spreaders
Our directional spreader offers excellent manoeuvrability and control on all types of terrain. Its agility results in less
ground impact when turning. Its exclusive hydraulic power-steering and superior quality suspension provide more
resistance to obstacles.
The walls of the reservoir are made of high quality steel for long life expectancy. Baffles are installed inside the reser-
voir providing excellent liquid manure stability. As all of our line of equipment, our spreaders are coated with a layer
of Epoxy primer and 2 layers of Urethane paint making them resistant to extreme conditions. Because we believe that
a good product must be looked after, we have integrated several easily accessible lubricating points as well as openings
for cleaning on top of the reservoir.
We offer also a selection of tires and a choice of brakes to meet all your needs. Many other options are offered with
the goal of easing your daily tasks. Ask about them.
•Up-market hydraulic suspension
•Power steering system unique to GEA Houle
•Bearing housing and impeller
•Heavy-duty discharge pipe with anti-syphon
•Fill opening with protection grid
•Front fill indicator
•Drain system
•Swivel hitch
•Braided hydraulic hoses
•Integrated ladder
•8’’ access door on top
•Hydraulic hose support
•Anti-skid strip on top of spreader
•Jack
•Wheel wrench
Basic equipment provided with the steerable spreader:
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

Tool Bars
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

S-Tine Cultivator
To apply manure on growing corn fields at a time when the plants need nutrients
the most. Recommended for fields free of rocks with minimum crop residue.
•Tool bar with 4, 5, 6 or 8 floating cultivators
•Adjustable gauge wheels and cultivating width
•Aerates and fertilizes the soil between rows
•Helps control weeds
•Folding ends option available
16” Disc Cultivator
To apply manure on growing corn fields at a time when the plants need nutrients
the most. Recommended for fields with crop residue.
•The pressurized tool bar maintains a constant load on the discs to better follow
the contour of the terrain
•Discs lightly work the soil between rows of corn without disturbing the root
system
•Folding ends option available
•Available with 4, 5, 6 or 8 sets of 16” discs
22 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|3
Our Famous Spreader Tanks
For over 18 years, GEA Houle Inc. has designed and manufactured state-of-the-art spreader
tanks. Now sold worldwide, they are recognized for their quality manufacturing, their re-
liability and durability.  Discover the unique features that have made and continue to make
this product a success !  
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

Tool Bars
Straw Sawdust Sand
Max. consistency: 1/2"

Sweep Injectors
To inject the manure in a wide pattern close to the roots. Manure applied with mi-
nimum odour while maintaining the maximum concentration of nutrients.
•Heavy-duty pressurized tool bar with gauge wheel
•Individual adjustable springs on each injector
•Available with optional 20” coulter wheels
•Injectors available with 16” or 22 1/2” wide sweeps that gradually slice or cut
open the ground for slurry injection
24” Hydraulic Disc Injectors
The tool bar with hydraulic discs injects liquid manure in all types of soil at a mi-
nimum speed of 5 mph (8 km/h) and a maximum depth of 6”. Each disc injector
is connected to a hydraulic cylinder in order to better follow the contour of the
field. This means, each injector adapts to uneven ground while maintaining its
working depth not affecting the working depth of the other injectors.
The 12-foot wide tool bar provides a maximum spreading rate of:
5,000 US gal. per acre with 6 discs mounted at 24” centre to centre
6,700 US gal. per acre with 8 discs mounted at 18” centre to centre
2 |GEA Farm Technologies The right choice.|23
Table of Contents
Our Famous Spreader Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Steerable Series Spreaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Power Steering System and Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Hydraulic Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Weight Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Tandem Series Spreaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Hubs and Optional Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Mudguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
In-Tank Recirculation Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Self-Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Articulated Suction Pipe for Self-Loading Spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Nursing Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Hopper over Fill Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Flapper Door on Fill Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Hydraulic Sliding Door on Fill Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Signal Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Powerful Halogen Beam Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Steerable Series Spreaders - Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-13
Tandem Series Spreaders - Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-15
Truck Mount Spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Truck Mount Spreader - Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Tool Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
38-foot Tool Bar with Three Deflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Low Spreading Tool Bar with Deflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Tool Bar with Ground Surface Flex Drop Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
22’’ Concave Disc Incorporator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
16’’ Disc Cultivator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
S-Tine Cultivator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Sweep Injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
24’’ Hydraulic Disc Injectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Tool Bars - Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Tool Bars Compatibility
Spreader
Tool Bar
EL48-8D-7400
EL48-8D
EL48-6D
EL48-4D
EL54
EL84
EL66
EL48-8D-7900
EL48-6D-3600
EL48-6D-4000
EL48-6D-4350
EL48-6D-4800
EL48-6D-5250
EL48-6D-6100
EL48-4D-3200
EL48-4D-3600
EL48-4D-4000
EL48-4D-4350
EL54-2800
EL54-3200
EL54-3600
EL54-4000
EL54-4450
EL54-5000
EL84-2650
EL84-3000
EL84-3550
EL84-4000
EL84-4450
EL84-5000
EL66-1950
EL66-2250
EL66-2650
EL66-3000
EL66-3400
EL66-3750
38-foot Tool
Bar with three
Deflectors
Low Spreading
Tool Bar with
Deflectors
22'' Concave
Disc
Incorporator
24'' Hydraulic
Disc
Injectors
16'' Disc
Cultivator
S-Tine
Cultivator
Sweep
Injectors
Tool Bar
with Flex
Drop Hoses

Compatible Incompatible Special shorter design
Liquid Manure Spreaders
and Tool Bars
For spreading all types of liquid manure
GEA Farm Technologies - The right choice.
GEA Farm Technologies
The right choice.2018-4815-100 / Printed in Canada. (V.01.12)GEA Farm Equipment | Houle
GEA Farm Technologies
GEA Farm Technologies
GEA Farm Technologies Canada Inc.
Division GEA Houle
Manufacturing Plant and Canadian Sales office
4591, boul. St-Joseph, Drummondville, QC, Canada, J2A 0C6
Tel.: [phone] / Fax: [phone]
www.geahoule.com
GEA Farm Technologies
GEA Farm Technologies Inc. (Houle)
USA Distributor
1880 Country Farm Drive, Naperville, IL 60563 USA
Tel.: [phone] / Fax: [phone]
www.gea-farmtechnologies.com/houle/en
Appendix IV – Safety Meeting Attendance Log
Page 1 of 1
DRIVER SAFETY MEETING SIGN-IN SHEET
Facilitator:
Meeting Date:
Place/Room:CF Nitrogen, 100 Farmers
Chemical Road
Name Title Company
SAFETY TOPIC:
Retention:3 Years Attachment B
Review Date: 10/29/04 Page 1 of 4
Re-Issue Date: 01/01/05 Revision 7
CF INDUSTRIES,INC.
DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES
FACILITY NAME:
CONTRACTOR SAFETY ORIENTATION AND TRAINING
DATE:
COMPANY:
This form is to verify that the following personnel have been instructed in Hazard
Communication and Process Safety issues pertaining to this location. The training also
requires compliance with all applicable environmental, health, safety and security policies,
procedures and Programs for this location as well as all applicable federal, state and local
rules, laws and regulations. This form is to be completed annually for each contractor.
Periodic inspections of contractor safety performance are required and will be documented.
Today, I have been given training information that includes the following:
1) ANSI approved hard hats, safety glasses and safety shoes will be worn throughout the
facility except as follows: hard hats and safety glasses may be removed in break
rooms, the main office, restrooms, inside control rooms and inside totally enclosed
cabs on mobile equipment. Contact lenses are not permitted. Other personal
protective equipment (e.g., life jackets, face shields, etc.) may be required in other
areas as designated by CFII policies and procedures or as directed by CFII
supervision (i.e., DF Dress Code Program, DF Fall Protection Program, DF Hearing
Conservation Program, DF PPE Program, DF Respiratory Protection Program and DF
Water Safety Program). Contractors are responsible for furnishing their own personal
protective equipment.
2) Location of facility Material Safety Data Sheet Manuals.
3) Prior to beginning work, all contract personnel must be advised of any potentially
hazardous materials or conditions that they may come into contact with (e.g. process
piping and vessels, known underground and aboveground electrical lines in an area
that could be impacted by the work).
4) Evacuation routes and information regarding the facility emergency plan has been
explained to me. Building exits are labeled. I have received a copy of the facility site
plan designating primary and secondary evacuation routes and designated assembly
locations as well as emergency equipment storage locations.
5) Locations of appropriate areas for eating, drinking, smoking and sanitary facilities.
Alcoholic beverages, controlled substances and weapons are not permitted on site.
Use of telephones must be limited to business or emergency calls only. Information,
process control and computer systems are restricted to authorized personnel only.
CFII has a Harassment Policy that will be enforced at all times.
Review Date: 10/29/04 Page 2 of 4
Re-Issue Date: 01/01/05 Revision 7
6) Permits are required for all of the following operations: hot work activities, confined
space entries, lifting operations involving cranes, and excavations. Permits will be
issued by CFII supervision or a designated CFII employee prior to work authorization.
Each specific operation will be conducted in accordance with all applicable federal,
state and local regulations. All respective requirements of the DF Hot Work Program,
Confined Space Entry Program, Mobile Equipment/Vehicle Mounted Platform/Mobile
Crane Program, and Excavation Program must be adhered to.
7) Emergency information including:
a) Description and location of facility emergency alarms, evacuation routes and
designated assembly locations;
b) Notification procedures by radio or by facility supervision;
c) Location of first aid stations;
d) Hazardous chemical labeling system;
e) Location of wind socks;
f) Location of ESD buttons;
g) Location of safety showers and eyewash stations;
h) Location of fire extinguishers;
i) Location of hazardous material storage areas; and
j) Location of emergency escape respirators.
8) All illnesses and injuries must be immediately reported to the CFII Superintendent or
his designee. (See Attachment G.) All damage to CFII property must be reported to
CFII supervision immediately. All “near miss” incidents must be reported to CFII
supervision immediately.
9) Names of CFII personnel and emergency phone numbers are posted throughout the
facility.
10) Approval to bring hazardous materials on site must be received from the
Superintendent or his designee prior to bringing hazardous substances on site, along
with the MSDS. I understand that I may not dispose of hazardous substances at this
facility by sewer, garbage dumpster, burning or other methods. Contractor is
responsible for proper use, storage and disposal of all applicable used, special, waste
or hazardous materials generated.
11) I have been given instructions as to where the contract operations will take place.
Control rooms, scale houses, warehouses, and shops not specified in the contract are
off limits to the contract employees.
12) The facility Superintendent has discussed the lock, tag & try procedures. I understand
the appropriate lock, tag & try procedures to be followed while conducting work at this
facility. CFII supervision has discussed DF Line Making/Breaking Program
requirements. Operations involving scaffolding or fall protection equipment must be
conducted in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations as well
as CFII policies, procedures and Programs.
Review Date: 10/29/04 Page 3 of 4
Re-Issue Date: 01/01/05 Revision 7
13) This facility has a respirator program. Beards are not permitted on site for contract
workers per DF Facial Hair Program and DF Respiratory Protection Program.
14) All contract personnel must sign “in” and “out” at the main office each time they enter
or exit the facility on a daily basis.
15) CFII’ material, tools, equipment or fuel are to be used only as specified in the contract
or by approval of the CFII Superintendent or his designee.
16) Only those vehicles required to perform the work are allowed in the facility and are
subject to search at any time. Vehicles must park in the facility parking lot unless
authorized by CFII supervision to park in other designated locations. Facility speed
limit must be observed at all times. All vehicles and mobile equipment must be
operated in a safe manner at all times.
17) Insurance requirements will be specified in the contract agreement. A certificate of
insurance must be on file with the DF Purchasing Group and the facility
Superintendent prior to the commencement of any work.
18) Contractor is expected to complete his work in a neat and orderly manner and will be
required to leave the area in a clean condition.
19) Contractor and contract personnel will be instructed in the color coding of the piping in
the facility. If no color coding system is in effect, then the contractor would be
required to inspect the P&ID's prior to the commencement of work.
20) I assure CFII that the contract employees have been trained to safely perform their job
duties in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations.
21) CFII may suspend work at any time or terminate the contract or purchase order due to
the contractor’s, its employees, subcontractors, representatives, agents, or visitors
failure to adhere to any federal, state or local laws and regulations or CFII’s
established facility environmental, health, safety and security policies, procedures or
Programs.
22) CFII may deny the contractor, contract employees, subcontractors, representatives,
agents, vendors, delivery personnel or visitors access to the site, if in CFII’s sole
judgment, such action is justified on the basis of environmental, health, safety or
security concerns without prior notice.
I have read and understand the information contained in the CF Industries, Inc. Contractor
Orientation form and have been oriented regarding safety precautions in my designated
work area.
Contractor Employer Signature Date
Review Date: 10/29/04 Page 4 of 4
Re-Issue Date: 01/01/05 Revision 7
Contractor’s
Signature
Contractor’s Printed
Name
DF Trainers
Name Date
Any questions, please contact:
Facility Superintendent:
or
Facility Designated Personnel:
or
Facility Designated Personnel:
Appendix V – Inspection Forms and Logs
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
Groundwater Recovery Facility
Inspection Log
Inspector:Date:
Recovery System:
6" Meter Reading (Basin to Loading Station):Gallons Time of Meter Reading: :
Basin Level Indicator:
Check Point 1 (High cutoff setting)ft.Sump Pump Indicator Light - TPS#1:on / off
Check Point 2 (High Alarm)Sump Pump for Loading Station:on / off
Check Point 3 (Low switch setting)ft.Automatic Mode Working:yes / no
Level Indicator Reading (Level in Basin)ft.
Basin Gauge Reading (Gauge in basin)ft.in.
600 GPM Pump Indicator Lights:High Pressure:on / off Low Pressure:on / off
TPS#1 Trans. Pump Meter Reading :Total Gallons Time: :
Gallons per min.
"No Flow" Indicator Light for main force line:on / off
Recovery Well Data at TPS#2 Location Recovery Well Data at TPS#1 Location Time: :
Recovery Well Indicator Lights Amp Meter Flow Meter (gal.) Operating?Total Hrs.
RW-1 on / off RW-1 RW-1 y / n
RW-2 on / off RW-2 RW-2 y / n
RW-3 on / off RW-3 RW-3 y / n
RW-4 on / off RW-4 RW-4 y / n
RW-5 on / off RW-5 RW-5 y / n
RW-6 on / off RW-6 RW-6 y / n
RW-7 on / off RW-7 RW-7 y / n
RW-8 on / off RW-8 RW-8 y / n
RW-9 on / off RW-9 RW-9 y / n
Check Mail:Secure Facility:Port-a-John Clean:Good Housekeeping:
Comments:
on / off
on / off
If Automatic Mode is not working, describe system problem
in Comment section

GRANVILLE FARMS INC
FIELD OPERATORS LOG
BUFFERS FLAGGED: (CIRCLE ONE) YES NO
START TIME: ______________ END TIME: ________________ TOTAL LOADS: __________
RESIDUALS TYPE (CIRCLE ) CLASS B / LIQUID CLASS B / CAKE CLASS A / LIQUID CLASS A / CAKE OTHER_____________
APPLICATION EQUIPMENT: (CIRCLE ) GATOR PULL BEHIND REEL PUMPER TRUCK SLINGER
MAINTENANCE: (CIRCLE) FUEL GREASED OIL CHECKED OIL ADDED PUMP OIL ADDED ANTI FREEZE
BREAKDOWNS: _____________ DESCRIBE: _________________________________________ (CIRCLE ONE) REPAIRED / OUT OF SERVICE
VISITORS: _______________________________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATOR SIGNATURE __________________________________
Weather: Fair Cloudy Sunny
Soil: Wet Dry Moist
Temperature: >90 70-90 32-69
24 Rain Fall: Less than .5” Greater than .5”
DATE: __________________________________________
SITE: ___________________________________________
FARM: __________________________________________
CLIENT: ______________________________________
SOURCE: (CIRCLE ONE) WWTP WTP OTHER______________
CLIENT: ______________________________________
SOURCE: (CIRCLE ONE) WWTP WTP OTHER______________
CLIENT: ______________________________________
SOURCE: (CIRCLE ONE) WWTP WTP OTHER______________
FIELD: LOADS: CROP:

FIELD: LOADS: CROP:

CLIENT: ______________________________________
SOURCE: (CIRCLE ONE) WWTP WTP OTHER______________
PERMIT NO: _________________
FIELD: LOADS: CROP:

FIELD: LOADS: CROP:

CF NITROGEN, INC.
Inspector:Date:
Site No.:Agreement Forms Signed Yes No
Field No.:
Field Operator:
Staging Area Adequate
ORC Loading Rate:
Latest Results for N:
Crop:
Weather:
Field Map Available: Yes No
Field Flagged: Yes No
Comments:
Land Application Inspection Form
Water Running Off the
Field Yes No
Permit No.: WQ0012404
Buffers and Setback
Correct
Application Rate and
Field Capacity Correct:
Yes No
Yes No
Appendix VI – Spreader Calibration Instructions
Granville Farms Inc. Appropriate
Overview of Spreader Calibration
An application rate is defined as the amount of manure applied per unit of land
area. For manure, it is usually expressed in tons per acre (solid) or gallons
per acre (liquid). Generally, application rate equals the amount of manure
applied (in tons or gallons) divided by the area covered (in acres).
Manure spreader calibration requires reliable estimates of both the amount
applied and area covered. There are two common calibration techniques.
The swath or load-area method involves measuring both the amount of
manure in a typical spreader load and the land area covered by applying one
load of manure. While this method can be used for all manures, it is the best
method for liquid manure applicators. The tarp or weight-area
method involves weighing the manure spread over a small surface and
computing the amount of manure applied per acre. This method is the best
method for solid manure applicators.
Calibration Methods
Below are descriptions of the two most common calibration methods.
Swath (Load-Area) Method
Liquid manure applicators used in pump-and-haul application systems are
best calibrated by the swath or load-area method, which involves land
applying a full load of manure and measuring the land area covered. If
possible, choose an area that is typical of the land where manure will be
spread. If appropriate, a relatively level area long enough for the load to be
applied in a single pass makes measurements and calculations simpler. A
rectangular field pattern should be used to make measuring easier. The
application rate of PTO-driven spreaders depends on ground speed. Therefore,
it is important to maintain a uniform ground speed throughout the swath
length. Ground-driven spreaders deliver reasonably uniform application rates
regardless of ground speed.
For liquid application equipment, application rates and patterns vary
depending on ground speed or PTO speed, gear box settings, gate openings,
operating pressures, spread widths, and overlaps. To change the application
rates, adjustments must be made in tractor/PTO speeds, spreader output
settings, or application management. The calibration process should be
followed for each change or combination of changes. Several calibration
passes may be necessary to determine the settings required for the desired
application rate.
Use the swath (load-area) method procedure and record sheet provided at the
end of this publication for this calibration method.
Tarp (Weight-Area) Method
Solid manure applicators are best calibrated by the tarp or weight-area
method, which involves measuring the amount of manure (weight) applied
over a small measured area (tarp). The application rate is determined by
dividing the amount (weight) of manure collected on the tarp by the size of
the collection area (tarp).
For solid application equipment, applications rates and patterns vary
depending on ground speed or PTO speed, gear box settings, gate openings,
operating pressures, spread widths, and overlaps. To change the application
rates, adjustments must be made in tractor/PTO speeds, spreader output
settings, or application management. The calibration process should be
followed for each change or combination of changes. Several calibration
passes may be necessary to determine the settings required for the desired
application rate.
Use the tarp (weight-area) method procedure and record sheet provided at
the end of this publication for this calibration method.
Determining Manure Spreader Capacity
The load-area method of manure spreader calibration requires knowledge of
the manure spreader’s capacity. Manure spreader capacity can be determined
by one of the following methods.
Manufacturer's Capacity Ratings
The rated capacity for liquid spreaders can be used directly if the spreader is
typically filled to capacity. In many cases, the spreader is not fully loaded.
Therefore, adjustments must be made for less than full capacity.
The rated capacity of box-type solid or semisolid spreaders must be adjusted
according to the fullness of a typical load of manure. Make sure to note
whether the rating specifications are for “heaped or piled” or “level” loads.
If there is any uncertainty about the rate capacity, then a more accurate
method is needed to measure the actual volume of manure.
Measure Spreader Volume
Spreader volume can be estimated by using the calculations in Figure 1. All
dimensions used in the following formulas must be in feet in order to obtain
volumes that are in cubic feet. After calculating volume in cubic feet, convert
the cubic feet to pounds and then convert pounds to tons or gallons based on
manure density using the conversion factors in Table 1.
Figure 1. Calculating estimated manure spreader volumes.
Solid or Semisolid
A. Box spreader (level load)*
volume = length x width x depth
B. Box spreader (piled load)*
volume = length x width x [depth + (stacking height** x 0.8)]
C. Round-bottom open-top spreader (level load)
volume = length x depth x depth x 1.6
D. Round-bottom open-top spreader (piled load)
volume = length x depth x 1.6 x (depth + stacking height**)
Liquid
A. Box spreader (level load)*
volume = length x width x depth
C. Round-bottom open-top spreader (level load)
volume = length x depth x depth x 1.6 E. Tank spreader (round)
volume = length x tank diameter x tank diameter x 0.8
F. Tank spreader (noncircular)
volume = length x width x depth x 0.8
*For a box spreader with sloping sides, use an average width.
**Stacking height is the height of any mounded manure above level.
Table 1. Commonly required conversions for manure spreader volumes.
To convert from To Multiply by
bushels cubic feet 1.24
gallons cubic feet 0.134
gallons pounds 8.3 (liquid)
gallons tons 0.0041 (liquid)
cubic feet gallons 7.48
cubic feet tons 0.031 (liquid) or 0.0275 (solid)
cubic feet pounds 62 (liquid) or 55 (solid)
Weigh Manure Load
The most accurate way to determine the capacity of a spreader is to directly
weigh the spreader. The spreader should be weighed using drive-on scales or
weigh pads.
First, weight the spreader empty and then weight at least three typical loads
of manure. Obtain an average weight of the full loads and subtract the weight
of the empty load to determine the weight of the manure. Convert this weight
to tons or gallons.
Determining Manure Density
Manure density (weight per cubic foot) varies with moisture content primarily
depending on the amount of bedding. To calculate a more accurate estimate
of manure density, use the procedure below.
1.Weigh an empty 5-gallon bucket. Record the weight in pounds.
2.Fill the 5-gallon bucket with a typical sample of the manure to be applied
and weigh the bucket and manure. Record the weight in pounds.
3.Subtract the weight of the empty bucket (step 1) from the weight of
manure and bucket (step 2). Record the weight of manure in pounds.
4.Repeat steps 2 and 3 at least six times and calculate the average
manure weight (add the six weights together and divide by six). Record
average weight of manure in pounds.
5.Multiply the average manure weight (step 4) by 1.5 to obtain the
estimated manure density in pounds per cubic foot. Record the manure
density in pounds per cubic foot.
Swath (Load-Area) Method Calibration
Procedure
Obtain calibration equipment and supplies.
Measuring wheel (available from any farm supply catalog, such as
NASCO).
1.Determine manure spreader capacity.
Use manufacturer’s ratings or actual weighing of the spreader, or
estimate by using spreader volume calculations described above.
Record the capacity in gallons (liquid manure) or tons (solid
manure).
Load the spreader consistently with the capacity determination
above.
2.Spread one full load of manure in a rectangular pattern. Note the details
of the operating conditions (e.g., tractor gear, throttle setting, PTO
speed, tractor speed, spreader settings).
3.Measure the length and the effective application width of the application
coverage area.
Record the distances in feet.
An alternative method of measuring the application length is to
note the ground speed and time required to make the application
pass. To calculate length covered, multiply the ground speed (in
mph) by the number of seconds by 1.46 feet per second.
4.Calculate the size of the coverage area.
Multiply the length by the width and divide by 43,560 square feet
per acre.
Record the coverage area in acres.
5.Calculate the application rate.
Divide the volume of the spreader load of manure (step 1a) by the
acres covered (step 4b).
Record manure application rate in gallons or tons per acre.
6.Repeat the calibration procedure one or two more times.
Repetition is necessary to increase reliability of the application rate.
A certain amount of variation is inevitable. However, if there is
significant variation among repetitions, check over the equipment
and review your calibration procedure to try to determine the cause
of the variation.
Repeat steps 2 through 5.
Calculate the average of each of the measured manure application
rates.
Record the final calibrated rate in gallons or tons per acre.
Manure Spreader Calibration Record Sheet - Swath (Load-
Area) Method
Tarp (Weight-Area) Method Calibration
Procedure
Obtain calibration equipment and supplies.
Tarp or plastic (heavy) sheet approximately 100 square feet in size (9 x
12, 10 x 10, 10 x 12, etc.)
Tent pegs or long nails
Scales (spring-tension or platform)
Bucket (optional to assist in weighing)
1.Measure the exact surface area of the trap or plastic sheet (length x
width).
Record the surface area in square feet.
Weigh the “empty” tarp or plastic sheet. If using a bucket, weigh
the tarp or plastic sheet with the bucket.
Record the weight (empty) in pounds. (3a)
2.Position the tarp in the field where the manure can be spread.
Place it far enough into the field to allow enough distance to get the
spreader in gear and the tractor up to the desired speed.
Avoid placing the tarp where the beginning or end of the load is
likely to fall.
Secure each corner of the tarp with a tent peg or long nail.
Spread the first pass of manure directly over the center of the tarp.
Operate the spreader at the speed normally driven when applying
manure.
Note the details of the operating conditions (e.g., tractor gear,
throttle setting, PTO speed, tractor speed, spreader settings).
Spread two additional passes on opposite sides of the center of the
tarp.
Apply these passes at the normal spreader overlap spacing.
3.Remove and fold the tarp.
Be careful not to spill any of the collected manure.
If using a bucket for weighing, place the manure and tarp in the
bucket.
Weigh the tarp and manure (and bucket).
Record the weight (gross) in pounds (step 3b).
Subtract the empty tarp weight (and bucket if using a bucket) (step
3a) from the gross tarp weight (step 3b).
Record the weight of collected manure in pounds.
4.Determine the manure application rate.
Divide the amount of manure collected (in pounds) (step 3c) by the
tarp area (in square feet) (step 1a).
Multiply this value by 21.8 (43,560 ft²/acre ÷ 2,000 lbs/ton) to
convert pounds per square foot to tons per acre.
Record the manure application rate in tons per acre.
5.Repeat the calibration procedure one or two more times.
Repetition is necessary to increase reliability of the application rate.
Repeat steps 2 through 4.
Calculate the average of each of the measured manure application
rates.
Record the final calibrated rate in tons per acre.
Manure Spreader Calibration Record Sheet - Tarp (Weight-
Area) Method